diff options
| author | rsc <devnull@localhost> | 2005-01-14 03:45:44 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | rsc <devnull@localhost> | 2005-01-14 03:45:44 +0000 |
| commit | 78e51a8c6678b6e3dff3d619aa786669f531f4bc (patch) | |
| tree | 015e00fde4fc837fd31b705e18d17dc913829388 /man/man1 | |
| parent | 2634795b5f0053bc0ff08e5d7bbc0eda8efea061 (diff) | |
| download | plan9port-78e51a8c6678b6e3dff3d619aa786669f531f4bc.tar.gz plan9port-78e51a8c6678b6e3dff3d619aa786669f531f4bc.tar.bz2 plan9port-78e51a8c6678b6e3dff3d619aa786669f531f4bc.zip | |
checkpoint
Diffstat (limited to 'man/man1')
109 files changed, 17497 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/man/man1/9.html b/man/man1/9.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ddef719 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/9.html @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<head> +<title>9(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>9(1)</b><td align=right><b>9(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + 9 – run Plan 9 commands<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>9</font></tt> <i>cmd</i> [ <i>args</i> ... ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>. 9<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Because Plan 9 supplies commands with the same name as but different + behavior than many basic Unix system commands (e.g., <tt><font size=+1>grep</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>sed</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>mkdir</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>rm</font></tt>), it is not recommended to run with the Plan 9 bin directory + ahead of the system directories. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9</i> is a shell script that sets up a Plan 9 environment and runs + <i>cmd .</i> It sets <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9</font></tt> and adds <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/bin</font></tt> to the beginning of <tt><font size=+1>$PATH</font></tt> + before running <i>cmd</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If run with no arguments, <tt><font size=+1>9</font></tt> does not do anything. This is so that + it can be invoked from <i>sh</i>-style shells using <tt><font size=+1>. 9</font></tt> in order to make + the current shell start running in the Plan 9 environment.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Search for greek in the password file:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>$ 9 grep '[α−ζ]' /etc/passwd<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Start an <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> with the Plan 9 commands in the path before the + system commands.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>9 rc<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/9<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/intro.html"><i>intro</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/9c.html b/man/man1/9c.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..894a34ae --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/9c.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +<head> +<title>9c(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>9C(1)</b><td align=right><b>9C(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + 9c, 9a, 9l, 9ar – C compiler, assembler, linker, archiver<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>9c</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−I</font></tt> <i>path</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−D</font></tt> <i>name</i> ] <i>file</i> ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>9a</font></tt> <i>file</i> ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>9l</font></tt> [ <i>-o target</i> ] <i>object</i> ... [ <i>library</i> ... ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−L</font></tt><i>path</i> ... ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt><i>name</i> + ... ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>9ar</font></tt> <i>key</i> [ <i>posname</i> ] <i>afile</i> [ <i>file</i> ... ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + These programs are shell scripts that invoke the appropriate standard + tools for the current operating system and architecture. One can + use them to write portable recipes for mkfiles. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9c</i> compiles the named C <i>files</i> into object files for the current + system. The system C compiler is invoked with warnings enabled. + The <tt><font size=+1>−I</font></tt> option adds <i>path</i> to the include path, and the <tt><font size=+1>−D</font></tt> option + defines <i>name</i> in the C preprocessor. <i>9c</i> always defines the symbol + <tt><font size=+1>PLAN9PORT</font></tt> defined in the C preprocessor and adds + <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/include</font></tt> to the include path. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9c</i> also defines <tt><font size=+1>__sun__</font></tt> on SunOS systems and <tt><font size=+1>__Linux26__</font></tt> on Linux + systems with 2.6-series kernels. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9a</i> assembles the named files into object files for the current + system. Unlike some system assemblers, it does <i>not</i> promise to + run the C preprocessor on the source files. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9l</i> links the named object files and libraries to create the target + executable. Each <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> option specifies that a library named <tt><font size=+1>lib</font></tt><i>name</i><tt><font size=+1>.a</font></tt> + be found and linked. The <tt><font size=+1>−L</font></tt> option adds directories to the library + search path. <i>9l</i> invokes the system linker with <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/lib</font></tt> already + on the library search path. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9l</i> searches the named objects and libraries for symbols of the + form <tt><font size=+1>__p9l_autolib_</font></tt><i>name</i>, which it takes as indication that it + should link <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/lib/lib</font></tt><i>name</i><tt><font size=+1>.a</font></tt> as well. It also examines such + libraries to find their own dependencies. A single <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> option at + the beginning of the command line disables this + behavior. The symbol <tt><font size=+1>__p9l_autolib_</font></tt><i>name</i> is added to an object + file by the macro <tt><font size=+1>AUTOLIB( name )</font></tt>, defined in <tt><font size=+1><u.h>.</font></tt> Header files + associated with libraries contain <tt><font size=+1>AUTOLIB</font></tt> annotations; ordinary + programs need not use them. Due to shortcomings in the implementation, + a source file may not contain the + same <tt><font size=+1>AUTOLIB</font></tt> statement multiple times. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9ar</i> maintains object file archives called libraries. The exact + set of valid command keys varies from system to system, but <i>9ar</i> + always provides the following key characters:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> Delete <i>files</i> from the archive file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt> Replace <i>files</i> in the archive file, or add them if missing.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt> List a table of contents of the archive. If names are given, + only those files are listed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> Extract the named files. If no names are given, all files in + the archive are extracted. In neither case does <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> alter the archive + file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>v</font></tt> Verbose. Give a file-by-file description of the making of a new + archive file from the old archive and the constituent files. With + <tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt>, give a long listing of all information about the files, somewhat + like a listing by <a href="../man1/ls.html"><i>ls</i>(1)</a>, showing<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>mode uid/gid size date name<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> Create. Normally <i>9ar</i> will create a new archive when <i>afile</i> does + not exist, and give a warning. Option <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> discards any old contents + and suppresses the warning. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + When a <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt> <i>key</i> is specified, <i>9ar</i> inserts a table of contents, + required by the linker, at the front of the library. The table + of contents is rebuilt whenever the archive is modified.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>9c file1.c file2.c file3.c<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Compile three C source files.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>9a file4.s<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Assemble one assembler source file.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>9ar rvc lib.a file[12].o<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Archive the first two object files into a library.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>9l −o prog file3.o file4.o lib.a<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Link the final two object files and any necessary objects from + the library into an executable.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin<br> + </font></tt> +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/9p.html b/man/man1/9p.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..449d0eb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/9p.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +<head> +<title>9p(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>9P(1)</b><td align=right><b>9P(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + 9p – read and write files on a 9P server<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>9p</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> <i>addr</i> ] <tt><font size=+1>read</font></tt> <i>path<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>9p</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> <i>addr</i> ] <tt><font size=+1>readfd</font></tt> <i>path + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>9p</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> <i>addr</i> ] <tt><font size=+1>write</font></tt> <i>path<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>9p</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> <i>addr</i> ] <tt><font size=+1>writefd</font></tt> <i>path + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>9p</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> <i>addr</i> ] <tt><font size=+1>stat</font></tt> <i>path<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>9p</i> is a trivial 9P client that can access a single file on a 9P + server. It can be useful for manual interaction with a 9P server + or for accessing simple 9P services from within shell scripts. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The first argument is a command, one of:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>read</font></tt>print the contents of <i>path</i> to standard output<br> + <tt><font size=+1>write<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + write data on standard input to <i>path<br> + </i> + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>readfd</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>writefd<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + like <tt><font size=+1>read</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>write</font></tt> but use <i>openfd</i>(9p) instead of <i>open</i>; this masks + errors and is mainly useful for debugging the implementation of + <i>openfd<br> + </i> + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>stat</font></tt>execute <i>stat (9p)</i> on <i>path</i> and print the result + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9p</i> dials <i>address</i> to connect to the 9P server. If the <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> option + is not given, <i>9p</i> requires the <i>path</i> to be of the form <i>service</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>subpath</i>; + it connects to the Unix domain socket <i>service</i> in the name space + directory (see <a href="../man4/intro.html"><i>intro</i>(4)</a>) and then accesses <i>subpath</i>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + To update <a href="../man4/plumber.html"><i>plumber</i>(4)</a>’s copy of your plumbing rules after editing + <tt><font size=+1>$HOME/lib/plumbing</font></tt>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cat $HOME/lib/plumbing | 9p write plumb/rules<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + To display the contents of the current <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a> window:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>9p read acme/$winid/body<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/9p.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man4/intro.html"><i>intro</i>(4)</a>, <i>intro</i>(9p), <a href="../man3/9pclient.html"><i>9pclient</i>(3)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/9term.html b/man/man1/9term.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d6a741f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/9term.html @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +<head> +<title>9term(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>9TERM(1)</b><td align=right><b>9TERM(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + 9term – terminal windows<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>9term</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−as</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>font</i> ] [ <i>cmd</i> ... ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>9term</i> is a terminal window program for the X Window System, providing + an interface similar to that used on Plan 9.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Command </b></font><br> + The <i>9term</i> command starts a new window. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> flag causes button 2 to send the selection immediately, + like acme. Otherwise button 2 brings up a menu, described below. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> option initializes windows so that text scrolls; the default + is not to scroll. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <i>font</i> argument to <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> names a font used to display text, both + in <i>9term</i>’s menus and as a default for any programs running in + its windows; it also establishes the environment variable <tt><font size=+1>$font</font></tt>. + If <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> is not given, <i>9term</i> uses the imported value of <tt><font size=+1>$font</font></tt> if + set; otherwise it uses the graphics system default. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9term</i> runs the given command in the window, or <tt><font size=+1>$SHELL</font></tt> if no command + is given.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Text windows </b></font><br> + Characters typed on the keyboard collect in the window to form + a long, continuous document. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + There is always some <i>selected text</i>, a contiguous string marked + on the screen by reversing its color. If the selected text is + a null string, it is indicated by a hairline cursor between two + characters. The selected text may be edited by mousing and typing. + Text is selected by pointing and clicking button 1 to make a null- + string selection, or by pointing, then sweeping with button 1 + pressed. Text may also be selected by double-clicking: just inside + a matched delimiter-pair with one of <tt><font size=+1>{[(<`'"</font></tt> on the left and <tt><font size=+1>}])>`'"</font></tt> + on the right, it selects all text within the pair; at the beginning + or end of a line, it selects the line; within or at the + edge of an alphanumeric word, it selects the word. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Characters typed on the keyboard replace the selected text; if + this text is not empty, it is placed in a <i>snarf buffer</i> common + to all windows but distinct from that of <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Programs access the text in the window at a single point maintained + automatically by <i>9term</i>. The <i>output point</i> is the location in the + text where the next character written by a program to the terminal + will appear; afterwards, the output point is the null string beyond + the new character. The output point is also the location + in the text of the next character that will be read (directly + from the text in the window, not from an intervening buffer) by + a program. Since Unix does not make it possible to know when a + program is reading the terminal, lines are sent as they are completed + (when the user types a newline character). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + In general there is text in the window after the output point, + usually placed there by typing but occasionally by the editing + operations described below. A pending read of the terminal will + block until the text after the output point contains a newline, + whereupon the read may acquire the text, up to and including the + newline. After the read, as described above, the output point + will be at the beginning of the next line of text. In normal circumstances, + therefore, typed text is delivered to programs a line at a time. + Changes made by typing or editing before the text is read will + not be seen by the program reading it. Because of the + Unix issues mentioned above, a line of text is only editable until + it is completed with a newline character, or when hold mode (see + below) is enabled. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Even when there are newlines in the output text, <i>9term</i> will not + honor reads if the window is in <i>hold mode</i>, which is indicated + by a white cursor and blue text and border. The ESC character + toggles hold mode. Some programs automatically turn on hold mode + to simplify the editing of multi-line text; type ESC when done + to allow <i>mail</i> to read the text. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + An EOT character (control-D) behaves exactly like newline except + that it is not delivered to a program when read. Thus on an empty + line an EOT serves to deliver an end-of-file indication: the read + will return zero characters. The BS character (control-H) erases + the character before the selected text. The ETB character + (control-W) erases any nonalphanumeric characters, then the alphanumeric + word just before the selected text. ‘Alphanumeric’ here means + non-blanks and non-punctuation. The NAK character (control-U) + erases the text after the output point, and not yet read by a + program, but not more than one line. All these + characters are typed on the keyboard and hence replace the selected + text; for example, typing a BS with a word selected places the + word in the snarf buffer, removes it from the screen, and erases + the character before the word. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + An ACK character (control-F) or Insert character triggers file + name completion for the preceding string (see <a href="../man3/complete.html"><i>complete</i>(3)</a>). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Text may be moved vertically within the window. A scroll bar on + the left of the window shows in its clear portion what fragment + of the total output text is visible on the screen, and in its + gray part what is above or below view; it measures characters, + not lines. Mousing inside the scroll bar moves text: clicking + button 1 + with the mouse pointing inside the scroll bar brings the line + at the top of the window to the cursor’s vertical location; button + 3 takes the line at the cursor to the top of the window; button + 2, treating the scroll bar as a ruler, jumps to the indicated + portion of the stored text. Holding a button pressed in the scroll + bar will + cause the text to scroll continuously until the button is released. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Typing down-arrow scrolls forward one third of a window, and up-arrow + scrolls back. Typing page-down scrolls forward two thirds of a + window, and page-up scrolls back. Typing Home scrolls to the top + of the window; typing End scrolls to the end. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The DEL character sends an <tt><font size=+1>interrupt</font></tt> note to all processes in + the window’s process group. Unlike the other characters, the DEL + and arrow keys do not affect the selected text. The left (right) + arrow key moves the selection to one character before (after) + the current selection. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9term</i> relies on the kernel’s terminal processing to handle EOT + and DEL, so the terminal must be set up with EOT as the “eof” + character and DEL as the “intr” character. <i>9term</i> runs <a href="../man1/stty.html"><i>stty</i>(1)</a> + to establish this when the terminal is created. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Normally, written output to a window blocks when the text reaches + the end of the screen and the terminal buffer fills; a button + 2 menu item toggles scrolling. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>9term</i> changes behavior according to the terminal settings of the + running programs. Most programs run with echo enabled. In this + mode, <i>9term</i> displays and allows editing of the input. Some programs, + typically those reading passwords, run with echo disabled. In + this mode, <i>9term</i> passes keystrokes through directly, + without echoing them or buffering until a newline character. These + heuristics work well in many cases, but there are a few common + ones where they fall short. First, programs using the GNU readline + library typically disable terminal echo and perform echoing themselves. + The most common example is the shell + <a href="../man1/bash.html"><i>bash</i>(1)</a>. Disabling the use of readline with “<tt><font size=+1>set +o emacs</font></tt>” [<i>sic</i>] + usually restores the desired behavior. Second, remote terminal + programs such as <a href="../man1/ssh.html"><i>ssh</i>(1)</a> typically run with echo disabled, relying + on the remote system to echo characters as desired. Plan 9’s <i>ssh</i> + has a <tt><font size=+1>−C</font></tt> flag to disable this, leaving the terminal in + “cooked” mode. For similar situations on Unix, <i>9term</i>’s button + 2 menu has an entry to toggle the forced use of cooked mode, despite + the terminal settings. In such cases, it is useful to run “<tt><font size=+1>stty + −echo</font></tt>” on the remote system to avoid seeing your input twice. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Editing operations are selected from a menu on button 2. The <tt><font size=+1>cut</font></tt> + operation deletes the selected text from the screen and puts it + in the snarf buffer; <tt><font size=+1>snarf</font></tt> copies the selected text to the buffer + without deleting it; <tt><font size=+1>paste</font></tt> replaces the selected text with the + contents of the buffer; and <tt><font size=+1>send</font></tt> copies the snarf buffer to + just after the output point, adding a final newline if missing. + <tt><font size=+1>Paste</font></tt> will sometimes and <tt><font size=+1>send</font></tt> will always place text after the + output point; the text so placed will behave exactly as described + above. Therefore when pasting text containing newlines after the + output point, it may be prudent to turn on hold mode first. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>plumb</font></tt> menu item sends the contents of the selection (not the + snarf buffer) to the <i>plumber</i> (see <a href="../man1/plumb.html"><i>plumb</i>(1)</a>). If the selection + is empty, it sends the white-space-delimited text containing the + selection (typing cursor). A typical use of this feature is to + tell the editor to find the source of an error by plumbing the + file and + line information in a compiler’s diagnostic. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Each <i>9term</i> listens for connections on a Unix socket. When a client + connects, the <i>9term</i> writes the window contents to the client and + then hangs up. <i>9term</i> installs the name of this socket in the environment + as <tt><font size=+1>$text9term</font></tt> before running <i>cmd</i>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/9term<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + There should be a program to toggle the current window’s hold + mode. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Unix makes everything harder.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/wintext.html"><i>wintext</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/acid.html b/man/man1/acid.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f04c9baa --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/acid.html @@ -0,0 +1,486 @@ +<head> +<title>acid(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>ACID(1)</b><td align=right><b>ACID(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + acid, acidtypes – debugger<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>acid</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>library</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−wq</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> <i>machine</i> ] [ <i>pid</i> | <i>core</i> ] [ <i>textfile</i> + ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>acidtypes</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> <i>prefix</i> ] <i>file</i> ...<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Acid</i> is a programmable symbolic debugger. It can inspect one or + more processes that share an address space. A program to be debugged + may be specified by the process id of a running or defunct process, + or by the name of the program’s text file (<tt><font size=+1>a.out</font></tt> by default). + At the prompt, <i>acid</i> will store function definitions + or print the value of expressions. Options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> Allow the textfile to be modified.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−q</font></tt> Print variable renamings at startup.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>library</i> Load from <i>library</i> at startup; see below.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> <i>machine</i> Assume instructions are for the given CPU type (see + <a href="../man3/mach.html"><i>mach</i>(3)</a>) instead of using the executable header to select the + CPU type.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt> Debug the kernel state for the process, rather than the user + state. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + At startup, <i>acid</i> obtains standard function definitions from the + library file <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/acid/port</font></tt>, architecture-dependent + functions from <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/acid/$objtype</font></tt>, user-specified + functions from <tt><font size=+1>$home/lib/acid</font></tt>, and further functions from <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> files. + Definitions in any file may + override previously defined functions. If the function <i>acidinit</i>() + is defined, it will be invoked after all modules have been loaded. + Then the function <i>acidmap</i>() will be invoked if defined. <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/acid/port</font></tt> + provides a definition of <i>acidmap</i> that attaches all the shared + libraries being used by the target + process and then runs <i>acidtypes</i> (<i>q.v.</i>) to create <i>acid</i> functions + for examining data structures.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Language </b></font><br> + Symbols of the program being debugged become integer variables + whose values are addresses. Contents of addresses are obtained + by indirection. Local variables are qualified by function name, + for example <tt><font size=+1>main:argv</font></tt>. When program symbols conflict with <i>acid</i> + words, distinguishing <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt> signs are prefixed. Such + renamings are reported at startup; option <tt><font size=+1>−q</font></tt> suppresses them. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Variable types (<i>integer, float, list, string</i>) and formats are + inferred from assignments. Truth values false/true are attributed + to zero/nonzero integers or floats and to empty/nonempty lists + or strings. Lists are sequences of expressions surrounded by <tt><font size=+1>{}</font></tt> + and separated by commas. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Expressions are much as in C, but yield both a value and a format. + Casts to complex types are allowed. Lists admit the following + operators, with subscripts counted from 0.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>head</font></tt> <i>list<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>tail</font></tt> <i>list<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>append</font></tt> <i>list</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>element<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>delete</font></tt> <i>list</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>subscript + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + + </table> + Format codes are the same as in <a href="../man1/db.html"><i>db</i>(1)</a>. Formats may be attached + to (unary) expressions with <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt>, e.g. <tt><font size=+1>(32*7)\D</font></tt>. There are two indirection + operators, <tt><font size=+1>*</font></tt> to address a core image, <tt><font size=+1>@</font></tt> to address a text file. + The type and format of the result are determined by the format + of the operand, whose type must be integer. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Statements are<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>if</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>then</font></tt> <i>statement</i> [ <tt><font size=+1>else</font></tt> <i>statement</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>while</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>do</font></tt> <i>statement<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>loop</font></tt> <i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>do</font></tt> <i>statement<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>defn</font></tt> <i>name</i><tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt><i>args</i><tt><font size=+1>) {</font></tt> <i>statement</i> <tt><font size=+1>}<br> + defn</font></tt> <i>name<br> + name</i><tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt><i>args</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + builtin</font></tt> <i>name</i><tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt><i>args</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + local</font></tt> <i>name<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>return</font></tt> <i>expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>whatis</font></tt> [ <i>name</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + The statement <tt><font size=+1>defn</font></tt> <i>name</i> clears the definition for <i>name</i>. A <tt><font size=+1>defn</font></tt> + may override a built-in function; prefixing a function call with + <tt><font size=+1>builtin</font></tt> ignores any overriding <tt><font size=+1>defn</font></tt>, forcing the use of the built-in + function. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Here is a partial list of functions; see the manual for a complete + list.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>stk()</font></tt> Print a stack trace for current process.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>lstk()</font></tt> Print a stack trace with values of local variables.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>gpr()</font></tt> Print general registers. Registers can also be accessed by + name, for example <tt><font size=+1>*R0</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>spr()</font></tt> Print special registers such as program counter and stack + pointer.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>fpr()</font></tt> Print floating-point registers.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>regs()</font></tt> Same as <tt><font size=+1>spr();gpr()</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>fmt(</font></tt><i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>format</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Expression <i>expr</i> with format given by the character value of expression + <i>format</i>.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>src(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Print 10 lines of source around the program address.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Bsrc(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Get the source line for the program address into + a window of a running <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a> and select it.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>line(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Print source line nearest to the program address.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>source()</font></tt> List current source directories.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>addsrcdir(</font></tt><i>string</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Add a source directory to the list.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>filepc(</font></tt><i>where</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Convert a string of the form <i>sourcefile</i><tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt><i>linenumber</i> + to a machine address.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>pcfile(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>Convert a machine address to a source file name.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>pcline(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>Convert a machine address to a source line number.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>bptab()</font></tt> List breakpoints set in the current process.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>bpset(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Set a breakpoint in the current process at the given + address. (Doesn’t work on Unix yet.)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>bpdel(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Delete a breakpoint from the current process.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>cont()</font></tt> Continue execution of current process and wait for it to + stop.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>step()</font></tt> Execute a single machine instruction in the current process. + (Doesn’t work on Unix yet.)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>func()</font></tt> Step repeatedly until after a function return.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>stopped(</font></tt><i>pid</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> This replaceable function is called automatically + when the given process stops. It normally prints the program counter + and returns to the prompt.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>asm(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Disassemble 30 machine instructions beginning at the + given address.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>mem(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>string</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print a block of memory interpreted according to a string of format + codes.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>dump(</font></tt><i>address</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>n</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>string</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Like <tt><font size=+1>mem</font></tt>(), repeated for <i>n</i> consecutive blocks.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>print(</font></tt><i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>...</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Print the values of the expressions.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>newproc(</font></tt><i>arguments</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Start a new process with arguments given as a string and halt + at the first instruction.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>new()</font></tt> Like <i>newproc</i>(), but take arguments (except <tt><font size=+1>argv[0]</font></tt>) from + string variable <tt><font size=+1>progargs</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>win()</font></tt> Like <i>new</i>(), but run the process in a separate window.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>start(</font></tt><i>pid</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Start a stopped process.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>kill(</font></tt><i>pid</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Kill the given process.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>setproc(</font></tt><i>pid</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Make the given process current.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>rc(</font></tt><i>string</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Escape to the shell, <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a>, to execute the command string.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>include(</font></tt><i>string</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>Read acid commands from the named file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>includepipe(</font></tt><i>string</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Run the command string, reading its standard output as acid commands.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Shared library segments </b></font><br> + When a pid or core file is specified on the command line, <i>acid</i> + will, as part of its startup, determine the set of shared libraries + in use by the process image and map those at appropriate locations. + If <i>acid</i> is started without a pid or core file and is subsequently + attached to a process via <tt><font size=+1>setproc</font></tt>, the shared library maps + can be initialized by calling <tt><font size=+1>dynamicmap()</font></tt>.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Type information </b></font><br> + Unix compilers conventionally include detailed type information + in the debugging symbol section of binaries. The external program + <tt><font size=+1>acidtypes</font></tt> extracts this information and formats it as <i>acid</i> program + text. Once the shared libraries have been mapped, the default + <i>acid</i> startup invokes <tt><font size=+1>acidtypes</font></tt> (via + <tt><font size=+1>includepipe</font></tt>) on the set of currently mapped text files. The function + <tt><font size=+1>acidtypes()</font></tt> can be called to rerun the command after changing + the set of mapped text files.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Acid Libraries </b></font><br> + There are a number of <i>acid</i> ‘libraries’ that provide higher-level + debugging facilities. One notable example is <i>trump</i>, which uses + <i>acid</i> to trace memory allocation. <i>Trump</i> requires starting <i>acid</i> + on the program, either by attaching to a running process or by + executing <tt><font size=+1>new()</font></tt> on a binary (perhaps after setting <tt><font size=+1>progargs</font></tt>), + stopping the process, and then running <tt><font size=+1>trump()</font></tt> to execute the + program under the scaffolding. The output will be a trace of the + memory allocation and free calls executed by the program. When + finished tracing, stop the process and execute <tt><font size=+1>untrump()</font></tt> followed + by <tt><font size=+1>cont()</font></tt> to resume execution. + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Start to debug <tt><font size=+1>/bin/ls</font></tt>; set some breakpoints; run up to the first + one (this example doesn’t work on Unix yet):<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>% acid /bin/ls<br> + /bin/ls: mips plan 9 executable<br> + /sys/lib/acid/port<br> + /sys/lib/acid/mips<br> + acid: new()<br> + 70094: system call _main ADD $−0x14,R29<br> + 70094: breakpoint main+0x4 MOVW R31,0x0(R29)<br> + acid: pid<br> + 70094<br> + acid: argv0 = **main:argv\s<br> + acid: whatis argv0<br> + integer variable format s<br> + acid: *argv0<br> + /bin/ls<br> + acid: bpset(ls)<br> + acid: cont()<br> + 70094: breakpoint ls ADD $−0x16c8,R29<br> + acid: <br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Display elements of a linked list of structures:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>complex Str { 'D' 0 val; 'X' 4 next; };<br> + s = *headstr;<br> + while s != 0 do{<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + complex Str s;<br> + print(s.val, "\n");<br> + s = s.next;<br> + + </table> + }<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Note the use of the <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> operator instead of <tt><font size=+1>−></font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Display an array of bytes declared in C as <tt><font size=+1>char array[]</font></tt>.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>*(array\s)<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + This example gives <tt><font size=+1>array</font></tt> string format, then prints the string + beginning at the address (in <i>acid</i> notation) <tt><font size=+1>*array</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Trace the system calls executed by <a href="../man1/ls.html"><i>ls</i>(1)</a> (neither does this one):<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>% acid −l truss /bin/ls<br> + /bin/ls:386 plan 9 executable<br> + /sys/lib/acid/port<br> + /sys/lib/acid/kernel<br> + /sys/lib/acid/truss<br> + /sys/lib/acid/386<br> + acid: progargs = "−l lib/profile"<br> + acid: new()<br> + acid: truss()<br> + open("#c/pid", 0)<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + return value: 3<br> + + </table> + pread(3, 0x7fffeeac, 20, −1)<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + return value: 12<br> + data: " 166 "<br> + + </table> + ...<br> + stat("lib/profile", 0x0000f8cc, 113)<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + return value: 65<br> + + </table> + open("/env/timezone", 0)<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + return value: 3<br> + + </table> + pread(3, 0x7fffd7c4, 1680, −1)<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + return value: 1518<br> + data: "EST −18000 EDT −14400<br> + 9943200 25664400 41392800 57718800 73447200 89168400<br> + 104896800 ..."<br> + + </table> + close(3)<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + return value: 0<br> + + </table> + pwrite(1, "−−rw−rw−r−− M 9 rob rob 2519 Mar 22 10:29 lib/profile<br> + ", 54, −1)<br> + −−rw−rw−r−− M 9 rob rob 2519 Mar 22 10:29 lib/profile<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + return value: 54<br> + + </table> + ...<br> + 166: breakpoint _exits+0x5 INTB $0x40<br> + acid: cont()<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/acid/$objtype<br> + /usr/local/plan9/acid/port<br> + /usr/local/plan9/acid/kernel<br> + /usr/local/plan9/acid/trump<br> + /usr/local/plan9/acid/truss<br> + $home/lib/acid<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/acid<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/mk.html"><i>mk</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/db.html"><i>db</i>(1)</a><br> + Phil Winterbottom, “Acid Manual”.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + At termination, kill commands are proposed for processes that + are still active.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + There is no way to redirect the standard input and standard output + of a new process. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Source line selection near the beginning of a file may pick an + adjacent file. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + With the extant stepping commands, one cannot step through instructions + outside the text segment and it is hard to debug across process + forks. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Breakpoints do not work yet. Therefore, commands such as <tt><font size=+1>step</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>new</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>truss</font></tt> do not work either. <tt><font size=+1>New</font></tt> in particular will need + some help to cope with dynamic libraries.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/acme.html b/man/man1/acme.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc1063bd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/acme.html @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +<head> +<title>acme(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>ACME(1)</b><td align=right><b>ACME(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + acme, win, awd – interactive text windows<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>acme</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>varfont</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−F</font></tt> <i>fixfont</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>ncol</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−br</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>file</i> + | <i>file</i> ... ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>win</font></tt> [ <i>command</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>awd</font></tt> [ <i>label</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Acme</i> manages windows of text that may be edited interactively + or by external programs. The interactive interface uses the keyboard + and mouse; external programs use a set of files served by <i>acme</i>; + these are discussed in <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Any named <i>files</i> are read into <i>acme</i> windows before <i>acme</i> accepts + input. With the <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> option, the state of the entire system is loaded + from <i>file</i>, which should have been created by a <tt><font size=+1>Dump</font></tt> command (q.v.), + and subsequent <i>file</i> names are ignored. Plain files display as + text; directories display as columnated lists of the + names of their components, as in <tt><font size=+1>ls −p directory|mc</font></tt> except that + the names of subdirectories have a slash appended. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> (<tt><font size=+1>−F</font></tt>) option sets the main font, usually variable-pitch + (alternate, usually fixed-pitch); the default is <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/font/lucidasans/euro.8.font</font></tt> + (<tt><font size=+1>.../lucm/unicode.9.font</font></tt>). Tab intervals are set to the width + of 4 (or the value of <tt><font size=+1>$tabstop</font></tt>) numeral zeros in the appropriate + font. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <p><font size=+1><b>Windows </b></font><br> + <i>Acme</i> windows are in two parts: a one-line <i>tag</i> above a multi-line + <i>body</i>. The body typically contains an image of a file, as in <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a>, + or the output of a program, as in an <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a> window. The tag contains + a number of blank-separated words, followed by a vertical bar + character, followed by anything. The first word is the + name of the window, typically the name of the associated file + or directory, and the other words are commands available in that + window. Any text may be added after the bar; examples are strings + to search for or commands to execute in that window. Changes to + the text left of the bar will be ignored, unless the result is + to change the name of the window. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If a window holds a directory, the name (first word of the tag) + will end with a slash.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Scrolling </b></font><br> + Each window has a scroll bar to the left of the body. The scroll + bar behaves much as in <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a> or <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a> except that scrolling + occurs when the button is pressed, rather than released, and continues + as long as the mouse button is held down in the scroll bar. For + example, to scroll slowly through a file, hold button 3 + down near the top of the scroll bar. Moving the mouse down the + scroll bar speeds up the rate of scrolling. (The experimental + option <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> reverses the scrolling behavior of buttons 1 and 3, + to behave more like <a href="../man1/xterm.html"><i>xterm</i>(1)</a>.)<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Layout </b></font><br> + <i>Acme</i> windows are arranged in columns. By default, it creates two + columns when starting; this can be overridden with the <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> option. + Placement is automatic but may be adjusted using the <i>layout box</i> + in the upper left corner of each window and column. Pressing and + holding any mouse button in the box drags the + associated window or column. For windows, just clicking in the + layout box grows the window in place: button 1 grows it a little, + button 2 grows it as much as it can, still leaving all other tags + in that column visible, and button 3 takes over the column completely, + temporarily hiding other windows in the column. (They + will return <i>en masse</i> if any of them needs attention.) The layout + box in a window is normally white; when it is black in the center, + it records that the file is ‘dirty’: <i>acme</i> believes it is modified + from its original contents. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Tags exist at the top of each column and across the whole display. + <i>Acme</i> pre-loads them with useful commands. Also, the tag across + the top maintains a list of executing long-running commands.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Typing </b></font><br> + The behavior of typed text is similar to that in <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a> except + that the characters are delivered to the tag or body under the + mouse; there is no ‘click to type’. (The experimental option <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> + causes typing to go to the most recently clicked-at or made window.) + The usual backspacing conventions apply. As in <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a> but not + <i>rio</i>, the ESC key selects the text typed since the last mouse action, + a feature particularly useful when executing commands. A side + effect is that typing ESC with text already selected is identical + to a <tt><font size=+1>Cut</font></tt> command (<i>q.v.</i>). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Most text, including the names of windows, may be edited uniformly. + The only exception is that the command names to the left of the + bar in a tag are maintained automatically; changes to them are + repaired by <i>acme</i>.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Directory context </b></font><br> + Each window’s tag names a directory: explicitly if the window + holds a directory; implicitly if it holds a regular file (e.g. + the directory <tt><font size=+1>/adm</font></tt> if the window holds <tt><font size=+1>/adm/users</font></tt>). This directory + provides a <i>context</i> for interpreting file names in that window. + For example, the string <tt><font size=+1>users</font></tt> in a window labeled <tt><font size=+1>/adm/</font></tt> or + <tt><font size=+1>/adm/keys</font></tt> will be interpreted as the file name <tt><font size=+1>/adm/users</font></tt>. The + directory is defined purely textually, so it can be a non-existent + directory or a real directory associated with a non-existent file + (e.g. <tt><font size=+1>/adm/not−a−file</font></tt>). File names beginning with a slash are + assumed to be absolute file names. + <p><font size=+1><b>Errors </b></font><br> + Windows whose names begin with <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> conventionally hold diagnostics + and other data not directly associated with files. A window labeled + <tt><font size=+1>+Errors</font></tt> receives all diagnostics produced by <i>acme</i> itself. Diagnostics + from commands run by <i>acme</i> appear in a window named <i>directory</i><tt><font size=+1>/+Errors</font></tt> + where <i>directory</i> is + identified by the context of the command. These error windows + are created when needed.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Mouse button 1 </b></font><br> + Mouse button 1 selects text just as in <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a> or <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a><i>,</i> including + the usual double-clicking conventions.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Mouse button 2 </b></font><br> + By an action similar to selecting text with button 1, button 2 + indicates text to execute as a command. If the indicated text + has multiple white-space-separated words, the first is the command + name and the second and subsequent are its arguments. If button + 2 is ‘clicked’--indicates a null string--<i>acme expands</i> the + indicated text to find a command to run: if the click is within + button-1-selected text, <i>acme</i> takes that selection as the command; + otherwise it takes the largest string of valid file name characters + containing the click. Valid file name characters are alphanumerics + and <tt><font size=+1>_ . − + /</font></tt>. This behavior is similar to double-clicking + with button 1 but, because a null command is meaningless, only + a single click is required. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Some commands, all by convention starting with a capital letter, + are <i>built-ins</i> that are executed directly by <i>acme</i>:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Cut</font></tt> Delete most recently selected text and place in snarf buffer.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Del</font></tt> Delete window. If window is dirty, instead print a warning; + a second <tt><font size=+1>Del</font></tt> will succeed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Delcol<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Delete column and all its windows, after checking that windows + are not dirty.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Delete<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Delete window without checking for dirtiness.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Dump</font></tt>Write the state of <i>acme</i> to the file name, if specified, or + <tt><font size=+1>$home/acme.dump</font></tt> by default.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Edit</font></tt>Treat the argument as a text editing command in the style + of <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a>. The full <tt><font size=+1>Sam</font></tt> language is implemented except for the + commands <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt>. The <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> command is slightly different: + it includes the file name and gives only the line address unless + the command is explicitly <tt><font size=+1>=#</font></tt>. The ‘current window’ for the + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + command is the body of the window in which the <tt><font size=+1>Edit</font></tt> command is + executed. Usually the <tt><font size=+1>Edit</font></tt> command would be typed in a tag; longer + commands may be prepared in a scratch window and executed, with + <tt><font size=+1>Edit</font></tt> itself in the current window, using the 2-1 chord described + below. + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Exit</font></tt>Exit <i>acme</i> after checking that windows are not dirty.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Font</font></tt>With no arguments, change the font of the associated window + from fixed-spaced to proportional-spaced or <i>vice versa</i>. Given + a file name argument, change the font of the window to that stored + in the named file. If the file name argument is prefixed by <tt><font size=+1>var</font></tt> + (<tt><font size=+1>fix</font></tt>), also set the default proportional-spaced + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + (fixed-spaced) font for future use to that font. Other existing + windows are unaffected.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Get</font></tt> Load file into window, replacing previous contents (after checking + for dirtiness as in <tt><font size=+1>Del</font></tt>). With no argument, use the existing file + name of the window. Given an argument, use that file but do not + change the window’s file name.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>ID</font></tt> Print window ID number (<i>q.v.</i>).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Incl</font></tt>When opening ‘include’ files (those enclosed in <tt><font size=+1><></font></tt>) with button + 3, <i>acme</i> searches in directories <tt><font size=+1>/$objtype/include</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>/sys/include</font></tt>. + <tt><font size=+1>Incl</font></tt> adds its arguments to a supplementary list of include directories, + analogous to the <tt><font size=+1>−I</font></tt> option to the compilers. This list is per-window + and is inherited when + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + windows are created by actions in that window, so <i>Incl</i> is most + usefully applied to a directory containing relevant source. With + no arguments, <i>Incl</i> prints the supplementary list. This command + is largely superseded by plumbing (see <a href="../man7/plumb.html"><i>plumb</i>(7)</a>).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Kill</font></tt>Send a <tt><font size=+1>kill</font></tt> note to <i>acme</i>-initiated commands named as arguments.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Local<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + In the Plan 9 <i>acme</i>, this prefix causes a command to be run in + <i>acme</i>’s<i>own</i> file name space and environment variable group. On Unix + this is impossible. <tt><font size=+1>Local</font></tt> is recognized as a prefix, but has no + effect on the command being executed.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Load</font></tt>Restore the state of <i>acme</i> from a file (default <tt><font size=+1>$home/acme.dump</font></tt>) + created by the <tt><font size=+1>Dump</font></tt> command.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Look</font></tt>Search in body for occurrence of literal text indicated by + the argument or, if none is given, by the selected text in the + body.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>New</font></tt> Make new window. With arguments, load the named files into + windows.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Newcol<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Make new column.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Paste<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Replace most recently selected text with contents of snarf buffer.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Put</font></tt> Write window to the named file. With no argument, write to + the file named in the tag of the window.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Putall<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Write all dirty windows whose names indicate existing regular + files.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Redo</font></tt>Complement of <tt><font size=+1>Undo</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Send</font></tt>Append selected text or snarf buffer to end of body; used + mainly with <i>win</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Snarf<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Place selected text in snarf buffer.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Sort</font></tt>Arrange the windows in the column from top to bottom in lexicographical + order based on their names.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Tab</font></tt> Set the width of tab stops for this window to the value of + the argument, in units of widths of the zero character. With no + arguments, it prints the current value.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Undo</font></tt>Undo last textual change or set of changes.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Zerox<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Create a copy of the window containing most recently selected + text. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + A common place to store text for commands is in the tag; in fact + <i>acme</i> maintains a set of commands appropriate to the state of the + window to the left of the bar in the tag. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the text indicated with button 2 is not a recognized built-in, + it is executed as a shell command. For example, indicating <tt><font size=+1>date</font></tt> + with button 2 runs <a href="../man1/date.html"><i>date</i>(1)</a>. The standard and error outputs of + commands are sent to the error window associated with the directory + from which the command was run, which will be created if + necessary. For example, in a window <tt><font size=+1>/etc/passwd</font></tt> executing <tt><font size=+1>pwd</font></tt> + will produce the output <tt><font size=+1>/etc</font></tt> in a (possibly newly-created) window + labeled <tt><font size=+1>/etc/+Errors</font></tt>; in a window containing <tt><font size=+1>/home/rob/sam/sam.c</font></tt> + executing <tt><font size=+1>mk</font></tt> will run <a href="../man1/mk.html"><i>mk</i>(1)</a> in <tt><font size=+1>/home/rob/sam</font></tt>, producing output + in a window labeled + <tt><font size=+1>/home/rob/sam/+Errors</font></tt>. The environment of such commands contains + the variable <tt><font size=+1>$%</font></tt> with value set to the filename of the window in + which the command is run, and <tt><font size=+1>$winid</font></tt> set to the window’s id number + (see <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a>).<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Mouse button 3 </b></font><br> + Pointing at text with button 3 instructs <i>acme</i> to locate or acquire + the file, string, etc. described by the indicated text and its + context. This description follows the actions taken when button + 3 is released after sweeping out some text. In the description, + <i>text</i> refers to the text of the original sweep or, if it was null, + the + result of applying the same expansion rules that apply to button + 2 actions. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the text names an existing window, <i>acme</i> moves the mouse cursor + to the selected text in the body of that window. If the text names + an existing file with no associated window, <i>acme</i> loads the file + into a new window and moves the mouse there. If the text is a + file name contained in angle brackets, <i>acme</i> loads the + indicated include file from the directory appropriate to the suffix + of the file name of the window holding the text. (The <tt><font size=+1>Incl</font></tt> command + adds directories to the standard list.) + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the text begins with a colon, it is taken to be an address, + in the style of <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a>, within the body of the window containing + the text. The address is evaluated, the resulting text highlighted, + and the mouse moved to it. Thus, in <i>acme</i>, one must type <tt><font size=+1>:/regexp</font></tt> + or <tt><font size=+1>:127</font></tt> not just <tt><font size=+1>/regexp</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>127</font></tt>. (There is an easier + way to locate literal text; see below.) + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the text is a file name followed by a colon and an address, + <i>acme</i> loads the file and evaluates the address. For example, clicking + button 3 anywhere in the text <tt><font size=+1>file.c:27</font></tt> will open <tt><font size=+1>file.c</font></tt>, select + line 27, and put the mouse at the beginning of the line. The rules + about Error files, directories, and so on all combine + to make this an efficient way to investigate errors from compilers, + etc. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the text is not an address or file, it is taken to be literal + text, which is then searched for in the body of the window in + which button 3 was clicked. If a match is found, it is selected + and the mouse is moved there. Thus, to search for occurrences + of a word in a file, just click button 3 on the word. Because + of the rule of + using the selection as the button 3 action, subsequent clicks + will find subsequent occurrences without moving the mouse. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + In all these actions, the mouse motion is not done if the text + is a null string within a non-null selected string in the tag, + so that (for example) complex regular expressions may be selected + and applied repeatedly to the body by just clicking button 3 over + them.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Chords of mouse buttons </b></font><br> + Several operations are bound to multiple-button actions. After + selecting text, with button 1 still down, pressing button 2 executes + <tt><font size=+1>Cut</font></tt> and button 3 executes <tt><font size=+1>Paste</font></tt>. After clicking one button, the + other undoes the first; thus (while holding down button 1) 2 followed + by 3 is a <tt><font size=+1>Snarf</font></tt> that leaves the file undirtied; 3 + followed by 2 is a no-op. These actions also apply to text selected + by double-clicking because the double-click expansion is made + when the second click starts, not when it ends. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Commands may be given extra arguments by a mouse chord with buttons + 2 and 1. While holding down button 2 on text to be executed as + a command, clicking button 1 appends the text last pointed to + by button 1 as a distinct final argument. For example, to search + for literal <tt><font size=+1>text</font></tt> one may execute <tt><font size=+1>Look text</font></tt> with + button 2 or instead point at <tt><font size=+1>text</font></tt> with button 1 in any window, + release button 1, then execute <tt><font size=+1>Look</font></tt>, clicking button 1 while 2 + is held down. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + When an external command (e.g. <a href="../man1/echo.html"><i>echo</i>(1)</a>) is executed this way, + the extra argument is passed as expected and an environment variable + <tt><font size=+1>$acmeaddr</font></tt> is created that holds, in the form interpreted by button + 3, the fully-qualified address of the extra argument.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Support programs </b></font><br> + <i>Win</i> creates a new <i>acme</i> window and runs a <i>command</i> (default <tt><font size=+1>$SHELL</font></tt>) + in it, turning the window into something analogous to an <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a> + window. Executing text in a <i>win</i> window with button 2 is similar + to using <tt><font size=+1>Send</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Awd</i> loads the tag line of its window with the directory in which + it’s running, suffixed <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>label</i> (default <tt><font size=+1>rc</font></tt>); it is intended to + be executed by a <tt><font size=+1>cd</font></tt> function for use in <i>win</i> windows. An example + definition is<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>fn cd { builtin cd $1 && awd $sysname }<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Applications and guide files </b></font><br> + In the directory <tt><font size=+1>/acme</font></tt> live several subdirectories, each corresponding + to a program or set of related programs that employ <i>acme’s</i> user + interface. Each subdirectory includes source, binaries, and a + <tt><font size=+1>readme</font></tt> file for further information. It also includes a <tt><font size=+1>guide</font></tt>, + a text file holding sample commands to invoke the + programs. The idea is to find an example in the guide that best + matches the job at hand, edit it to suit, and execute it. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Whenever a command is executed by <i>acme</i>, the default search path + includes the directory of the window containing the command and + its subdirectory <tt><font size=+1>$cputype</font></tt>. The program directories in <tt><font size=+1>/acme</font></tt> contain + appropriately labeled subdirectories of binaries, so commands + named in the guide files will be found + automatically when run. Also, <i>acme</i> binds the directories <tt><font size=+1>/acme/bin</font></tt> + and <tt><font size=+1>/acme/bin/$cputype</font></tt> to the end of <tt><font size=+1>/bin</font></tt> when it starts; this + is where <i>acme</i>-specific programs such as <i>win</i> and <i>awd</i> reside.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>$home/acme.dump</font></tt> default file for <tt><font size=+1>Dump</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>Load</font></tt>; also where state + is written if <i>acme</i> dies or is killed unexpectedly, e.g. by deleting + its window.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/acme/*/guide</font></tt> template files for applications<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/acme/*/readme</font></tt> informal documentation for applications<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/acme/*/src</font></tt> source for applications<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/acme/*/mips</font></tt> MIPS-specific binaries for applications<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/acme<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/9term/win.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/awd<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a><br> + Rob Pike, <i>Acme: A User Interface for Programmers.<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + With the <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> option or <tt><font size=+1>Load</font></tt> command, the recreation of windows + under control of external programs such as <i>win</i> is just to rerun + the command; information may be lost.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/acmeevent.html b/man/man1/acmeevent.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..230145ce --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/acmeevent.html @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +<head> +<title>acmeevent(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>ACMEEVENT(1)</b><td align=right><b>ACMEEVENT(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + acmeevent, acme.rc – shell script support for acme clients<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>9p read acme/acme/$winid/event | acmeevent + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + <tt><font size=+1>. /usr/local/plan9/lib/acme.rc + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + <tt><font size=+1>newwindow + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + <tt><font size=+1>winread</font></tt> <i>file + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>winwrite</font></tt> <i>file + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>winctl</font></tt> <i>cmd + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>windump</font></tt> [ <i>dumpdir</i> | <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> ] [ <i>dumpcmd</i> | <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>winname</font></tt> <i>name + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>windel</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>sure</font></tt> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>winwriteevent</font></tt> <i>c1 c2 q0 q1</i> [ <i>eq0 eq1 flag textlen text chordarg + chordaddr</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>wineventloop<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Acmeevent</i> and <i>acme.rc</i> make it easy to write simple <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a> client + programs as shell scripts. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Acme</i> clients read the <tt><font size=+1>event</font></tt> files (see <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a>) for the windows + they control, reacting to the events. The events are presented + in a format that is easy to read with C programs but hard to read + with shell scripts. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Acmeevent</i> reads an <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a> event stream from standard input, printing + a shell-friendly version of the events, one per line, on standard + output. Each output line from <i>acmeevent</i> has the form:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>event</font></tt> <i>c1 c2 q0 q1 eq0 eq1 flag textlen text chordarg chordaddr + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + + </table> + The fields are:<br> + <i>c1</i> A character indicating the origin or cause of the action. The + possible causes are: a write to the body or tag file (<tt><font size=+1>E</font></tt>), a write + to the window’s other files (<tt><font size=+1>F</font></tt>), input via the keyboard (<tt><font size=+1>K</font></tt>), and + input via the mouse (<tt><font size=+1>M</font></tt>).<br> + <i>c2</i> A character indicating the type of action. The possible types + are: text deleted from the body (<tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt>), text deleted from the tag + (<tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt>), text inserted in the body (<tt><font size=+1>I</font></tt>), text inserted in the tag (<tt><font size=+1>i</font></tt>), + a button 3 action in the body (<tt><font size=+1>L</font></tt>), a button 3 action in the tag + (<tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt>), a button 2 action in the body (<tt><font size=+1>X</font></tt>), and a button 2 action + in the + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + tag (<tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt>).<br> + + </table> + <i>q0</i>, <i>q1</i>The character addresses of the action.<br> + <i>eq0</i>, <i>q1<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The expanded character addresses of the action. If the text indicated + by <i>q0</i>, <i>q1</i> is a null string that has a non-null expansion, <i>eq0</i>, + <i>eq1</i> are the addresses of the expansion. Otherwise they are the + same as <i>q0</i>, <i>q1</i>.<br> + + </table> + <i>flag Flag</i> is a bitwise OR (reported decimally) of the following: + 1 if the text indicated is recognized as an <i>acme</i> built-in command; + 2 if the text indicated is a null string that has a non-null expansion + (see <i>eq0</i>, <i>eq1</i> above); 8 if the command has an extra (chorded) + argument (see <i>chordarg</i> below). <i>Flag</i> remains from the + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a> event format. Because <i>eq0</i>, <i>eq1</i>, and <i>chordarg</i> are explicit + in each event (unlike in <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a> events), <i>flag</i> can usually be + ignored.<br> + + </table> + <i>textlen<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The length of the action text (or its expansion) for button 2 + and button 3 events in characters.<br> + + </table> + <i>text</i> If <i>textlen</i> is less than 256 chracters, <i>text</i> is the action + text itself. Otherwise it is an empty string and must be read + from the <tt><font size=+1>data</font></tt> file.<br> + <i>chordarg<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The chorded argument for an action.<br> + + </table> + <i>chordorigin<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + If the chord argument is in the body of a named window, <i>chordorigin</i> + specifies the full address of the argument, as in <tt><font size=+1>/etc/group:#123,#234</font></tt>. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + To experiment with <i>acmeevent</i>, create an empty window in <i>acme</i> (using + <i>New</i>),<i>type<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>9p read acme/$winid/event | acmeevent<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + inside it, and execute it. Actions performed on the window will + be printed as events in the <tt><font size=+1>+Errors</font></tt> window. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Acme.rc</i> is a library of <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> shell functions useful for writing + acme clients. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Newwindow</i> creates a new acme window and sets <tt><font size=+1>$winid</font></tt> to the new + window’s id. The other commands all use <tt><font size=+1>$winid</font></tt> to determine which + window to operate on. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Winread</i> prints the current window’s <i>file</i> to standard output. It + is equivalent to <tt><font size=+1>cat /mnt/acme/acme/$winid/</font></tt><i>file</i> on Plan 9. Similarly, + <i>winwrite</i> writes standard input to the current window’s <i>file</i>. <i>Winread</i> + and <i>winwrite</i> are useful mainly in building more complex functions. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Winctl</i> writes <i>cmd</i> to the window’s <tt><font size=+1>ctl</font></tt> file. The most commonly-used + command is <tt><font size=+1>clean</font></tt>, which marks the window as clean. See <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a> + for a full list of commands. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Windump</i> sets the window’s dump directory and dump command (see + <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a>). If either argument is omitted or is <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>, that argument + is not set. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Winname</i> sets the name displayed in the window’s tag. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Windel</i> simulates the <tt><font size=+1>Del</font></tt> command. If the argument <tt><font size=+1>sure</font></tt> is given, + it simulates the <tt><font size=+1>Delete</font></tt> command. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Winwriteevent</i> writes an event to the window’s event file. The + event is in the format produced by <i>acmeevent</i>. Only the first four + arguments are necessary: the rest are ignored. Event handlers + should call <i>winwriteevent</i> to pass unhandled button 2 or button + 3 events back to <i>acme</i> for processing. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Wineventloop</i> executes the current window’s event file, as output + by <i>acmeevent</i>. It returns when the window has been deleted. Before + running <i>wineventloop ,</i> clients must define a shell function named + <tt><font size=+1>event</font></tt>, which will be run for each incoming event, as <i>rc</i> executes + the output of <i>acmeevent</i>. A typical event function + need only worry about button 2 and button 3 events. Those events + not handled should be sent back to <i>acme</i> with <i>winwriteevent</i>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Adict</i>, a dictionary browser, is implemented using <i>acmeevent</i> and + <i>acme.rc</i>. The <i>event</i> handler is:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>fn event {<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + switch($1$2){<br> + case Mx MX # button 2 − pass back to acme<br> + winwriteevent $*<br> + case Ml ML # button 3 − open new window on dictionary or entry<br> + {<br> + if(~ $dict NONE)<br> + dictwin /adict/$7/ $7<br> + if not<br> + dictwin /adict/$dict/$7 $dict $7<br> + } &<br> + }<br> + + </table> + }<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Note that the button 3 handler starts a subshell in which to run + <i>dictwin</i>. That subshell will create a new window, set its name, + possibly fill the window with a dictionary list or dictionary + entry, mark the window as clean, and run the event loop:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>fn dictwin {<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + newwindow<br> + winname $1<br> + dict=$2<br> + if(~ $dict NONE)<br> + dict −d '?' >[2=1] | sed 1d | winwrite body<br> + if(~ $#* 3)<br> + dict −d $dict $3 >[2=1] | winwrite body<br> + winctl clean<br> + wineventloop<br> + + </table> + }<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + The script starts with an initial window:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>dictwin /adict/ NONE<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Button 3 clicking on a dictionary name in the initial window will + create a new empty window for that dictionary. Typing and button + 3 clicking on a word in that window will create a new window with + the dictionary’s entry for that word. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + See <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/adict</font></tt> for the full implementation.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/acmeevent.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/lib/acme.rc<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a>, <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + There is more that could be done to ease the writing of complicated + clients.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/ascii.html b/man/man1/ascii.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4067eece --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/ascii.html @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +<head> +<title>ascii(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>ASCII(1)</b><td align=right><b>ASCII(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + ascii, unicode – interpret ASCII, Unicode characters<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>ascii</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−8</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−oxdb</font></tt><i>n</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−nct</font></tt> ] [ <i>text</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>unicode</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−nt</font></tt> ] <i>hexmin</i><tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>hexmax + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>unicode</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> ] <i>hex</i> [ ... ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>unicode</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> ] <i>characters + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>look</font></tt> <i>hex</i> <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/unicode<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Ascii</i> prints the ASCII values corresponding to characters and + <i>vice versa</i>; under the <tt><font size=+1>−8</font></tt> option, the ISO Latin-1 extensions (codes + 0200-0377) are included. The values are interpreted in a settable + numeric base; <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> specifies octal, <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> decimal, <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> hexadecimal (the + default), and <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt><i>n</i> base <i>n</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + With no arguments, <i>ascii</i> prints a table of the character set in + the specified base. Characters of <i>text</i> are converted to their + ASCII values, one per line. If, however, the first <i>text</i> argument + is a valid number in the specified base, conversion goes the opposite + way. Control characters are printed as two- or three-character + mnemonics. Other options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> Force numeric output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> Force character output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> Convert from numbers to running text; do not interpret control + characters or insert newlines. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Unicode</i> is similar; it converts between UTF and character values + from the Unicode Standard (see <a href="../man7/utf.html"><i>utf</i>(7)</a>). If given a range of hexadecimal + numbers, <i>unicode</i> prints a table of the specified Unicode characters + -- their values and UTF representations. Otherwise it translates + from UTF to numeric value or vice versa, depending + on the appearance of the supplied text; the <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> option forces numeric + output to avoid ambiguity with numeric characters. If converting + to UTF , the characters are printed one per line unless the <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> + flag is set, in which case the output is a single string containing + only the specified characters. Unlike <i>ascii</i>, <i>unicode</i> treats + no characters specially. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The output of <i>ascii</i> and <i>unicode</i> may be unhelpful if the characters + printed are not available in the current font. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The file <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/unicode</font></tt> contains a table of characters + and descriptions, sorted in hexadecimal order, suitable for <a href="../man1/look.html"><i>look</i>(1)</a> + on the lower case <i>hex</i> values of characters.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>ascii −d<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the ASCII table base 10.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>unicode p<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the hex value of ‘p’.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>unicode 2200−22f1<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print a table of miscellaneous mathematical symbols.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>look 039 /usr/local/plan9/lib/unicode<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + See the start of the Greek alphabet’s encoding in the Unicode + Standard.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/unicode<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + table of characters and descriptions.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/ascii.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/unicode.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/look.html"><i>look</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/tcs.html"><i>tcs</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/utf.html"><i>utf</i>(7)</a>, <a href="../man7/font.html"><i>font</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/astro.html b/man/man1/astro.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f410421c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/astro.html @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +<head> +<title>astro(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>ASTRO(1)</b><td align=right><b>ASTRO(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + astro – print astronomical information<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>astro</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−dlpsatokm</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> n ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−C</font></tt> d ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> <i>obj1 obj2</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Astro</i> reports upcoming celestial events, by default for 24 hours + starting now. The options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> Read the starting date. A prompt gives the input format.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> Read the north latitude, west longitude, and elevation of the + observation point. A prompt gives the input format. If <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> is missing, + the initial position is read from the file <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/sky/here</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> Report for <i>n</i> (default 1) successive days.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>C</font></tt> Used with <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt>, set the interval to <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> days (or fractions of days).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> Report distance between the centers of objects, in arc seconds, + during eclipses or occultations involving <i>obj1</i> and <i>obj2</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> Print the positions of objects at the given time rather than + searching for interesting conjunctions. For each, the name is + followed by the right ascension (hours, minutes, seconds), declination + (degrees, minutes, seconds), azimuth (degrees), elevation (degrees), + and semidiameter (arc seconds). For the sun and + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + moon, the magnitude is also printed. The first line of output + presents the date and time, sidereal time, and the latitude, longitude, + and elevation.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt> Print output in English words suitable for speech synthesizers.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt> Include a list of artificial earth satellites for interesting + events. (There are no orbital elements for the satellites, so + this option is not usable.)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt> Read ΔT from standard input. ΔT is the difference between ephemeris + and universal time (seconds) due to the slowing of the earth’s + rotation. ΔT is normally calculated from an empirical formula. + This option is needed only for very accurate timing of occultations, + eclipses, etc.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>o</font></tt> Search for stellar occultations.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> Print times in local time (‘kitchen clock’) as described in the + <tt><font size=+1>timezone</font></tt> environment variable.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt> Includes a single comet in the list of objects. This is modified + (in the source) to refer to an approaching comet but in steady + state usually refers to the last interesting comet (currently + Hale-Bopp, C/1995 O1).<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/sky/estartab<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + ecliptic star data<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/sky/here<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + default latitude (N), longitude (W), and elevation (meters)<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/astro<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/scat.html"><i>scat</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> option reverts to GMT outside of 1970-2036.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/basename.html b/man/man1/basename.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b04ce45d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/basename.html @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<head> +<title>basename(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>BASENAME(1)</b><td align=right><b>BASENAME(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + basename – strip file name affixes<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>basename</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> ] <i>string</i> [ <i>suffix</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Basename</i> deletes any prefix ending in slash (<tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>) and the <i>suffix</i>, + if present in <i>string</i>, from <i>string</i>, and prints the result on the + standard output. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> option instead prints the directory component, that is, + <i>string</i> up to but not including the final slash. If the string + contains no slash, a period and newline are printed.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/basename.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/bc.html b/man/man1/bc.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4f7e7ba --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/bc.html @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +<head> +<title>bc(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>BC(1)</b><td align=right><b>BC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + bc – arbitrary-precision arithmetic language<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>bc</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Bc</i> is an interactive processor for a language that resembles C + but provides arithmetic on numbers of arbitrary length with up + to 100 digits right of the decimal point. It takes input from + any files given, then reads the standard input. The <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> argument + stands for the name of an arbitrary precision math library. The + <tt><font size=+1>−s + </font></tt>argument suppresses the automatic display of calculation results; + all output is via the <tt><font size=+1>print</font></tt> command. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The following syntax for <i>bc</i> programs is like that of C; <i>L</i> means + letter <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt>-<tt><font size=+1>z</font></tt>, <i>E</i> means expression, <i>S</i> means statement.<br> + Lexical<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + comments are enclosed in <tt><font size=+1>/* */<br> + </font></tt>newlines end statements<br> + + </table> + + </table> + Names<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + simple variables: <i>L<br> + </i>array elements: <i>L</i><tt><font size=+1>[</font></tt><i>E</i><tt><font size=+1>]<br> + </font></tt>The words <tt><font size=+1>ibase</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>obase</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>scale<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + Other operands<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + arbitrarily long numbers with optional sign and decimal point.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt><i>E</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + sqrt(</font></tt><i>E</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + length(</font></tt><i>E</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt>number of significant decimal digits<br> + <tt><font size=+1>scale(</font></tt><i>E</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt>number of digits right of decimal point<br> + <i>L</i><tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt><i>E</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>...</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>E</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt>function call<br> + + </table> + + </table> + Operators<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>+ − * / % ^ </font></tt> (<tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> is remainder; <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> is power)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>++ −− <br> + == <= >= != < ><br> + = += −= *= /= %= ^=<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + Statements<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>E<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt> <i>S</i> <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt> ... <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt> <i>S</i> <tt><font size=+1>}<br> + print</font></tt> <i>E<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>if (</font></tt> <i>E</i> <tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> <i>S<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>while (</font></tt> <i>E</i> <tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> <i>S<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>for (</font></tt> <i>E</i> <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt> <i>E</i> <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt> <i>E</i> <tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> <i>S<br> + </i>null statement<br> + <tt><font size=+1>break<br> + quit<br> + "</font></tt>text<tt><font size=+1>"<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + Function definitions<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>define</font></tt> <i>L</i> <tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt> <i>L</i> <tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> ... <tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>L</i> <tt><font size=+1>){<br> + auto</font></tt> <i>L</i> <tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> ... <tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>L<br> + S</i> <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt> ... <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt> <i>S<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>return</font></tt> <i>E + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>}<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + Functions in<tt><font size=+1> −l</font></tt> math library<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>s(</font></tt><i>x</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>sine<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c(</font></tt><i>x</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>cosine<br> + <tt><font size=+1>e(</font></tt><i>x</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>exponential<br> + <tt><font size=+1>l(</font></tt><i>x</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>log<br> + <tt><font size=+1>a(</font></tt><i>x</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>arctangent<br> + <tt><font size=+1>j(</font></tt><i>n, x</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt>Bessel function<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + + </table> + All function arguments are passed by value. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The value of an expression at the top level is printed unless + the main operator is an assignment or the <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> command line argument + is given. Text in quotes, which may include newlines, is always + printed. Either semicolons or newlines may separate statements. + Assignment to <tt><font size=+1>scale</font></tt> influences the number of digits to + be retained on arithmetic operations in the manner of <a href="../man1/dc.html"><i>dc</i>(1)</a>. Assignments + to <tt><font size=+1>ibase</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>obase</font></tt> set the input and output number radix respectively. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The same letter may be used as an array, a function, and a simple + variable simultaneously. All variables are global to the program. + Automatic variables are pushed down during function calls. In + a declaration of an array as a function argument or automatic + variable empty square brackets must follow the array name. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Bc</i> is actually a preprocessor for <a href="../man1/dc.html"><i>dc</i>(1)</a>, which it invokes automatically, + unless the <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> (compile only) option is present. In this case the + <i>dc</i> input is sent to the standard output instead.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Define a function to compute an approximate value of the exponential. + Use it to print 10 values. (The exponential function in the library + gives better answers.) + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>scale = 20<br> + define e(x) {<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + auto a, b, c, i, s<br> + a = 1<br> + b = 1<br> + s = 1<br> + for(i=1; 1; i++) {<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + a *= x<br> + b *= i<br> + c = a/b<br> + if(c == 0) return s<br> + s += c<br> + + </table> + }<br> + + </table> + }<br> + for(i=1; i<=10; i++) print e(i)<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/bclib</font></tt> mathematical library<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/bc.y<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/dc.html"><i>dc</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/hoc.html"><i>hoc</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + No <tt><font size=+1>&&</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>||</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> operators. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A <tt><font size=+1>for</font></tt> statement must have all three <tt><font size=+1>E</font></tt>s. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A <tt><font size=+1>quit</font></tt> is interpreted when read, not when executed.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/bundle.html b/man/man1/bundle.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f052d42 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/bundle.html @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<head> +<title>bundle(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>BUNDLE(1)</b><td align=right><b>BUNDLE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + bundle – collect files for distribution<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>bundle</font></tt> <i>file ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Bundle</i> writes on its standard output a shell script for <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> + or a Bourne shell which, when executed, will recreate the original + <i>files</i>. Its main use is for distributing small numbers of text + files by <a href="../man1/mail.html"><i>mail</i>(1)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Although less refined than standard archives from <i>9ar</i> (see <a href="../man1/9c.html"><i>9c</i>(1)</a>) + or <a href="../man1/tar.html"><i>tar</i>(1)</a>, a <i>bundle</i> file is self-documenting and complete; little + preparation is required on the receiving machine.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>bundle mkfile *.[ch] | mail kremvax!boris<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Send a makefile to Boris together with related <tt><font size=+1>.c</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>.h</font></tt> files. + Upon receiving the mail, Boris may save the file sans postmark, + say in <tt><font size=+1>gift/horse</font></tt>, then do<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>cd gift; sh horse; mk<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/bundle<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>9ar</i> (in <a href="../man1/9c.html"><i>9c</i>(1)</a>), <a href="../man1/tar.html"><i>tar</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/mail.html"><i>mail</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Bundle</i> will not create directories and is unsatisfactory for non-text + files. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Beware of gift horses.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/cal.html b/man/man1/cal.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec3cffc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/cal.html @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<head> +<title>cal(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>CAL(1)</b><td align=right><b>CAL(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + cal – print calendar<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cal</font></tt> [ <i>month</i> ] [ <i>year</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Cal</i> prints a calendar. <i>Month</i> is either a number from 1 to 12, + a lower case month name, or a lower case three-letter prefix of + a month name. <i>Year</i> can be between 1 and 9999. If either <i>month</i> + or <i>year</i> is omitted, the current month or year is used. If only + one argument is given, and it is a number larger than 12, a + calendar for all twelve months of the given year is produced; + otherwise a calendar for just one month is printed. The calendar + produced is that for England and her colonies. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Try<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cal sep 1752<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/cal.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The year is always considered to start in January even though + this is historically naive. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Beware that <tt><font size=+1>cal 90</font></tt> refers to the early Christian era, not the + 20th century.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/calendar.html b/man/man1/calendar.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48b9816b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/calendar.html @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<head> +<title>calendar(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>CALENDAR(1)</b><td align=right><b>CALENDAR(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + calendar – print upcoming events<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>calendar</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>–y</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>–p days</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Calendar</i> reads the named files, default <tt><font size=+1>$HOME/lib/calendar</font></tt>, and + writes to standard output any lines containing today’s or tomorrow’s + date. Examples of recognized date formats are "4/11", "April 11", + "Apr 11", "11 April", and "11 Apr". All comparisons are case insensitive. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the <tt><font size=+1>–y</font></tt> flag is given, an attempt is made to match on year too. + In this case, dates of the forms listed above will be accepted + if they are followed by the current year (or last two digits thereof) + or not a year — digits not followed by white space or non-digits. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the <tt><font size=+1>–p</font></tt> flag is given, its argument is the number of days ahead + to match dates. This flag is not repeatable, and it performs no + special processing at the end of the week. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + On Friday and Saturday, events through Monday are printed. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + To have your calendar mailed to you every day, use <a href="../man8/cron.html"><i>cron</i>(8)</a>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>$HOME/lib/calendar</font></tt> personal calendar<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/calendar.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/cat.html b/man/man1/cat.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36d6923e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/cat.html @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +<head> +<title>cat(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>CAT(1)</b><td align=right><b>CAT(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + cat, read, nobs – catenate files<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cat</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>read</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> <i>nline</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>nobs</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Cat</i> reads each <i>file</i> in sequence and writes it on the standard + output. Thus<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cat file + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + prints a file and<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cat file1 file2 >file3 + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + concatenates the first two files and places the result on the + third. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If no <i>file</i> is given, <i>cat</i> reads from the standard input. Output + is buffered in blocks matching the input. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Read</i> copies to standard output exactly one line from the named + <i>file</i>, default standard input. It is useful in interactive <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> + scripts. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> flag causes it to continue reading and writing multiple + lines until end of file; <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> causes it to read no more than <i>nline</i> + lines. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Read</i> always executes a single <tt><font size=+1>write</font></tt> for each line of input, which + can be helpful when preparing input to programs that expect line-at-a-time + data. It never reads any more data from the input than it prints + to the output. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Nobs</i> copies the named files to standard output except that it + removes all backspace characters and the characters that precede + them. It is useful to use as <tt><font size=+1>$PAGER</font></tt> with the Unix version of <a href="../man1/man.html"><i>man</i>(1)</a> + when run inside a <i>win</i> (see <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a>) window.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/cat.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/read.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/nobs<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/cp.html"><i>cp</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Read</i> exits with status <tt><font size=+1>eof</font></tt> on end of file or, in the <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> case, + if it doesn’t read <i>nlines</i> lines.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Beware of <tt><font size=+1>cat a b >a</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>cat a b >b</font></tt>, which destroy input files before + reading them.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/cleanname.html b/man/man1/cleanname.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f736fbd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/cleanname.html @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<head> +<title>cleanname(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>CLEANNAME(1)</b><td align=right><b>CLEANNAME(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + cleanname – clean a path name<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cleanname</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>pwd</i> ] <i>names ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + For each file name argument, <i>cleanname</i>, by lexical processing + only, prints the shortest equivalent string that names the same + (possibly hypothetical) file. It eliminates multiple and trailing + slashes, and it lexically interprets <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>..</font></tt> directory components + in the name. If the <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> option is present, unrooted names are + prefixed with <i>pwd</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> before processing.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/cleanname.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man3/cleanname.html"><i>cleanname</i>(3)</a>.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/clog.html b/man/man1/clog.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c12e0be --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/clog.html @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<head> +<title>clog(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>CLOG(1)</b><td align=right><b>CLOG(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + auxclog – create date-stamped console log<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>auxclog</font></tt> <i>console logfile<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Auxclog</i> opens the file <i>console</i> and writes every line read from + it, prefixed by the ASCII time, to the file <i>logfile</i>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/auxclog.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Should be named <i>aux/clog</i>.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/cmp.html b/man/man1/cmp.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc7831a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/cmp.html @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<head> +<title>cmp(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>CMP(1)</b><td align=right><b>CMP(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + cmp – compare two files<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cmp</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−lsL</font></tt> ] <i>file1 file2</i> [ <i>offset1</i> [ <i>offset2</i> ] ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The two files are compared. A diagnostic results if the contents + differ, otherwise there is no output. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> Print the byte number (decimal) and the differing bytes (hexadecimal) + for each difference.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt> Print nothing for differing files, but set the exit status.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>L</font></tt> Print the line number of the first differing byte. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If offsets are given, comparison starts at the designated byte + position of the corresponding file. Offsets that begin with <tt><font size=+1>0x</font></tt> + are hexadecimal; with <tt><font size=+1>0</font></tt>, octal; with anything else, decimal.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/cmp.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/diff.html"><i>diff</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + If a file is inaccessible or missing, the exit status is <tt><font size=+1>open</font></tt>. + If the files are the same, the exit status is empty (true). If + they are the same except that one is longer than the other, the + exit status is <tt><font size=+1>EOF</font></tt>. Otherwise <i>cmp</i> reports the position of the + first disagreeing byte and the exit status is <tt><font size=+1>differ</font></tt>. + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/colors.html b/man/man1/colors.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af67eec2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/colors.html @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +<head> +<title>colors(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>COLORS(1)</b><td align=right><b>COLORS(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + colors, cmapcube – display color map<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>colors</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−r −x</font></tt> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>cmapcube</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−nbw</font></tt> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Colors</i> presents a grid showing the colors in the RGBV color map + (see <a href="../man7/color.html"><i>color</i>(7)</a>). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Clicking mouse button 1 over a color in the grid will display + the map index for that color, its red, green, and blue components, + and the 32-bit hexadecimal color value as defined in <a href="../man3/allocimage.html"><i>allocimage</i>(3)</a>. + If the <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> option is specified, the components will also be listed + in hexadecimal. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> option instead shows, in the same form, a grey-scale ramp. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A menu on mouse button 3 contains a single entry, to exit the + program. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Cmapcube</i> presents the same colors but in a 3-dimensional cube. + Dragging with button 1 rotates the cube. Clicking on a color with + button 2 displays the map index for that color. Clicking button + 3 exits. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> option disables drawing of the color squares. The <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> and + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> options set the background (default grey) to black or white.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/colors.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man7/color.html"><i>color</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/comm.html b/man/man1/comm.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..860a0956 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/comm.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<head> +<title>comm(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>COMM(1)</b><td align=right><b>COMM(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + comm – select or reject lines common to two sorted files<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>comm</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−123</font></tt> ] <i>file1 file2<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Comm</i> reads <i>file1</i> and <i>file2</i>, which are in lexicographical order, + and produces a three column output: lines only in <i>file1</i>; lines + only in <i>file2</i>; and lines in both files. The file name <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> means + the standard input. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Flag <tt><font size=+1>1</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>2</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>3</font></tt> suppresses printing of the corresponding column.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>comm −12 file1 file2<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print lines common to two sorted files.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/comm.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/sort.html"><i>sort</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/cmp.html"><i>cmp</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/diff.html"><i>diff</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/uniq.html"><i>uniq</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/core.html b/man/man1/core.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c1cf3df --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/core.html @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +<head> +<title>core(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>CORE(1)</b><td align=right><b>CORE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + core – print information about dead processes<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>core</font></tt> [ <i>dir</i> | <i>corefile</i> ]...<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Core</i> prints information about dead processes that have been saved + as core dumps. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Core reads its arguments in order. If a directory is encountered, + <i>core</i> reads every core file named <tt><font size=+1>core.*</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>*.core</font></tt> in that directory. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + For each core file read, <i>core</i> prints the date and time the core + was generated, the command that generated it, and a short stack + trace at the time of the core dump. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If no arguments are given, <i>core</i> searches the directory <tt><font size=+1>$COREDIR</font></tt> + for core files; if <tt><font size=+1>$COREDIR</font></tt> is not set, <i>core</i> searches the current + directory.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/core.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/acid.html"><i>acid</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/db.html"><i>db</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man5/core.html"><i>core</i>(5)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Core</i> has not been written.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/crop.html b/man/man1/crop.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34a4eefb --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/crop.html @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +<head> +<title>crop(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>CROP(1)</b><td align=right><b>CROP(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + crop, iconv – frame, crop, and convert image<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>crop</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>red green blue</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> <i>n</i> | <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> <i>dx</i> | <tt><font size=+1>−y</font></tt> <i>dy</i> | <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> <i>minx miny + maxx maxy</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> <i>tx ty</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> <i>red green blue</i> ] [ <i>file</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>iconv</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>chandesc</i> ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Crop</i> reads an <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a> file (default standard input), crops it, + and writes it as a compressed <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a> file to standard output. + There are two ways to specify a crop, by color value or by geometry. + They may be combined in a single run of <i>crop</i>, in which case the + color value crop will be done first. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> option takes a red-green-blue triplet as described in <a href="../man3/color.html"><i>color</i>(3)</a>. + (For example, white is <tt><font size=+1>255 255 255</font></tt>.) The corresponding color is + used as a value to be cut from the outer edge of the picture; + that is, the image is cropped to remove the maximal outside rectangular + strip in which every pixel has the specified color. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> option insets the image rectangle by a constant amount, + <i>n</i>, which may be negative to generate extra space around the image. + The <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−y</font></tt> options are similar, but apply only to the <i>x</i> or + <i>y</i> coordinates of the image. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> option specifies an exact rectangle. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> option specifies that the image’s coordinate system should + be translated by <i>tx</i>, <i>ty</i> as the last step of processing. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> option specifies a background color to be used to fill + around the image if the cropped image is larger than the original, + such as if the <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> option is given a negative argument. This can + be used to draw a monochrome frame around the image. The default + color is black. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Iconv</i> changes the format of pixels in the image <i>file</i> (default + standard input) and writes the resulting image to standard output. + Pixels in the image are converted according to the channel descriptor + <i>chandesc</i>, (see <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a>). For example, to convert a 4-bit-per-pixel + grey-scale image to an 8-bit-per-pixel color-mapped + image, <i>chandesc</i> should be <tt><font size=+1>m8</font></tt>. If <i>chandesc</i> is not given, the format + is unchanged. The output image is by default compressed; the <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> + option turns off the compression.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + To crop white edges off the picture and add a ten-pixel pink border,<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>crop −c 255 255 255 −i −10 −b 255 150 150 imagefile > cropped<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/crop.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a>, <a href="../man3/color.html"><i>color</i>(3)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Iconv</i> should be able to do Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion or + dithering when converting to small image depths.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/date.html b/man/man1/date.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8cbbf9a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/date.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<head> +<title>date(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>DATE(1)</b><td align=right><b>DATE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + date – date and time<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>date</font></tt> [ <i>option</i> ] [ <i>seconds</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the date, in the format + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>Tue Aug 16 17:03:52 CDT 1977 + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> Report Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) rather than local time.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> Report the date as the number of seconds since the epoch, 00:00:00 + GMT, January 1, 1970. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The conversion from Greenwich Mean Time to local time depends + on the <tt><font size=+1>$timezone</font></tt> environment variable; see <a href="../man3/ctime.html"><i>ctime</i>(3)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the optional argument <i>seconds</i> is present, it is used as the + time to convert rather than the real time.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/date.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/db.html b/man/man1/db.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eed2c3f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/db.html @@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ +<head> +<title>db(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>DB(1)</b><td align=right><b>DB(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + db – debugger<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>db</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>textfile</i> ] [ <i>pid</i> | <i>corefile</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Db</i> is a general purpose debugging program. It may be used to examine + files and to provide a controlled environment for the execution + of programs. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A <i>textfile</i> is a file containing the text and initialized data + of an executable program. A <i>pid</i> or <i>corefile</i> specifies the memory + image of a process. A <i>pid</i> gives the id of an executing process + to be accessed via <a href="../man2/ptrace.html"><i>ptrace</i>(2)</a>. A <i>corefile</i> specifies the name of + a core dump (see <a href="../man5/core.html"><i>core</i>(5)</a> on your system of choice) containing + the + memory image of a terminated process. This manual refers to the + memory image specified by <i>pid</i> or <i>corefile</i> as a <i>memfile</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A <i>map</i> associated with each <i>textfile</i> or <i>memfile</i> supports accesses + to instructions and data in the file; see ‘Addresses’. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + An argument consisting entirely of digits is assumed to be a process + id; otherwise, it is the name of a <i>textfile</i> or <i>corefile</i>. When + a <i>textfile</i> is given, the textfile map is associated with it. If + only a <i>memfile</i> is given, the textfile map is derived from the + corresponding <i>textfile</i>, if it can be determined (this varies from + system to + system). When a <i>memfile</i> is given, the memfile map is associated + with it; otherwise the map is undefined and accesses to it are + not permitted. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Commands to <i>db</i> are read from the standard input and responses + are to the standard output. The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> Open <i>textfile</i> and <i>memfile</i> for writing as well as reading.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−I</font></tt><i>path<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Directory in which to look for relative path names in <tt><font size=+1>$<</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>$<<</font></tt> + commands.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt><i>machine<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Assume instructions are for the given CPU type (possible names + include <tt><font size=+1>386</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>powerpc</font></tt>; adding the suffix <tt><font size=+1>−co</font></tt> as in <tt><font size=+1>386−co</font></tt> and + <tt><font size=+1>powerpc−co</font></tt> selects disassembly in the manufacturer’s syntax, if + available, rather than the default Plan 9 syntax). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + Most <i>db</i> commands have the following form:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + [<i>address</i>] [<tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>count</i>] [<i>command</i>] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + If <i>address</i> is present then the current position, called ‘dot’, + is set to <i>address</i>. Initially dot is set to 0. Most commands are + repeated <i>count</i> times with dot advancing between repetitions. The + default <i>count</i> is 1. <i>Address</i> and <i>count</i> are expressions. Multiple + commands on one line must be separated by <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt>. + <p><font size=+1><b>Expressions </b></font><br> + Expressions are evaluated as long <i>ints</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> The value of dot.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> The value of dot incremented by the current increment.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> The value of dot decremented by the current increment.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>"</font></tt> The last <i>address</i> typed.<br> + <i>integer<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A number, in decimal radix by default. The prefixes <tt><font size=+1>0</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>0o</font></tt> and + <tt><font size=+1>0O</font></tt> (zero oh) force interpretation in octal radix; the prefixes + <tt><font size=+1>0t</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>0T</font></tt> force interpretation in decimal radix; the prefixes + <tt><font size=+1>0x</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>0X</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt> force interpretation in hexadecimal radix. Thus + <tt><font size=+1>020</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>0o20</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>0t16</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>#10</font></tt> all represent sixteen. + + </table> + <i>integer</i><tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt><i>fraction<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A single-precision floating point number.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt><i>c</i><tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt> The 16-bit value of a character. <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt> may be used to escape a + <tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt><i>name<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The value of <i>name</i>, which is a register name. The register names + are those printed by the <tt><font size=+1>$r</font></tt> command.<br> + + </table> + <i>symbol<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A <i>symbol</i> is a sequence of upper or lower case letters, underscores + or digits, not starting with a digit. <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt> may be used to escape + other characters. The location of the <i>symbol</i> is calculated from + the symbol table in <i>textfile</i>.<br> + + </table> + <i>routine</i><tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt><i>name<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The address of the variable <i>name</i> in the specified C routine. Both + <i>routine</i> and <i>name</i> are <i>symbols</i>. If <i>name</i> is omitted the value is + the address of the most recently activated stack frame corresponding + to <i>routine</i>; if <i>routine</i> is omitted, the active procedure is assumed.<br> + + </table> + <i>file</i><tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt><i>integer<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The address of the instruction corresponding to the source statement + at the indicated line number of the file. If the source line contains + no executable statement, the address of the instruction associated + with the nearest executable source line is returned. Files begin + at line 1. If multiple files of the same name + are loaded, an expression of this form resolves to the first file + encountered in the symbol table.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt><i>exp</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The value of the expression <i>exp</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + <i>Monadic operators<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>*</font></tt><i>exp</i> The contents of the location addressed by <i>exp</i> in <i>memfile</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>@</font></tt><i>exp</i> The contents of the location addressed by <i>exp</i> in <i>textfile</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>exp</i> Integer negation.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>~</font></tt><i>exp</i> Bitwise complement.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt><i>exp</i> When used as an <i>address</i>, <i>exp</i> is an offset into the segment + named <i>ublock</i>; see ‘Addresses’.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + <i>Dyadic operators</i> are left-associative and are less binding than + monadic operators.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>e1</i><tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt><i>e2</i>Integer addition.<br> + <i>e1</i><tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>e2</i>Integer subtraction.<br> + <i>e1</i><tt><font size=+1>*</font></tt><i>e2</i>Integer multiplication.<br> + <i>e1</i><tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt><i>e2</i>Integer division.<br> + <i>e1</i><tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt><i>e2</i>Bitwise conjunction.<br> + <i>e1</i><tt><font size=+1>|</font></tt><i>e2</i>Bitwise disjunction.<br> + <i>e1</i><tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt><i>e2E1</i> rounded up to the next multiple of <i>e2</i>.<br> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Commands </b></font><br> + Most commands have the following syntax:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt><i>f</i> Locations starting at <i>address</i> in <i>textfile</i> are printed according + to the format <i>f</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>f</i> Locations starting at <i>address</i> in <i>memfile</i> are printed according + to the format <i>f</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt><i>f</i> The value of <i>address</i> itself is printed according to the format + <i>f</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A <i>format</i> consists of one or more characters that specify a style + of printing. Each format character may be preceded by a decimal + integer that is a repeat count for the format character. If no + format is given then the last format is used. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Most format letters fetch some data, print it, and advance (a + local copy of) dot by the number of bytes fetched. The total number + of bytes in a format becomes the <i>current</i>increment<i>.<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>o</font></tt> Print two-byte integer in octal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>O</font></tt> Print four-byte integer in octal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> Print two-byte integer in signed octal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Q</font></tt> Print four-byte integer in signed octal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> Print two-byte integer in decimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt> Print four-byte integer in decimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>V</font></tt> Print eight-byte integer in decimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Z</font></tt> Print eight-byte integer in unsigned decimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> Print two-byte integer in hexadecimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>X</font></tt> Print four-byte integer in hexadecimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Y</font></tt> Print eight-byte integer in hexadecimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>u</font></tt> Print two-byte integer in unsigned decimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>U</font></tt> Print four-byte integer in unsigned decimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>f</font></tt> Print as a single-precision floating point number.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>F</font></tt> Print double-precision floating point.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt> Print the addressed byte in hexadecimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> Print the addressed byte as an ASCII character.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>C</font></tt> Print the addressed byte as a character. Printable ASCII characters + are represented normally; others are printed in the form <tt><font size=+1>\xnn</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt> Print the addressed characters, as a UTF string, until a zero + byte is reached. Advance dot by the length of the string, including + the zero terminator.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>S</font></tt> Print a string using the escape convention (see <tt><font size=+1>C</font></tt> above).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt> Print as UTF the addressed two-byte integer (rune).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>R</font></tt> Print as UTF the addressed two-byte integers as runes until a + zero rune is reached. Advance dot by the length of the string, + including the zero terminator.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>i</font></tt> Print as machine instructions. Dot is incremented by the size + of the instruction.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>I</font></tt> As <tt><font size=+1>i</font></tt> above, but print the machine instructions in an alternate + form if possible.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>M</font></tt> Print the addressed machine instruction in a machine-dependent + hexadecimal form.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt> Print the value of dot in symbolic form. Dot is unaffected.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>A</font></tt> Print the value of dot in hexadecimal. Dot is unaffected.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>z</font></tt> Print the function name, source file, and line number corresponding + to dot (textfile only). Dot is unaffected.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> Print the addressed value in symbolic form. Dot is advanced by + the size of a machine address.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt> When preceded by an integer, tabs to the next appropriate tab + stop. For example, <tt><font size=+1>8t</font></tt> moves to the next 8-space tab stop. Dot + is unaffected.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt> Print a newline. Dot is unaffected.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>"</font></tt>...<tt><font size=+1>"</font></tt> Print the enclosed string. Dot is unaffected.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> Dot is decremented by the current increment. Nothing is printed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> Dot is incremented by 1. Nothing is printed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> Dot is decremented by 1. Nothing is printed.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + Other commands include:<br> + newline<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Update dot by the current increment. Repeat the previous command + with a <i>count</i> of 1.<br> + + </table> + [<tt><font size=+1>?/</font></tt>]<tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> <i>value mask<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Words starting at dot are masked with <i>mask</i> and compared with <i>value</i> + until a match is found. If <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> is used, the match is for a two-byte + integer; <tt><font size=+1>L</font></tt> matches four bytes. If no match is found then dot is + unchanged; otherwise dot is set to the matched location. If <i>mask</i> + is omitted then ~0 is used. + + </table> + [<tt><font size=+1>?/</font></tt>]<tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> <i>value ...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Write the two-byte <i>value</i> into the addressed location. If the command + is <tt><font size=+1>W</font></tt>, write four bytes.<br> + + </table> + [<tt><font size=+1>?/</font></tt>]<tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt> <i>s b e f</i> [<tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt>]<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + New values for (<i>b, e, f</i>) in the segment named <i>s</i> are recorded. + Valid segment names are <i>text</i>, <i>data</i>, or <i>ublock</i>. If less than three + address expressions are given, the remaining parameters are left + unchanged. If the list is terminated by <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> then the file (<i>textfile</i> + or <i>memfile</i> respectively) is used for subsequent + requests. For example, <tt><font size=+1>/m?</font></tt> causes <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> to refer to <i>textfile</i>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>></font></tt><i>name<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Dot is assigned to the variable or register named.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> The rest of the line is passed to <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> for execution.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt><i>modifier<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Miscellaneous commands. The available <i>modifiers</i> are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt><i>f</i> Read commands from the file <i>f</i>. If this command is executed in + a file, further commands in the file are not seen. If <i>f</i> is omitted, + the current input stream is terminated. If a <i>count</i> is given, and + is zero, the command is ignored.<br> + <tt><font size=+1><<</font></tt><i>f</i> Similar to <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt> except it can be used in a file of commands without + causing the file to be closed. There is a (small) limit to the + number of <tt><font size=+1><<</font></tt> files that can be open at once.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>></font></tt><i>f</i> Append output to the file <i>f</i>, which is created if it does not + exist. If <i>f</i> is omitted, output is returned to the terminal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt> Print process id, the condition which caused stopping or termination, + the registers and the instruction addressed by <tt><font size=+1>pc</font></tt>. This is the + default if <i>modifier</i> is omitted.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt> Print the general registers and the instruction addressed by + <tt><font size=+1>pc</font></tt>. Dot is set to <tt><font size=+1>pc</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>R</font></tt> Like <tt><font size=+1>$r</font></tt>, but include miscellaneous processor control registers + and floating point registers.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>f</font></tt> Print floating-point register values as single-precision floating + point numbers.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>F</font></tt> Print floating-point register values as double-precision floating + point numbers.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt> Print all breakpoints and their associated counts and commands. + ‘B’ produces the same results.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> Stack backtrace. If <i>address</i> is given, it specifies the address + of a pair of 32-bit values containing the <tt><font size=+1>sp</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>pc</font></tt> of an active + process. This allows selecting among various contexts of a multi-threaded + process. If <tt><font size=+1>C</font></tt> is used, the names and (long) values of all parameters, + automatic and static variables are + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + printed for each active function. If <i>count</i> is given, only the + first <i>count</i> frames are printed.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt> Attach to the running process whose pid is contained in <i>address</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> The names and values of all external variables are printed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> Set the page width for output to <i>address</i> (default 80).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> Exit from <i>db</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt> Print the address maps.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> Simulate kernel memory management.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>M</font></tt><i>machine<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set the <i>machine</i> type used for disassembling instructions.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt><i>modifier<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Manage a subprocess. Available modifiers are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>h</font></tt> Halt an asynchronously running process to allow breakpointing. + Unnecessary for processes created under <i>db</i>, e.g. by <tt><font size=+1>:r</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt><i>c</i> Set breakpoint at <i>address</i>. The breakpoint is executed <i>count</i>–1 + times before causing a stop. Also, if a command <i>c</i> is given it + is executed at each breakpoint and if it sets dot to zero the + breakpoint causes a stop.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> Delete breakpoint at <i>address</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt> Run <i>textfile</i> as a subprocess. If <i>address</i> is given the program + is entered at that point; otherwise the standard entry point is + used. <i>Count</i> specifies how many breakpoints are to be ignored before + stopping. Arguments to the subprocess may be supplied on the same + line as the command. An argument + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + starting with < or > causes the standard input or output to be established + for the command.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt><i>s</i> The subprocess is continued. If <i>s</i> is omitted or nonzero, the + subprocess is sent the note that caused it to stop. If 0 is specified, + no note is sent. (If the stop was due to a breakpoint or single-step, + the corresponding note is elided before continuing.) Breakpoint + skipping is the same as for <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt>. + <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt><i>s</i> As for <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> except that the subprocess is single stepped for <i>count</i> + machine instructions. If a note is pending, it is received before + the first instruction is executed. If there is no current subprocess + then <i>textfile</i> is run as a subprocess as for <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt>. In this case no + note can be sent; the remainder of the line is + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + treated as arguments to the subprocess.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>S</font></tt><i>s</i> Identical to <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt> except the subprocess is single stepped for <i>count</i> + lines of C source. In optimized code, the correspondence between + C source and the machine instructions is approximate at best.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> The current subprocess, if any, is released by <i>db</i> and allowed + to continue executing normally.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> The current subprocess, if any, is terminated.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt><i>c</i> Display the pending notes for the process. If <i>c</i> is specified, + first delete <i>c’th</i> pending note.<br> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Addresses </b></font><br> + The location in a file or memory image associated with an address + is calculated from a map associated with the file. Each map contains + one or more quadruples (<i>t, f, b, e, o</i>), defining a segment named + <i>t</i> (usually, <i>text</i>, <i>data</i>, or <i>core</i>) in file <i>f</i> mapping addresses in + the range <i>b</i> through <i>e</i> to the part of the file beginning at + offset <i>o</i>. If segments overlap, later segments obscure earlier + ones. An address <i>a</i> is translated to a file address by finding + the last segment in the list for which <i>b</i>≤<i>a</i><<i>e</i>; the location in the + file is then <i>address</i>+<i>f</i>–<i>b</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Usually, the text and initialized data of a program are mapped + by segments called <i>text</i>, <i>data</i>, and <i>bss</i>. Since a program file does + not contain stack data, this data is not mapped. The text segment + is mapped similarly in a normal (i.e., non-kernel) <i>memfile</i>. However, + one or more segments called <i>data</i> provide access to + process memory. This region contains the program’s static data, + the bss, the heap and the stack. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Sometimes it is useful to define a map with a single segment mapping + the region from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF; a map of this type allows an + entire file to be examined without address translation. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>$m</font></tt> command dumps the currently active maps. The <tt><font size=+1>?m</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>/m</font></tt> + commands modify the segment parameters in the <i>textfile</i> and <i>memfile</i> + maps, respectively.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + To set a breakpoint at the beginning of <tt><font size=+1>write()</font></tt> in extant process + 27:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>% db 27<br> + :h<br> + write:b<br> + :c<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + To set a breakpoint at the entry of function <tt><font size=+1>parse</font></tt> when the local + variable <tt><font size=+1>argc</font></tt> in <tt><font size=+1>main</font></tt> is equal to 1:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>parse:b *main.argc−1=X<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + This prints the value of <tt><font size=+1>argc−1</font></tt> which as a side effect sets dot; + when <tt><font size=+1>argc</font></tt> is one the breakpoint will fire. Beware that local variables + may be stored in registers; see the BUGS section.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/acid.html"><i>acid</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/db<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Exit status is 0, unless the last command failed or returned non-zero + status.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Examining a local variable with <i>routine.name</i> returns the contents + of the memory allocated for the variable, but with optimization, + variables often reside in registers. Also, on some architectures, + the first argument is always passed in a register. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Variables and parameters that have been optimized away do not + appear in the symbol table, returning the error <i>bad local variable</i> + when accessed by <i>db</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Breakpoints should not be set on instructions scheduled in delay + slots. When a program stops on such a breakpoint, it is usually + impossible to continue its execution.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/dc.html b/man/man1/dc.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95b7fd24 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/dc.html @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +<head> +<title>dc(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>DC(1)</b><td align=right><b>DC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + dc – desk calculator<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>dc</font></tt> [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Dc</i> is an arbitrary precision desk calculator. Ordinarily it operates + on decimal integers, but one may specify an input base, output + base, and a number of fractional digits to be maintained. The + overall structure of <i>dc</i> is a stacking (reverse Polish) calculator. + If an argument is given, input is taken from that file until its + end, then from the standard input. The following constructions + are recognized:<br> + number<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The value of the number is pushed on the stack. A number is an + unbroken string of the digits <tt><font size=+1>0−9A−F</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>0−9a−f</font></tt>. A hexadecimal + number beginning with a lower case letter must be preceded by + a zero to distinguish it from the command associated with the + letter. It may be preceded by an underscore <tt><font size=+1>_</font></tt> to + input a negative number. Numbers may contain decimal points.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>+ − / * % ^<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Add <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt>, subtract <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>, multiply <tt><font size=+1>*</font></tt>, divide <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>, remainder <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt>, or exponentiate + <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> the top two values on the stack. The two entries are popped + off the stack; the result is pushed on the stack in their place. + Any fractional part of an exponent is ignored.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt><i>x<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>S</font></tt><i>x</i> Pop the top of the stack and store into a register named <i>x</i>, + where <i>x</i> may be any character. Under operation <tt><font size=+1>S</font></tt> register <i>x</i> is + treated as a stack and the value is pushed on it.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt><i>x<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>L</font></tt><i>x</i> Push the value in register <i>x</i> onto the stack. The register <i>x</i> + is not altered. All registers start with zero value. Under operation + <tt><font size=+1>L</font></tt> register <i>x</i> is treated as a stack and its top value is popped + onto the main stack.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> Duplicate the top value on the stack.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> Print the top value on the stack. The top value remains unchanged. + <tt><font size=+1>P</font></tt> interprets the top of the stack as an text string, removes it, + and prints it.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>f</font></tt> Print the values on the stack.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>q<br> + Q</font></tt> Exit the program. If executing a string, the recursion level + is popped by two. Under operation <tt><font size=+1>Q</font></tt> the top value on the stack + is popped and the string execution level is popped by that value.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> Treat the top element of the stack as a character string and + execute it as a string of <i>dc</i> commands.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>X</font></tt> Replace the number on the top of the stack with its scale factor.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>[ ... ]<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Put the bracketed text string on the top of the stack.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt><i>x<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>></font></tt><i>x<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt><i>x</i> Pop and compare the top two elements of the stack. Register + <i>x</i> is executed if they obey the stated relation.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>v</font></tt> Replace the top element on the stack by its square root. Any + existing fractional part of the argument is taken into account, + but otherwise the scale factor is ignored.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> Interpret the rest of the line as a shell command.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> Clear the stack.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>i</font></tt> The top value on the stack is popped and used as the number base + for further input.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>I</font></tt> Push the input base on the top of the stack.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>o</font></tt> The top value on the stack is popped and used as the number base + for further output. In bases larger than 10, each ‘digit’ prints + as a group of decimal digits.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>O</font></tt> Push the output base on the top of the stack.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> Pop the top of the stack, and use that value as a non-negative + scale factor: the appropriate number of places are printed on + output, and maintained during multiplication, division, and exponentiation. + The interaction of scale factor, input base, and output base will + be reasonable if all are changed together. + <tt><font size=+1>z</font></tt> Push the stack level onto the stack.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Z</font></tt> Replace the number on the top of the stack with its length.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt> A line of input is taken from the input source (usually the terminal) + and executed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>; :</font></tt> Used by <i>bc</i> for array operations. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The scale factor set by <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> determines how many digits are kept + to the right of the decimal point. If <i>s</i> is the current scale factor, + <i>sa</i> is the scale of the first operand, <i>sb</i> is the scale of the second, + and <i>b</i> is the (integer) second operand, results are truncated to + the following scales.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt>,<tt><font size=+1>− </font></tt> max(<i>sa,sb</i>)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>* </font></tt> min(<i>sa</i>+<i>sb</i> , max(<i>s,sa,sb</i>))<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/ </font></tt><i> s<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>% </font></tt> so that dividend = divisor*quotient + remainder; remainder has + sign of dividend<br> + <tt><font size=+1>^ </font></tt> min(<i>sa</i>×|<i>b</i>|, max(<i>s,sa</i>))<br> + <tt><font size=+1>v </font></tt> max(<i>s,sa</i>)<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the first ten values of <i>n</i>!<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>[la1+dsa*pla10>y]sy<br> + 0sa1<br> + lyx<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/dc.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/bc.html"><i>bc</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/hoc.html"><i>hoc</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>x</i> <tt><font size=+1>is unimplemented</font></tt>, where <i>x</i> is an octal number: an internal error.<br> + ‘Out of headers’ for too many numbers being kept around.<br> + ‘Nesting depth’ for too many levels of nested execution.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + When the input base exceeds 16, there is no notation for digits + greater than <tt><font size=+1>F</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Past its time.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/deroff.html b/man/man1/deroff.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb0c5aff --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/deroff.html @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +<head> +<title>deroff(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>DEROFF(1)</b><td align=right><b>DEROFF(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + deroff, delatex – remove formatting requests<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>deroff</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] <i>file ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>delatex</font></tt> <i>file<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Deroff</i> reads each file in sequence and removes all <i>nroff</i> and <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a> + requests and non-text arguments, backslash constructions, and + constructs of preprocessors such as <a href="../man1/eqn.html"><i>eqn</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/pic.html"><i>pic</i>(1)</a>, and <a href="../man1/tbl.html"><i>tbl</i>(1)</a>. + Remaining text is written on the standard output. <i>Deroff</i> follows + files included by <tt><font size=+1>.so</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>.nx</font></tt> commands; if a file has + already been included, a <tt><font size=+1>.so</font></tt> for that file is ignored and a <tt><font size=+1>.nx</font></tt> + terminates execution. If no input file is given, <i>deroff</i> reads + from standard input. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> Output a word list, one ‘word’ (string of letters, digits, and + properly embedded ampersands and apostrophes, beginning with a + letter) per line. Other characters are skipped. Otherwise, the + output follows the original, with the deletions mentioned above.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−_</font></tt> Like <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt>, but consider underscores to be alphanumeric rather + than punctuation.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> Ignore <tt><font size=+1>.so</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>.nx</font></tt> requests.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−ms<br> + −mm</font></tt> Remove titles, attachments, etc., as well as ordinary <i>troff</i> + constructs, from <a href="../man7/ms.html"><i>ms</i>(7)</a> or <i>mm</i> documents.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−ml</font></tt> Same as <tt><font size=+1>−mm</font></tt>, but remove lists as well. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Delatex</i> does for <i>tex</i> and <i>latex</i> (see <a href="../man1/tex.html"><i>tex</i>(1)</a>) files what <tt><font size=+1>deroff + −wi</font></tt> does for <i>troff</i> files.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/deroff.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/delatex.lx<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/tex.html"><i>tex</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/spell.html"><i>spell</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + These filters are not complete interpreters of <i>troff</i> or <i>tex</i>. For + example, macro definitions containing <tt><font size=+1>\$</font></tt> cause chaos in <i>deroff</i> + when the popular <tt><font size=+1>$$</font></tt> delimiters for <i>eqn</i> are in effect. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Text inside macros is emitted at place of definition, not place + of call.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/dial.html b/man/man1/dial.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70456274 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/dial.html @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<head> +<title>dial(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>DIAL(1)</b><td align=right><b>DIAL(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + dial – connect to a remote service<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>dial</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> ] <i>addr<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Dial</i> connects to the network address <i>addr</i> (see <a href="../man3/dial.html"><i>dial</i>(3)</a>) and then + copies data from the connection to standard output, and from standard + input to the connection. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + By default, <i>dial</i> exits when end of file is reached on standard + input or on the network connection. The <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> flag causes <i>dial</i> to + exit only in response to end of file on the network connection.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/dial.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man3/dial.html"><i>dial</i>(3)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/dict.html b/man/man1/dict.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48d086ba --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/dict.html @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +<head> +<title>dict(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>DICT(1)</b><td align=right><b>DICT(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + dict, adict – dictionary browser<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>dict</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>dictname</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>command</i> ] [ <i>pattern</i> ] <tt><font size=+1>adict</font></tt> [ + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>dictname</i> ] [ <i>pattern</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Dict</i> is a dictionary browser. If a <i>pattern</i> is given on the command + line, <i>dict</i> prints all matching entries; otherwise it repeatedly + accepts and executes commands. The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>dictname</i> Use the given dictionary. A list of available dictionaries + is printed by option <tt><font size=+1>−d?</font></tt>. The default is the first dictionary + on the list that is installed on the system.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>command</i> Execute one command and quit. The command syntax is + described below.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt> Print a pronunciation key. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Patterns are regular expressions (see <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a>), with an implicit + leading <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> and trailing <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt>. Patterns are matched against an index + of headwords and variants, to form a ‘match set’. By default, + both patterns and the index are folded: upper case characters + are mapped into their lower case equivalents, and Latin accented + characters are mapped into their non-accented equivalents. In + interactive mode, there is always a ‘current match set’ and a + ‘current entry’ within the match set. Commands can change either + or both, as well as print the entries or information about them. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Commands have an address followed by a command letter. Addresses + have the form:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>re</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> Set the match set to all entries matching the regular expression + <i>re</i>, sorted in dictionary order. Set the current entry to the first + of the match set.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt><i>re</i><tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> Like <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>re</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> but use exact matching, i.e., without case and accent + folding.<br> + <i>n</i> An integer <i>n</i> means change the current entry to the <i>n</i>th of the + current match set.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt><i>n</i> The integer <i>n</i> is an absolute byte offset into the raw dictionary. + (See the <tt><font size=+1>A</font></tt> command, below.)<br> + <i>addr</i><tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> After setting the match set and current entry according to + <i>addr</i>, change the match set and current entry to be the next entry + in the dictionary (not necessarily in the match set) after the + current entry.<br> + <i>addr</i><tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> Like <i>addr</i><tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> but go to previous dictionary entry. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The command letters come in pairs: a lower case and the corresponding + upper case letter. The lower case version prints something about + the current entry only, and advances the current entry to the + next in the match set (wrapping around to the beginning after + the last). The upper case version prints something about + all of the match set and resets the current entry to the beginning + of the set.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt>,<tt><font size=+1>P</font></tt> Print the whole entry.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>h</font></tt>,<tt><font size=+1>H</font></tt> Print only the headword(s) of the entry.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt>,<tt><font size=+1>A</font></tt> Print the dictionary byte offset of the entry.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt>,<tt><font size=+1>R</font></tt> Print the whole entry in raw format (without translating special + characters, etc.). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If no command letter is given for the first command, <tt><font size=+1>H</font></tt> is assumed. + After an <tt><font size=+1>H</font></tt>, the default command is <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt>. Otherwise, the default command + is the previous command. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Adict</i> is a dictionary browser for <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a>. When run with no arguments, + it creates a new <i>acme</i> window named <tt><font size=+1>/adict/</font></tt> listing the installed + dictionaries. Clicking with button 3 on a dictionary name will + create a new empty window named <tt><font size=+1>/adict/</font></tt><i>dict</i><tt><font size=+1>/.</font></tt> Typing and then + clicking on a pattern in this window will create + a new lookup window named <tt><font size=+1>/adict/</font></tt><i>dict</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>pattern</i> containing the dictionary’s + definition of <i>pattern</i>. Clicking with button 3 on any word in this + new window will create new lookup windows. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If <i>adict</i> is run with a <i>pattern ,</i> it starts with the <tt><font size=+1>/adict/</font></tt><i>dict</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>pattern</i> + window. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If <i>adict</i> is run with no pattern but with a <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> option, it starts + with the <tt><font size=+1>/adict/</font></tt><i>dict</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> window.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/dict<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + dictionaries<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/dict<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/adict<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A font with wide coverage of the Unicode Standard should be used + for best results. (Try <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/font/pelm/unicode.9.font</font></tt>.) + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the <i>pattern</i> doesn’t begin with a few literal characters, matching + takes a long time. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The dictionaries are not distributed outside Bell Labs, though + see <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/dict/README</font></tt> for information on using free + dictionaries prepared by Project Gutenberg.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/diff.html b/man/man1/diff.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5e824be --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/diff.html @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +<head> +<title>diff(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>DIFF(1)</b><td align=right><b>DIFF(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + diff – differential file comparator<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>diff</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−efmnbwr</font></tt> ] file1 ... file2<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Diff</i> tells what lines must be changed in two files to bring them + into agreement. If one file is a directory, then a file in that + directory with basename the same as that of the other file is + used. If both files are directories, similarly named files in + the two directories are compared by the method of <i>diff</i> for text + files and + <a href="../man1/cmp.html"><i>cmp</i>(1)</a> otherwise. If more than two file names are given, then + each argument is compared to the last argument as above. The <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> + option causes <i>diff</i> to process similarly named subdirectories recursively. + When processing more than one file, <i>diff</i> prefixes file differences + with a single line listing the two differing files, in + the form of a <i>diff</i> command line. The <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> flag causes this behavior + even when processing single files. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The normal output contains lines of these forms:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>n1</i> <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt> <i>n3,n4<br> + n1,n2</i> <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> <i>n3<br> + n1,n2</i> <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> <i>n3,n4 + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + + </table> + These lines resemble <i>ed</i> commands to convert <i>file1</i> into <i>file2</i>. + The numbers after the letters pertain to <i>file2</i>. In fact, by exchanging + ‘a’ for ‘d’ and reading backward one may ascertain equally how + to convert <i>file2</i> into <i>file1</i>. As in <i>ed</i>, identical pairs where <i>n1</i> + = <i>n2</i> or <i>n3</i> = <i>n4</i> are abbreviated as a single number. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Following each of these lines come all the lines that are affected + in the first file flagged by ‘<’, then all the lines that are affected + in the second file flagged by ‘>’. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> option causes trailing blanks (spaces and tabs) to be ignored + and other strings of blanks to compare equal. The <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> option causes + all white-space to be removed from input lines before applying + the difference algorithm. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> option prefixes each range with <i>file</i><tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> and inserts a space + around the <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> verbs. The <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> option produces a script + of <i>a, c</i> and <i>d</i> commands for the editor <i>ed</i>, which will recreate + <i>file2</i> from <i>file1</i>. The <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> option produces a similar script, not + useful with <i>ed</i>, in the opposite order. It may, however, be useful + as + input to a stream-oriented post-processor. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Except in rare circumstances, <i>diff</i> finds a smallest sufficient + set of file differences.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/tmp/diff[12]<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/diff<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/cmp.html"><i>cmp</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/comm.html"><i>comm</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/ed.html"><i>ed</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Exit status is the empty string for no differences, <tt><font size=+1>some</font></tt> for some, + and <tt><font size=+1>error</font></tt> for trouble.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Editing scripts produced under the <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> option are naive about + creating lines consisting of a single ‘.’. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + When running <i>diff</i> on directories, the notion of what is a text + file is open to debate.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/doctype.html b/man/man1/doctype.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f837d915 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/doctype.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<head> +<title>doctype(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>DOCTYPE(1)</b><td align=right><b>DOCTYPE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + doctype – intuit command line for formatting a document<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>doctype</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt> <i>dev</i> ] [ <i>file</i> ] ...<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Doctype</i> examines a <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a> input file to deduce the appropriate + text formatting command and prints it on standard output. <i>Doctype</i> + recognizes input for <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>, related preprocessors like <a href="../man1/eqn.html"><i>eqn</i>(1)</a>, + and the <a href="../man7/ms.html"><i>ms</i>(7)</a> and <i>mm</i> macro packages. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Option <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> invokes <i>nroff</i> instead of <i>troff</i>. The <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt> option is passed + to <i>troff</i>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>eval `{doctype chapter.?} | lp<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Typeset files named <tt><font size=+1>chapter.0</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>chapter.1</font></tt>, ...<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/doctype<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/eqn.html"><i>eqn</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/tbl.html"><i>tbl</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/pic.html"><i>pic</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/grap.html"><i>grap</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/ms.html"><i>ms</i>(7)</a>, <a href="../man7/man.html"><i>man</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + In true A.I. style, its best guesses are inspired rather than + accurate.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/echo.html b/man/man1/echo.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4f6e359 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/echo.html @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<head> +<title>echo(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>ECHO(1)</b><td align=right><b>ECHO(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + echo – print arguments<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>echo</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> ] [ <i>arg ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Echo</i> writes its arguments separated by blanks and terminated by + a newline on the standard output. Option <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> suppresses the newline.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/echo.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + If <i>echo</i> draws an error while writing to standard output, the exit + status is <tt><font size=+1>write error</font></tt>. Otherwise the exit status is empty.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/ed.html b/man/man1/ed.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a259b9bc --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/ed.html @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +<head> +<title>ed(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>ED(1)</b><td align=right><b>ED(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + ed – text editor<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>ed</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Ed</i> is a venerable text editor. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If a <i>file</i> argument is given, <i>ed</i> simulates an <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> command (see below) + on that file: it is read into <i>ed’s</i> buffer so that it can be edited. + The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> Suppress the printing of character counts by <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> commands + and of the confirming <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> by <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> commands.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> (for output piping) Write all output to the standard error file + except writing by <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> commands. If no <i>file</i> is given, make <tt><font size=+1>/dev/stdout</font></tt> + the remembered file; see the <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> command below. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Ed</i> operates on a ‘buffer’, a copy of the file it is editing; changes + made in the buffer have no effect on the file until a <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> (write) + command is given. The copy of the text being edited resides in + a temporary file called the <i>buffer</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Commands to <i>ed</i> have a simple and regular structure: zero, one, + or two <i>addresses</i> followed by a single character <i>command</i>, possibly + followed by parameters to the command. These addresses specify + one or more lines in the buffer. Missing addresses are supplied + by default. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + In general, only one command may appear on a line. Certain commands + allow the addition of text to the buffer. While <i>ed</i> is accepting + text, it is said to be in <i>input mode.</i> In this mode, no commands + are recognized; all input is merely collected. Input mode is left + by typing a period <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> alone at the beginning of a line. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Ed</i> supports the <i>regular expression</i> notation described in <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a>. + Regular expressions are used in addresses to specify lines and + in one command (see <i>s</i> below) to specify a portion of a line which + is to be replaced. If it is desired to use one of the regular + expression metacharacters as an ordinary character, that + character may be preceded by ‘<tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt>’. This also applies to the character + bounding the regular expression (often <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>) and to <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt> itself. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + To understand addressing in <i>ed</i> it is necessary to know that at + any time there is a <i>current line.</i> Generally, the current line + is the last line affected by a command; however, the exact effect + on the current line is discussed under the description of each + command. Addresses are constructed as follows. + 1. The character <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt>, customarily called ‘dot’, addresses the current + line.<br> + 2. The character <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt> addresses the last line of the buffer.<br> + 3. A decimal number <i>n</i> addresses the <i>n</i>-th line of the buffer.<br> + 4.<tt><font size=+1> 'x</font></tt> addresses the line marked with the name <i>x</i>, which must be + a lower-case letter. Lines are marked with the <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> command.<br> + 5. A regular expression enclosed in slashes ( <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>) addresses the + line found by searching forward from the current line and stopping + at the first line containing a string that matches the regular + expression. If necessary the search wraps around to the beginning + of the buffer.<br> + 6. A regular expression enclosed in queries <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt> addresses the line + found by searching backward from the current line and stopping + at the first line containing a string that matches the regular + expression. If necessary the search wraps around to the end of + the buffer.<br> + 7. An address followed by a plus sign <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> or a minus sign <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> followed + by a decimal number specifies that address plus (resp. minus) + the indicated number of lines. The plus sign may be omitted.<br> + 8. An address followed by <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> (or <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>) followed by a regular expression + enclosed in slashes specifies the first matching line following + (or preceding) that address. The search wraps around if necessary. + The <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> may be omitted, so <tt><font size=+1>0/x/</font></tt> addresses the <i>first</i> line in the + buffer with an <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt>. Enclosing the regular expression in + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt> reverses the search direction.<br> + + </table> + 9. If an address begins with <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> the addition or subtraction + is taken with respect to the current line; e.g. <tt><font size=+1>−5</font></tt> is understood + to mean <tt><font size=+1>.−5</font></tt>.<br> + 10. If an address ends with <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>, then 1 is added (resp. subtracted). + As a consequence of this rule and rule 9, the address <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> refers + to the line before the current line. Moreover, trailing <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> and + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> characters have cumulative effect, so <tt><font size=+1>−−</font></tt> refers to the current + line less 2.<br> + 11. To maintain compatibility with earlier versions of the editor, + the character <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> in addresses is equivalent to <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Commands may require zero, one, or two addresses. Commands which + require no addresses regard the presence of an address as an error. + Commands which accept one or two addresses assume default addresses + when insufficient are given. If more addresses are given than + a command requires, the last one or two + (depending on what is accepted) are used. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Addresses are separated from each other typically by a comma <tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt>. + They may also be separated by a semicolon <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt>. In this case the + current line is set to the previous address before the next address + is interpreted. If no address precedes a comma or semicolon, line + 1 is assumed; if no address follows, the last line of the + buffer is assumed. The second address of any two-address sequence + must correspond to a line following the line corresponding to + the first address. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + In the following list of <i>ed</i> commands, the default addresses are + shown in parentheses. The parentheses are not part of the address, + but are used to show that the given addresses are the default. + ‘Dot’ means the current line.<br> + (<tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>a<br> + </font></tt><text><br> + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> Read the given text and append it after the addressed line. Dot + is left on the last line input, if there were any, otherwise at + the addressed line. Address <tt><font size=+1>0</font></tt> is legal for this command; text + is placed at the beginning of the buffer.<br> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>+−</font></tt>][<i>pagesize</i>][<tt><font size=+1>pln</font></tt>]<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Browse. Print a ‘page’, normally 20 lines. The optional <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> (default) + or <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> specifies whether the next or previous page is to be printed. + The optional <i>pagesize</i> is the number of lines in a page. The optional + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> causes printing in the specified format, initially + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt>. Pagesize and format are remembered between <tt><font size=+1>b + </font></tt>commands. Dot is left at the last line displayed.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>c<br> + </font></tt><text><br> + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> Change. Delete the addressed lines, then accept input text to + replace these lines. Dot is left at the last line input; if there + were none, it is left at the line preceding the deleted lines.<br> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>d<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Delete the addressed lines from the buffer. Dot is set to the + line following the last line deleted, or to the last line of the + buffer if the deleted lines had no successor.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Edit. Delete the entire contents of the buffer; then read the + named file into the buffer. Dot is set to the last line of the + buffer. The number of characters read is typed. The file name + is remembered for possible use in later <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> commands. If + <i>filename</i> is missing, the remembered name is used. + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>E</font></tt> <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Unconditional <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt>; see ‘<tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt>’ below.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>f</font></tt> <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the currently remembered file name. If <i>filename</i> is given, + the currently remembered file name is first changed to <i>filename</i>.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>1,$</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>g/</font></tt><i>regular expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>command list<br> + </i>(<tt><font size=+1>1,$</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>g/</font></tt><i>regular expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/<br> + </font></tt>(<tt><font size=+1>1,$</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>g/</font></tt><i>regular expression<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Global. First mark every line which matches the given <i>regular</i>expression<i>.</i> + Then for every such line, execute the <i>command list</i> with dot initially + set to that line. A single command or the first of multiple commands + appears on the same line with the global command. All lines of + a multi-line list except the last line + must end with <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt>. The ‘<tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt>’ terminating input mode for an <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>i</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> + command may be omitted if it would be on the last line of the + command list. The commands <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>v</font></tt> are not permitted in the command + list. Any character other than space or newline may be used instead + of <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> to delimit the regular expression. + The second and third forms mean <tt><font size=+1>g/</font></tt><i>regular expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/p</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>i<br> + </font></tt><text><br> + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> Insert the given text before the addressed line. Dot is left + at the last line input, or, if there were none, at the line before + the addressed line. This command differs from the <i>a</i> command only + in the placement of the text.<br> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.+1</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>j<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Join the addressed lines into a single line; intermediate newlines + are deleted. Dot is left at the resulting line.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt><i>x</i>Mark the addressed line with name <i>x</i>, which must be a lower-case + letter. The address form <tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt><i>x</i> then addresses this line.<br> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>l<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + List. Print the addressed lines in an unambiguous way: a tab is + printed as <tt><font size=+1>\t</font></tt>, a backspace as <tt><font size=+1>\b</font></tt>, backslashes as <tt><font size=+1>\\</font></tt>, and non-printing + characters as a backslash, an <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt>, and four hexadecimal digits. + Long lines are folded, with the second and subsequent sub-lines + indented one tab stop. If the last character in + the line is a blank, it is followed by <tt><font size=+1>\n</font></tt>. An <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> may be appended, + like <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt>, to any non-I/O command.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt><i>a<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Move. Reposition the addressed lines after the line addressed + by <i>a</i>. Dot is left at the last moved line.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>n<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Number. Perform <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt>, prefixing each line with its line number and + a tab. An <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt> may be appended, like <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt>, to any non-I/O command.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>p<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the addressed lines. Dot is left at the last line printed. + A <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> appended to any non-I/O command causes the then current line + to be printed after the command is executed.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>P<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + This command is a synonym for <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> Quit the editor. No automatic write of a file is done. A <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> or + <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> command is considered to be in error if the buffer has been + modified since the last <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> command.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Q</font></tt> Quit unconditionally.<br> + (<tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt>)r <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Read in the given file after the addressed line. If no <i>filename</i> + is given, the remembered file name is used. The file name is remembered + if there were no remembered file name already. If the read is + successful, the number of characters read is printed. Dot is left + at the last line read from the file. + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt><i>n</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>regular expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>replacement</i><tt><font size=+1>/<br> + </font></tt>(<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt><i>n</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>regular expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>replacement</i><tt><font size=+1>/g<br> + </font></tt>(<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt><i>n</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>regular expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>replacement<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Substitute. Search each addressed line for an occurrence of the + specified regular expression. On each line in which <i>n</i> matches + are found (<i>n</i> defaults to 1 if missing), the <i>n</i>th matched string + is replaced by the replacement specified. If the global replacement + indicator <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt> appears after the command, all subsequent + matches on the line are also replaced. It is an error for the + substitution to fail on all addressed lines. Any character other + than space or newline may be used instead of <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> to delimit the + regular expression and the replacement. Dot is left at the last + line substituted. The third form means + <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt><i>n</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>regular expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>replacement</i><tt><font size=+1>/p</font></tt>. The second <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> may be omitted + if the replacement is empty.<br> + An ampersand <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt> appearing in the replacement is replaced by the + string matching the regular expression. The characters <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt><i>n</i>, where + <i>n</i> is a digit, are replaced by the text matched by the <i>n</i>-th regular + subexpression enclosed between <tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>. When nested parenthesized + subexpressions are present, <i>n</i> is + determined by counting occurrences of <tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt> starting from the left.<br> + A literal <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt> or newline may be included in a replacement by + prefixing it with <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt><i>a<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Transfer. Copy the addressed lines after the line addressed by + <i>a</i>. Dot is left at the last line of the copy.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.,.</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>u<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Undo. Restore the preceding contents of the first addressed line + (sic), which must be the last line in which a substitution was + made (double sic).<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>1,$</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>v/</font></tt><i>regular expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>command list<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + This command is the same as the global command <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt> except that the + command list is executed with dot initially set to every line + <i>except</i> those matching the regular expression.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>1,$</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Write the addressed lines to the given file. If the file does + not exist, it is created with mode 666 (readable and writable + by everyone). If no <i>filename</i> is given, the remembered file name, + if any, is used. The file name is remembered if there were no + remembered file name already. Dot is unchanged. If the write is + successful, the number of characters written is printed.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>1,$</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>W</font></tt> <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Perform <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt>, but append to, instead of overwriting, any existing + file contents.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt>)<tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> Print the line number of the addressed line. Dot is unchanged.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt><i>shell command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Send the remainder of the line after the <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> to <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> to be interpreted + as a command. Dot is unchanged.<br> + + </table> + (<tt><font size=+1>.+1</font></tt>)<newline><br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + An address without a command is taken as a <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> command. A terminal + <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> may be omitted from the address. A blank line alone is equivalent + to <tt><font size=+1>.+1p</font></tt>; it is useful for stepping through text. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + If an interrupt signal (DEL) is sent, <i>ed</i> prints a <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt> and returns + to its command level. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + When reading a file, <i>ed</i> discards NUL characters and all characters + after the last newline.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/tmp/e*<br> + ed.hup</font></tt> work is saved here if terminal hangs up<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/ed.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/sed.html"><i>sed</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt><i>name</i> for inaccessible file; <tt><font size=+1>?TMP</font></tt> for temporary file overflow; + <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt> for errors in commands or other overflows.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/eqn.html b/man/man1/eqn.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d819235 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/eqn.html @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +<head> +<title>eqn(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>EQN(1)</b><td align=right><b>EQN(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + delim $$<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + eqn – typeset mathematics<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>eqn</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Eqn</i> is a <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a> preprocessor for typesetting mathematics on + a typesetter. Usage is almost always<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>eqn file ... | troff + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + If no files are specified, <i>eqn</i> reads from the standard input. + <i>Eqn</i> prepares output for the typesetter named in the <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt><i>dest</i> option + (default <tt><font size=+1>−Tutf</font></tt>; see <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>). When run with other preprocessor + filters, <i>eqn</i> usually comes last. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A line beginning with <tt><font size=+1>.EQ</font></tt> marks the start of an equation; the + end of an equation is marked by a line beginning with <tt><font size=+1>.EN</font></tt>. Neither + of these lines is altered, so they may be defined in macro packages + to get centering, numbering, etc. It is also possible to set two + characters as ‘delimiters’; text between delimiters is also + <i>eqn</i> input. Delimiters may be set to characters <i>x</i> and <i>y</i> with the + option <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt><i>xy</i> or (more commonly) with <tt><font size=+1>delim</font></tt> <i>xy</i> between <tt><font size=+1>.EQ</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>.EN</font></tt>. + Left and right delimiters may be identical. (They are customarily + taken to be $font L "$$" )$. Delimiters are turned off by <tt><font size=+1>delim + off</font></tt>. All text that is neither between delimiters + nor between <tt><font size=+1>.EQ</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>.EN</font></tt> is passed through untouched. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Tokens within <i>eqn</i> are separated by spaces, tabs, newlines, braces, + double quotes, tildes or circumflexes. Braces {} are used for + grouping; generally speaking, anywhere a single character like + <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> could appear, a complicated construction enclosed in braces + may be used instead. Tilde <tt><font size=+1>~</font></tt> represents a full space in the + output, circumflex <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> half as much. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Subscripts and superscripts are produced with the keywords <tt><font size=+1>sub</font></tt> + and <tt><font size=+1>sup</font></tt>. Thus <tt><font size=+1>x sub i</font></tt> makes $x sub i$, <tt><font size=+1>a sub i sup 2</font></tt> produces + $a sub i sup 2$, and <tt><font size=+1>e sup {x sup 2 + y sup 2}</font></tt> gives $e sup {x + sup 2 + y sup 2}$. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>Over</font></tt> makes fractions: <tt><font size=+1>a over b</font></tt> yields $a over b$. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>Sqrt</font></tt> produces square roots: <tt><font size=+1>1 over sqrt {ax sup 2 +bx+c}</font></tt> results + in $1 over sqrt {ax sup 2 +bx+c}$ . + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The keywords <tt><font size=+1>from</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>to</font></tt> introduce lower and upper limits on arbitrary + things: $lim from {n -> inf} sum from 0 to n x sub i$ is made with + <tt><font size=+1>lim from {n −> inf} sum from 0 to n x sub i</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Left and right brackets, braces, etc., of the right height are + made with <tt><font size=+1>left</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>right</font></tt>: <tt><font size=+1>left [ x sup 2 + y sup 2 over alpha + right ] ~=~1</font></tt> produces $left [ x sup 2 + y sup 2 over alpha right + ] ~=~1$. The <tt><font size=+1>right</font></tt> clause is optional. Legal characters after + <tt><font size=+1>left</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>right</font></tt> are braces, brackets, + bars, <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>f</font></tt> for ceiling and floor, and <tt><font size=+1>""</font></tt> for nothing at all (useful + for a right-side-only bracket). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Vertical piles of things are made with <tt><font size=+1>pile</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>lpile</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>cpile</font></tt>, and + <tt><font size=+1>rpile</font></tt>: <tt><font size=+1>pile {a above b above c}</font></tt> produces $pile {a above b above + c}$. There can be an arbitrary number of elements in a pile. <tt><font size=+1>lpile</font></tt> + left-justifies, <tt><font size=+1>pile</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>cpile</font></tt> center, with different vertical + spacing, and <tt><font size=+1>rpile</font></tt> right justifies. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Matrices are made with <tt><font size=+1>matrix</font></tt>: <tt><font size=+1>matrix { lcol { x sub i above y + sub 2 } ccol { 1 above 2 } }</font></tt> produces $matrix { lcol { x sub i + above y sub 2 } ccol { 1 above 2 } }$. In addition, there is <tt><font size=+1>rcol</font></tt> + for a right-justified column. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Diacritical marks are made with <tt><font size=+1>prime</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>dot</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>dotdot</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>hat</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>tilde</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>bar</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>under</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>vec</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>dyad</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>under</font></tt>: <tt><font size=+1>x sub 0 sup prime = f(t) bar + + g(t) under</font></tt> is $x sub 0 sup prime = f(t) bar + g(t) under$, and + <tt><font size=+1>x vec = y dyad</font></tt> is $x vec = y dyad$. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Sizes and fonts can be changed with prefix operators <tt><font size=+1>size</font></tt> <i>n</i>, <tt><font size=+1>size + ±</font></tt><i>n</i>, <tt><font size=+1>fat</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>roman</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>italic</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>bold</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>font</font></tt> <i>n</i>. Size and fonts can be + changed globally in a document by <tt><font size=+1>gsize</font></tt> <i>n</i> and <tt><font size=+1>gfont</font></tt> <i>n</i>, or by the + command-line arguments <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt><i>n</i> and <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt><i>n</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Normally subscripts and superscripts are reduced by 3 point sizes + from the previous size; this may be changed by the command-line + argument <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt><i>n</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Successive display arguments can be lined up. Place <tt><font size=+1>mark</font></tt> before + the desired lineup point in the first equation; place <tt><font size=+1>lineup</font></tt> at + the place that is to line up vertically in subsequent equations. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Shorthands may be defined or existing keywords redefined with + <tt><font size=+1>define</font></tt>: <tt><font size=+1>define</font></tt> <i>thing</i> <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> <i>replacement</i> <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> defines a new token called + <i>thing</i> which will be replaced by <i>replacement</i> whenever it appears + thereafter. The <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> may be any character that does not occur in + <tt><font size=+1>replacement</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Keywords like <tt><font size=+1>sum</font></tt> ( sum ), <tt><font size=+1>int</font></tt> ( int ), <tt><font size=+1>inf</font></tt> ( inf ), and shorthands + like <tt><font size=+1>>=</font></tt> (>=), <tt><font size=+1>−></font></tt> (->), and <tt><font size=+1>!=</font></tt> ( != ) are recognized. Greek letters + are spelled out in the desired case, as in <tt><font size=+1>alpha</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>GAMMA</font></tt>. Mathematical + words like <tt><font size=+1>sin</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>cos</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>log</font></tt> are made Roman automatically. <a href="../man1/Troff.html"><i>Troff</i>(1)</a> + four-character escapes like <tt><font size=+1>\(lh</font></tt> (<=) can + be used anywhere. Strings enclosed in double quotes " " are passed + through untouched; this permits keywords to be entered as text, + and can be used to communicate with <i>troff</i> when all else fails.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/sys/lib/troff/font/devutf</font></tt> font descriptions for PostScript<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/eqn<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/tbl.html"><i>tbl</i>(1)</a><br> + J. F. Ossanna and B. W. Kernighan, “Troff User’s Manual”.<br> + B. W. Kernighan and L. L. Cherry, “Typesetting Mathematics--User’s + Guide”, <i>Unix Research System Programmer’s Manual,</i> Tenth Edition, + Volume 2.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + To embolden digits, parens, etc., it is necessary to quote them, + as in <tt><font size=+1>bold "12.3"</font></tt>. delim off<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/factor.html b/man/man1/factor.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..893f2ad9 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/factor.html @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<head> +<title>factor(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>FACTOR(1)</b><td align=right><b>FACTOR(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + factor, primes – factor a number, generate large primes<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>factor</font></tt> [ <i>number</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>primes</font></tt> [ <i>start</i> [ <i>finish</i> ] ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Factor</i> prints <i>number</i> and its prime factors, each repeated the + proper number of times. The number must be positive and less than + 254 (about 1.8×1016). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If no <i>number</i> is given, <i>factor</i> reads a stream of numbers from the + standard input and factors them. It exits on any input not a positive + integer. Maximum running time is proportional to <i>-/n </i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Primes</i> prints the prime numbers ranging from <i>start</i> to <i>finish</i>, + where <i>start</i> and <i>finish</i> are positive numbers less than 256. If + <i>finish</i> is missing, <i>primes</i> prints without end; if <i>start</i> is missing, + it reads the starting number from the standard input.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/factor.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/primes.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/fmt.html b/man/man1/fmt.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28d339a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/fmt.html @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<head> +<title>fmt(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>FMT(1)</b><td align=right><b>FMT(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + fmt, htmlfmt – simple text formatters<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>fmt</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>htmlfmt</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>charset</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> <i>url</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Fmt</i> copies the given <i>files</i> (standard input by default) to its + standard output, filling and indenting lines. The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>n</i> Output line length is <i>n</i>, including indent (default 70).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> <i>n</i> A synonym for <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> <i>n</i> Indent <i>n</i> spaces (default 0).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−j</font></tt> Do not join short lines: only fold long lines. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Empty lines and initial white space in input lines are preserved. + Empty lines are inserted between input files. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Fmt</i> is idempotent: it leaves already formatted text unchanged. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Htmlfmt</i> performs a similar service, but accepts as input text + formatted with HTML tags. It accepts <i>fmt</i>’s <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> flags and + also:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> Normally <i>htmlfmt</i> suppresses the contents of form fields and + anchors (URLs and image files); this flag causes it to print them, + in square brackets.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>charset<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + change the default character set from iso-8859-1 to <i>charset</i>. This + is the character set assumed if there isn’t one specified by the + html itself in a <meta> directive.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> <i>url</i>Use <i>url</i> as the base URL for the document when displaying + anchors; sets <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt><i>.<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/fmt.c + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/htmlfmt<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Htmlfmt</i> makes no attempt to render the two-dimensional geometry + of tables; it just treats the table entries as plain, to-be-formatted + text.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/fortune.html b/man/man1/fortune.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2793ee92 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/fortune.html @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<head> +<title>fortune(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>FORTUNE(1)</b><td align=right><b>FORTUNE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + fortune – sample lines from a file<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>fortune</font></tt> [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Fortune</i> prints a one-line aphorism chosen at random. If a <i>file</i> + is specified, the saying is taken from that file; otherwise it + is selected from <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/fortunes</font></tt>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/fortunes<br> + /usr/local/plan9/lib/fortunes.index</font></tt> fast lookup table, maintained + automatically<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/fortune.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/freq.html b/man/man1/freq.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a4b82d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/freq.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<head> +<title>freq(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>FREQ(1)</b><td align=right><b>FREQ(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + freq – print histogram of character frequencies<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>freq</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−dxocr</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Freq</i> reads the given files (default standard input) and prints + histograms of the character frequencies. By default, <i>freq</i> counts + each byte as a character; under the <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> option it instead counts + UTF sequences, that is, runes. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Each non-zero entry of the table is printed preceded by the byte + value, in decimal, octal, hex, and Unicode character (if printable). + If any options are given, the <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> flags specify a subset + of value formats: decimal, hex, octal, and character, respectively.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/freq.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man7/utf.html"><i>utf</i>(7)</a>, <a href="../man1/wc.html"><i>wc</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/fsize.html b/man/man1/fsize.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..871ef383 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/fsize.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<head> +<title>fsize(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>FSIZE(1)</b><td align=right><b>FSIZE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + fsize, mtime – print file information<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>fsize</font></tt> <i>file ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>mtime</font></tt> <i>file ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Fsize</i> prints the name and size of each of the files. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Mtime</i> prints the name and modification time (in seconds since + the epoch) of each of the files.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/fsize.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/mtime.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The output formats of the two programs are different.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/grap.html b/man/man1/grap.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4e9c3c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/grap.html @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +<head> +<title>grap(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>GRAP(1)</b><td align=right><b>GRAP(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + grap – pic preprocessor for drawing graphs<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>grap</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Grap</i> is a <a href="../man1/pic.html"><i>pic</i>(1)</a> preprocessor for drawing graphs on a typesetter. + Graphs are surrounded by the <i>troff</i> ‘commands’ <tt><font size=+1>.G1</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>.G2</font></tt>. Data + are scaled and plotted, with tick marks supplied automatically. + Commands exist to modify the frame, add labels, override the default + ticks, change the plotting style, define coordinate + ranges and transformations, and include data from files. In addition, + <i>grap</i> provides the same loops, conditionals, and macro processing + that <i>pic</i> does. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>frame ht</font></tt> <i>e</i> <tt><font size=+1>wid</font></tt> <i>e</i> <tt><font size=+1>top dotted</font></tt> <i>...</i>: Set the frame around the graph + to specified <tt><font size=+1>ht</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>wid</font></tt>; default is 2 by 3 (inches). The line + <i>styles</i> (<tt><font size=+1>dotted</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>dashed</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>invis</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>solid</font></tt> (default)) of the <i>sides</i> (<tt><font size=+1>top</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>bot</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>left</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>right</font></tt>) of the frame can be set independently. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>label</font></tt> <i>side </i><tt><font size=+1>"a label" "as a set of strings"</font></tt> <i>adjust</i>: Place label on + specified side; default side is bottom. <i>adjust</i> is <tt><font size=+1>up</font></tt> (or <tt><font size=+1>down + left right</font></tt>) <i>expr</i> to shift default position; <tt><font size=+1>width</font></tt> <i>expr</i> sets the + width explicitly. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>ticks</font></tt> <i>side</i> <tt><font size=+1>in at</font></tt> <i>optname expr, expr, ...</i>: Put ticks on <i>side</i> at + <i>expr, ...,</i> and label with <i>"expr"</i>. If any <i>expr</i> is followed by "...", + label tick with "...", and turn off all automatic labels. If "..." + contains <tt><font size=+1>%f</font></tt>’s, they will be interpreted as <tt><font size=+1>printf</font></tt> formatting instructions + for the tick value. Ticks point <tt><font size=+1>in</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>out</font></tt> (default out). Tick + iterator: instead of <tt><font size=+1>at</font></tt> <i>...</i>, use <tt><font size=+1>from</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>to</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>by</font></tt> <i>op expr</i> + where <i>op</i> is optionally <tt><font size=+1>+−*/</font></tt> for additive or multiplicative steps. + <tt><font size=+1>by</font></tt> can be omitted, to give steps of size 1. If no ticks are requested, + they are supplied automatically; suppress this with <tt><font size=+1>ticks off</font></tt>. + Automatic ticks normally leave a margin of 7% on each + side; set this to anything by <tt><font size=+1>margin =</font></tt> <i>expr</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>grid</font></tt> <i>side linedesc</i> <tt><font size=+1>at</font></tt> <i>optname expr, expr, ...</i>: Draw grids perpendicular + to <i>side</i> in style <i>linedesc</i> at <i>expr, ....</i> Iterators and labels work + as with ticks. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>coord</font></tt> <i>optname</i> <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> <i>min, max</i> <tt><font size=+1>y</font></tt> <i>min, max</i> <tt><font size=+1>log x log y</font></tt>: Set range of + coords and optional log scaling on either or both. This overrides + computation of data range. Default value of <i>optname</i> is current + coordinate system (each <tt><font size=+1>coord</font></tt> defines a new coordinate system). + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>plot </font></tt><i>"str"</i> <tt><font size=+1>at</font></tt> <i>point</i>; <i>"str"</i> <tt><font size=+1>at</font></tt> <i>point</i>: Put <i>str</i> at <i>point</i>. Text position + can be qualified with <tt><font size=+1>rjust</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>ljust</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>above</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>below</font></tt> after "...". + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>line from</font></tt> <i>point</i> <tt><font size=+1>to</font></tt> <i>point linedesc</i>: Draw line from here to there. + <tt><font size=+1>arrow</font></tt> works in place of <tt><font size=+1>line</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>next</font></tt> <i>optname</i> <tt><font size=+1>at</font></tt> <i>point linedesc</i>: Continue plot of data in <i>optname + to point</i>; default is current. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>draw</font></tt> <i>optname linedesc ...</i>: Set mode for <tt><font size=+1>next</font></tt>: use this style from + now on, and plot "..." at each point (if given). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>new</font></tt> <i>optname linedesc ...</i>: Set mode for <tt><font size=+1>next</font></tt>, but disconnect from + previous. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A list of numbers <i>x y1 y2 y3 ...</i> is treated as <tt><font size=+1>plot bullet at</font></tt> + <i>x,y1</i>; <tt><font size=+1>plot bullet at</font></tt> <i>x,y2</i>; etc., or as <tt><font size=+1>next at</font></tt> <i>x,y1</i> etc., if <tt><font size=+1>draw</font></tt> + is specified. Abscissae of 1,2,3,... are provided if there is + only one input number per line. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A point <i>optname expr, expr</i> maps the point to the named coordinate + system. A <i>linedesc</i> is one of <tt><font size=+1>dot dash invis solid</font></tt> optionally followed + by an expression. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>define</font></tt> <i>name</i> <tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt><i>whatever</i><tt><font size=+1>}</font></tt>: Define a macro. There are macros already + defined for standard plotting symbols like <tt><font size=+1>bullet</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>circle</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>star</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>plus</font></tt>, etc., in <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/grap.defines</font></tt>, which is included + if it exists. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>var</i> <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> <i>expr</i>: Evaluate an expression. Operators are <tt><font size=+1>+ − *</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>. + Functions are <tt><font size=+1>log</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>exp</font></tt> (both base 10), <tt><font size=+1>sin</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>cos</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>sqrt</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>rand</font></tt> + returns random number on [0,1); <tt><font size=+1>max(</font></tt><i>e</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>e</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>min(</font></tt><i>e</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>e</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>int(</font></tt><i>e</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>print</font></tt> <i>expr</i>; <tt><font size=+1>print "</font></tt><i>...</i><tt><font size=+1>"</font></tt>: As a debugging aid, print <i>expr</i> or <i>string</i> + on the standard error. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>copy "</font></tt><i>file name</i><tt><font size=+1>"</font></tt>: Include this file right here. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>copy thru</font></tt> <i>macro</i>: Pass rest of input (until <tt><font size=+1>.G2</font></tt>) through <i>macro</i>, + treating each field (non-blank, or "...") as an argument. <i>macro</i> + can be the name of a macro previously defined, or the body of + one in place, like <tt><font size=+1>/plot $1 at $2,$3/</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>copy thru</font></tt> <i>macro</i> <tt><font size=+1>until "</font></tt><i>string</i><tt><font size=+1>"</font></tt>: Stop copy when input is <i>string</i> (left-justified). + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>pic</font></tt> <i>remainder of line</i>: Copy to output with leading blanks removed. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>graph</font></tt> <i>Name pic-position</i>: Start a new frame, place it at specified + position, e.g., <tt><font size=+1>graph Thing2 with .sw at Thing1.se + (0.1,0)</font></tt>. + <i>Name</i> must be capitalized to keep <i>pic</i> happy. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt><i>anything at beginning of line</i>: Copied verbatim. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>sh %</font></tt><i>anything</i> <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt>: Pass everything between the <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt>’s to the shell; + as with macros, <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> may be any character and <i>anything</i> may include + newlines. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt> <i>anything</i>: A comment, which is discarded. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Order is mostly irrelevant; no category is mandatory. Any arguments + on the <tt><font size=+1>.G1</font></tt> line are placed on the generated <tt><font size=+1>.PS</font></tt> line for <i>pic</i>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>.G1<br> + frame ht 1 top invis right invis<br> + coord x 0, 10 y 1, 3 log y<br> + ticks left in at 1 "bottommost tick", 2,3 "top tick"<br> + ticks bot in from 0 to 10 by 2<br> + label bot "silly graph"<br> + label left "left side label" "here"<br> + grid left dashed at 2.5<br> + copy thru / circle at $1,$2 /<br> + 1 1<br> + 2 1.5<br> + 3 2<br> + 4 1.5<br> + 10 3<br> + .G2<br> + frame ht 1 top invis right invis<br> + coord x 0, 10 y 1, 3 log y<br> + ticks left in at 1 "bottommost tick", 2,3 "top tick"<br> + ticks bot in from 0 to 10 by 2<br> + label bot "silly graph"<br> + label left "left side label" "here"<br> + grid left dashed at 2.5<br> + copy thru / circle at $1,$2 /<br> + 1 1<br> + 2 1.5<br> + 3 2<br> + 4 1.5<br> + 10 3<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/grap.defines</font></tt> definitions of standard plotting + characters, e.g., bullet<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/grap<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/pic.html"><i>pic</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a><br> + J. L. Bentley and B. W. Kernighan, “GRAP--A Language for Typesetting + Graphs”, <i>Unix Research System Programmer’s Manual,</i> Tenth Edition, + Volume 2.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/graph.html b/man/man1/graph.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af80b3d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/graph.html @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<head> +<title>graph(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>GRAPH(1)</b><td align=right><b>GRAPH(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + graph – draw a graph<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>graph</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Graph</i> with no options takes pairs of numbers from the standard + input as abscissas (<i>x</i>-values) and ordinates (<i>y</i>-values) of a graph. + Successive points are connected by straight lines. The graph is + encoded on the standard output for display by <a href="../man1/plot.html"><i>plot</i>(1)</a> filters. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If an ordinate is followed by a nonnumeric string, that string + is printed as a label beginning on the point. Labels may be surrounded + with quotes <tt><font size=+1>" "</font></tt> in which case they may be empty or contain blanks + and numbers; labels never contain newlines. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The following options are recognized, each as a separate argument.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> Supply abscissas automatically; no <i>x</i>-values appear in the input. + Spacing is given by the next argument (default 1). A second optional + argument is the starting point for automatic abscissas (default + 0, or 1 with a log scale in <i>x</i>, or the lower limit given by <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt>).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> Break (disconnect) the graph after each label in the input.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> Character string given by next argument is default label for + each point.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−g</font></tt> Next argument is grid style, 0 no grid, 1 frame with ticks, + 2 full grid (default).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> Next argument is a legend to title the graph. Grid ranges are + automatically printed as part of the title unless a <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> option + is present.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> Next argument is mode (style) of connecting lines: 0 disconnected, + 1 connected. Some devices give distinguishable line styles for + other small integers. Mode –1 (default) begins with style 1 and + rotates styles for successive curves under option <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> (Overlay.) The ordinates for <i>n</i> superposed curves appear in the + input with each abscissa value. The next argument is <i>n</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> Save screen; no new page for this graph.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−x l</font></tt>If <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> is present, <i>x</i>-axis is logarithmic. Next 1 (or 2) arguments + are lower (and upper) <i>x</i> limits. Third argument, if present, is + grid spacing on <i>x</i> axis. Normally these quantities are determined + automatically.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−y l</font></tt>Similarly for <i>y</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> Make automatically determined <i>x</i> and <i>y</i> scales equal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−h</font></tt> Next argument is fraction of space for height.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> Similarly for width.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> Next argument is fraction of space to move right before plotting.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> Similarly to move up before plotting.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> Transpose horizontal and vertical axes. (Option <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> now applies + to the vertical axis.) + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If a specified lower limit exceeds the upper limit, the axis is + reversed.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/graph<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/plot.html"><i>plot</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/grap.html"><i>grap</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Segments that run out of bounds are dropped, not windowed. Logarithmic + axes may not be reversed. Option <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> actually makes automatic limits, + rather than automatic scaling, equal.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/grep.html b/man/man1/grep.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9682561 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/grep.html @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<head> +<title>grep(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>GREP(1)</b><td align=right><b>GREP(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + grep, g – search a file for a pattern<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>grep</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] <i>pattern</i> [ <i>file ...</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] <i>pattern</i> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Grep</i> searches the input <i>files</i> (standard input default) for lines + that match the <i>pattern</i>, a regular expression as defined in <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a> + with the addition of a newline character as an alternative (substitute + for <tt><font size=+1>|</font></tt>) with lowest precedence. Normally, each line matching the + pattern is ‘selected’, and each selected line is copied to + the standard output. The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> Print only a count of matching lines.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−h</font></tt> Do not print file name tags (headers) with output lines.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> The following argument is taken as a <i>pattern</i>. This option makes + it easy to specify patterns that might confuse argument parsing, + such as <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> Ignore alphabetic case distinctions. The implementation folds + into lower case all letters in the pattern and input before interpretation. + Matched lines are printed in their original form.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> (ell) Print the names of files with selected lines; don’t print + the lines.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−L</font></tt> Print the names of files with no selected lines; the converse + of <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> Mark each printed line with its line number counted in its file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> Produce no output, but return status.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> Reverse: print lines that do not match the pattern.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> The pattern argument is the name of a file containing regular + expressions one per line.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> Don’t buffer the output: write each output line as soon as it + is discovered. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Output lines are tagged by file name when there is more than one + input file. (To force this tagging, include <tt><font size=+1>/dev/null</font></tt> as a file + name argument.) + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Care should be taken when using the shell metacharacters <tt><font size=+1>$*[^|()=\</font></tt> + and newline in <i>pattern</i>; it is safest to enclose the entire expression + in single quotes <tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt>...<tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt>. An expression starting with ’*’ will treat + the rest of the expression as literal characters. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>G</i> invokes grep with <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> and forces tagging of output lines by file + name. If no files are listed, it searches all files matching<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>*.C *.b *.c *.h *.m *.cc *.java *.py *.tex *.ms<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/grep<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/g<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/ed.html"><i>ed</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/awk.html"><i>awk</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/sed.html"><i>sed</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Exit status is null if any lines are selected, or non-null when + no lines are selected or an error occurs.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/gview.html b/man/man1/gview.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6abdc7da --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/gview.html @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +<head> +<title>gview(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>GVIEW(1)</b><td align=right><b>GVIEW(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + gview – interactive graph viewer<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>gview</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>logfile</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Gview</i> reads polygonal lines or a polygonal line drawing from an + <tt><font size=+1>ASCII</font></tt> input file (which defaults to standard input), and views + it interactively, with commands to zoom in and out, perform simple + editing operations, and display information about points and polylines. + The editing commands can change the color and + thickness of the polylines, delete (or undelete) some of them, + and optionally rotate and move them. It is also possible to generate + an output file that reflects these changes and is in the same + format as the input. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Since the <tt><font size=+1>move</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>rotate</font></tt> commands are undesirable when just viewing + a graph, they are only enabled if <i>gview</i> is invoked with the <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> + option. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Clicking on a polyline with button 1 displays the coordinates + and a <i>t</i> value that tells how far along the polyline. <i>(t</i>=0 at the + first vertex, <i>t</i>=1 at the first vertex, <i>t</i>=1.5 halfway between the + second and third vertices, etc.) The <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> option generates a log + file that lists all points selected in this manner. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The most important interactive operations are to <i>zoom in</i> by sweeping + out a rectangle, or to <i>zoom out</i> so that everything currently being + displayed shrinks to fit in the swept-out rectangle. Other options + on the button 3 menu are <i>unzoom</i> which restores the coordinate + system to the default state where everything fits on + the screen, <i>recenter</i> which takes a point and makes it the center + of the window, and <i>square up</i> which makes the horizontal and vertical + scale factors equal. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + To take a graph of a function where some part is almost linear + and see how it deviates from a straight line, select two points + on this part of the graph (i.e., select one with button 1 and + then select the other) and then use the <i>slant</i> command on the button + 3 menu. This slants the coordinate system so that the line + between the two selected points appears horizontal (but vertical + still means positive <i>y</i>). Then the <i>zoom in</i> command can be used + to accentuate deviations from horizontal. There is also an <i>unslant</i> + command that undoes all of this and goes back to an unslanted + coordinate system. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + There is a <i>recolor</i> command on button 3 that lets you select a + color and change everything to have that color, and a similar + command on button 2 that only affects the selected polyline. The + <i>thick</i> or <i>thin</i> command on button 2 changes the thickness of the + selected polyline and there is also an undo command for such + edits. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Finally, button 3 had commands to <i>read</i> a new input file and display + it on top of everything else, <i>restack</i> the drawing order (in case + lines of different color are drawn on top of each other), <i>write</i> + everything into an output file, or <i>exit</i> the program. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Each polyline in an input or output file is a space-delimited + <i>x y</i> coordinate pair on a line by itself, and the polyline is a + sequence of such vertices followed by a label. The label could + be just a blank line or it could be a string in double quotes, + or virtually any text that does not contain spaces and is on a + line by itself. The + label at the end of the last polyline is optional. It is not legal + to have two consecutive labels, since that would denote a zero-vertex + polyline and each polyline must have at least one vertex. (One-vertex + polylines are useful for scatter plots.)<br> + If the label after a polyline can contains the word <tt><font size=+1>Thick</font></tt> or a + color name <tt><font size=+1>(Red</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Pink</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Dkred</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Orange</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Yellow</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Dkyellow</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Green</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>Dkgreen</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Cyan</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Blue</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Ltblue</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Magenta</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Violet</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Gray</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>Black</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>White</font></tt>), + whichever color name comes first will be used to color the polyline. + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + To see a graph of the function <i>y</i>=<i>sin(</i>x<i>)/</i>x generate input with + an awk script and pipe it into <i>gview</i>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>awk 'BEGIN{for(x=.1;x<500;x+=.1)print x,sin(x)/x}' | gview<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/gview.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/awk.html"><i>awk</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The user interface for the <i>slant</i> command is counter-intuitive. + Perhaps it would be better to have a scheme for sweeping out a + parallelogram.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/gzip.html b/man/man1/gzip.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f476f15 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/gzip.html @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +<head> +<title>gzip(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>GZIP(1)</b><td align=right><b>GZIP(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + gzip, gunzip, bzip2, bunzip2, zip, unzip, – compress and expand + data<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>gzip</font></tt> [<tt><font size=+1>−cvD</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>1−9</font></tt>]] [<i>file</i> <tt><font size=+1>...</font></tt>] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>gunzip</font></tt> [<tt><font size=+1>−ctTvD</font></tt>] [<i>file</i> <tt><font size=+1>...</font></tt>] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>bzip2</font></tt> [<tt><font size=+1>−cvD</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>1−9</font></tt>]] [<i>file</i> <tt><font size=+1>...</font></tt>] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>bunzip2</font></tt> [<tt><font size=+1>−cvD</font></tt>] [<i>file</i> <tt><font size=+1>...</font></tt>] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>zip</font></tt> [<tt><font size=+1>−vD</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>1−9</font></tt>]] [<tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>zipfile</i>] <i>file</i> [<tt><font size=+1>...</font></tt>] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>unzip</font></tt> [<tt><font size=+1>−cistTvD</font></tt>] [<tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>zipfile</i>] <i>[</i>file <tt><font size=+1>...</font></tt>]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Gzip</i> encodes files with a hybrid Lempel-Ziv 1977 and Huffman compression + algorithm known as <tt><font size=+1>deflate</font></tt>. Most of the time, the resulting file + is smaller, and will never be much bigger. Output files are named + by taking the last path element of each file argument and appending + <tt><font size=+1>.gz</font></tt>; if the resulting name ends with + <tt><font size=+1>.tar.gz</font></tt>, it is converted to <tt><font size=+1>.tgz</font></tt> instead. <i>Gunzip</i> reverses the + process. Its output files are named by taking the last path element + of each file argument, converting <tt><font size=+1>.tgz</font></tt> to <tt><font size=+1>.tar.gz</font></tt>, and stripping + any <tt><font size=+1>.gz</font></tt>; the resulting name must be different from the original + name. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Bzip2</i> and <i>bunzip2</i> are similar in interface to <i>gzip</i> and <i>gunzip</i>, + but use a modified Burrows-Wheeler block sorting compression algorithm. + The default suffix for output files is <tt><font size=+1>.bz2</font></tt>, with <tt><font size=+1>.tar.bz2</font></tt> becoming + <tt><font size=+1>.tbz</font></tt>. <i>Bunzip2</i> recognizes the extension <tt><font size=+1>.tbz2</font></tt> as a synonym for + <tt><font size=+1>.tbz</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Zip</i> encodes the named files and places the results into the archive + <i>zipfile</i>, or the standard output if no file is given. <i>Unzip</i> extracts + files from an archive created by <i>zip</i>. If no files are named as + arguments, all of files in the archive are extracted. A directory’s + name implies all recursively contained files and subdirectories. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + None of these programs removes the original files. If the process + fails, the faulty output files are removed. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> Write to standard output rather than creating an output file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> Convert all archive file names to lower case.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> Streaming mode. Looks at the file data adjacent to each compressed + file rather than seeking in the central file directory. This is + the mode used by <i>unzip</i> if no <i>zipfile</i> is specified. If <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> is given, + <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt> is ignored.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> List matching files in the archive rather than extracting them.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt> Set the output time to that specified in the archive.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−1</font></tt> .. <tt><font size=+1>−9</font></tt> Sets the compression level. <tt><font size=+1>−1</font></tt> is tuned for speed, <tt><font size=+1>−9</font></tt> + for minimal output size. The best compromise is <tt><font size=+1>−6</font></tt>, the default.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> Produce more descriptive output. With <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt>, adds the uncompressed + size in bytes and the modification time to the output. Without + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt>, prints the names of files on standard error as they are compressed + or decompressed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−D</font></tt> Produce debugging output.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/gzip<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/bzip2<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/tar.html"><i>tar</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/compress.html"><i>compress</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Unzip</i> can only extract files which are uncompressed or compressed + with the <tt><font size=+1>deflate</font></tt> compression scheme. Recent zip files fall into + this category.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/hoc.html b/man/man1/hoc.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21107e8e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/hoc.html @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +<head> +<title>hoc(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>HOC(1)</b><td align=right><b>HOC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + hoc – interactive floating point language<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>hoc</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> <i>expression</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Hoc</i> interprets a simple language for floating point arithmetic, + at about the level of BASIC, with C-like syntax and functions. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The named <i>files</i> are read and interpreted in order. If no <i>file</i> + is given or if <i>file</i> is <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> <i>hoc</i> interprets the standard input. The + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> option allows input to <i>hoc</i> to be specified on the command line, + to be treated as if it appeared in a file. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Hoc</i> input consists of <i>expressions</i> and <i>statements</i>. Expressions + are evaluated and their results printed. Statements, typically + assignments and function or procedure definitions, produce no + output unless they explicitly call <i>print</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Variable names have the usual syntax, including <tt><font size=+1>_</font></tt>; the name <tt><font size=+1>_</font></tt> + by itself contains the value of the last expression evaluated. + The variables <tt><font size=+1>E</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>PI</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>PHI</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>GAMMA</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>DEG</font></tt> are predefined; the last + is 59.25..., degrees per radian. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Expressions are formed with these C-like operators, listed by + decreasing precedence.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> exponentiation<br> + <tt><font size=+1>! − ++ −−<br> + * / %<br> + + −<br> + > >= < <= == !=<br> + &&<br> + ||<br> + = += −= *= /= %=<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + Built in functions are <tt><font size=+1>abs</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>acos</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>asin</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>atan</font></tt> (one argument), <tt><font size=+1>cos</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>cosh</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>exp</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>int</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>log</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>log10</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>sin</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>sinh</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>sqrt</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>tan</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>tanh</font></tt>. The + function <tt><font size=+1>read(x)</font></tt> reads a value into the variable <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> and returns + 0 at EOF; the statement <tt><font size=+1>print</font></tt> prints a list of expressions that + may include string constants such as + <tt><font size=+1>"hello\n"</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + <tt><font size=+1> + </font></tt>Control flow statements are <tt><font size=+1>if</font></tt>-<tt><font size=+1>else</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>while</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>for</font></tt>, with braces + for grouping. Newline ends a statement. Backslash-newline is equivalent + to a space. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Functions and procedures are introduced by the words <tt><font size=+1>func</font></tt> and + <tt><font size=+1>proc</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>return</font></tt> is used to return with a value from a function.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>func gcd(a, b) {<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + temp = abs(a) % abs(b)<br> + if(temp == 0) return abs(b)<br> + return gcd(b, temp)<br> + + </table> + }<br> + for(i=1; i<12; i++) print gcd(i,12)<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/hoc<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/bc.html"><i>bc</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/dc.html"><i>dc</i>(1)</a><br> + B. W. Kernighan and R. Pike, <i>The Unix Programming Environment,</i> + Prentice-Hall, 1984<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Error recovery is imperfect within function and procedure definitions.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/idiff.html b/man/man1/idiff.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..15296a37 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/idiff.html @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<head> +<title>idiff(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>IDIFF(1)</b><td align=right><b>IDIFF(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + idiff – interactive diff<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>idiff</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−bw</font></tt> ] <i>file1 file2<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Idiff</i> interactively merges <i>file1</i> and <i>file2</i> onto standard output. + Wherever <i>file1</i> and <i>file2</i> differ, <i>idiff</i> displays the differences + in the style of “<tt><font size=+1>diff −n</font></tt>” on standard error and prompts the user + to select a chunk. Valid responses are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt> Use the chunk from <i>file1</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>></font></tt> Use the chunk from <i>file2</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> Use the diff output itself.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>q<</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>q></font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>q=<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Use the given response for all future questions.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt><i>cmd</i>Execute <i>cmd</i> and prompt again. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Idiff</i> invokes <a href="../man1/diff.html"><i>diff</i>(1)</a> to compare the files. The <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> flags, + if passed, are passed to <i>diff</i>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/tmp/idiff.*<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/idiff.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/diff.html"><i>diff</i>(1)</a><br> + Kernighan and Pike, <i>The Unix Programming Environment</i>, Prentice-Hall, + 1984.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/index.html b/man/man1/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c35ab541 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +<html> +<head> +<title>Manual Section 1 - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +</head> +<body> +<table width=100%> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<center> +<table border=0 cellspacing=0 cellpadding=0 width=100%> +<tr height=1><td width=200><td> +<tr><td colspan=2> + <center> + <b>Manual Section 1 - Plan 9 from User Space</b> + </center> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="intro.html">intro(1)</a><td>intro – introduction to Plan 9 from User Space +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="9.html">9(1)</a><td>9 – run Plan 9 commands +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="9c.html">9c(1)</a><td>9c, 9a, 9l, 9ar – C compiler, assembler, linker, archiver +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="9p.html">9p(1)</a><td>9p – read and write files on a 9P server +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="9term.html">9term(1)</a><td>9term – terminal windows +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="acid.html">acid(1)</a><td>acid, acidtypes – debugger +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="acme.html">acme(1)</a><td>acme, win, awd – interactive text windows +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="acmeevent.html">acmeevent(1)</a><td>acmeevent, acme.rc – shell script support for acme clients +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="ascii.html">ascii(1)</a><td>ascii, unicode – interpret ASCII, Unicode characters +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="astro.html">astro(1)</a><td>astro – print astronomical information +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="basename.html">basename(1)</a><td>basename – strip file name affixes +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="bc.html">bc(1)</a><td>bc – arbitrary-precision arithmetic language +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="bundle.html">bundle(1)</a><td>bundle – collect files for distribution +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="cal.html">cal(1)</a><td>cal – print calendar +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="calendar.html">calendar(1)</a><td>calendar – print upcoming events +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="cat.html">cat(1)</a><td>cat, read, nobs – catenate files +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="cleanname.html">cleanname(1)</a><td>cleanname – clean a path name +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="clog.html">clog(1)</a><td>auxclog – create date-stamped console log +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="cmp.html">cmp(1)</a><td>cmp – compare two files +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="colors.html">colors(1)</a><td>colors, cmapcube – display color map +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="comm.html">comm(1)</a><td>comm – select or reject lines common to two sorted files +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="core.html">core(1)</a><td>core – print information about dead processes +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="crop.html">crop(1)</a><td>crop, iconv – frame, crop, and convert image +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="date.html">date(1)</a><td>date – date and time +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="db.html">db(1)</a><td>db – debugger +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="dc.html">dc(1)</a><td>dc – desk calculator +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="deroff.html">deroff(1)</a><td>deroff, delatex – remove formatting requests +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="dial.html">dial(1)</a><td>dial – connect to a remote service +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="dict.html">dict(1)</a><td>dict, adict – dictionary browser +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="diff.html">diff(1)</a><td>diff – differential file comparator +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="doctype.html">doctype(1)</a><td>doctype – intuit command line for formatting a document +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="echo.html">echo(1)</a><td>echo – print arguments +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="ed.html">ed(1)</a><td>ed – text editor +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="eqn.html">eqn(1)</a><td>eqn – typeset mathematics +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="factor.html">factor(1)</a><td>factor, primes – factor a number, generate large primes +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="fmt.html">fmt(1)</a><td>fmt, htmlfmt – simple text formatters +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="fortune.html">fortune(1)</a><td>fortune – sample lines from a file +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="freq.html">freq(1)</a><td>freq – print histogram of character frequencies +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="fsize.html">fsize(1)</a><td>fsize, mtime – print file information +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="grap.html">grap(1)</a><td>grap – pic preprocessor for drawing graphs +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="graph.html">graph(1)</a><td>graph – draw a graph +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="grep.html">grep(1)</a><td>grep, g – search a file for a pattern +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="gview.html">gview(1)</a><td>gview – interactive graph viewer +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="gzip.html">gzip(1)</a><td>gzip, gunzip, bzip2, bunzip2, zip, unzip, – compress and expand data +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="hoc.html">hoc(1)</a><td>hoc – interactive floating point language +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="idiff.html">idiff(1)</a><td>idiff – interactive diff +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="join.html">join(1)</a><td>join – relational database operator +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="jpg.html">jpg(1)</a><td>jpg, gif, png, ppm, bmp, yuv, ico, togif, toppm, topng, toico – view and convert pictures +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="kill.html">kill(1)</a><td>kill, slay, start, stop – print commands to manipulate processes +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="label.html">label(1)</a><td>label, awd – set window label +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="lex.html">lex(1)</a><td>lex – generator of lexical analysis programs +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="look.html">look(1)</a><td>look – find lines in a sorted list +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="ls.html">ls(1)</a><td>ls, lc – list contents of directory +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="man.html">man(1)</a><td>man, lookman, sig – print or find pages of this manual +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="map.html">map(1)</a><td>map, mapdemo, mapd – draw maps on various projections +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="mc.html">mc(1)</a><td>mc – multicolumn print +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="mk.html">mk(1)</a><td>mk – maintain (make) related files +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="mkdir.html">mkdir(1)</a><td>mkdir – make a directory +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="namespace.html">namespace(1)</a><td>namespace – print name space directory +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="news.html">news(1)</a><td>news – print news items +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="p.html">p(1)</a><td>p – paginate +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="page.html">page(1)</a><td>img, psv – view +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="pic.html">pic(1)</a><td>pic, tpic – troff and tex preprocessors for drawing pictures +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="plot.html">plot(1)</a><td>plot – graphics filter +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="plumb.html">plumb(1)</a><td>plumb – send message to plumber +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="pr.html">pr(1)</a><td>pr – print file +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="proof.html">proof(1)</a><td>proof – troff output interpreter +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="ps.html">ps(1)</a><td>ps, psu – process status +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="psfonts.html">psfonts(1)</a><td>psfonts, psdownload – add necessary fonts to PostScript document for printing +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="pwd.html">pwd(1)</a><td>pwd, pbd – working directory +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="rc.html">rc(1)</a><td>rc, cd, eval, exec, exit, flag, rfork, shift, wait, whatis, ., ~ – command language +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="rio.html">rio(1)</a><td>rio – rio-like Window Manager for X +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="rm.html">rm(1)</a><td>rm – remove files +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="sam.html">sam(1)</a><td>sam, B, E, sam.save, samterm, samsave – screen editor with structural regular expressions +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="scat.html">scat(1)</a><td>scat – sky catalogue and Digitized Sky Survey +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="secstore.html">secstore(1)</a><td>aescbc, secstore, ipso – secstore commands +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="sed.html">sed(1)</a><td>sed – stream editor +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="seq.html">seq(1)</a><td>seq – print sequences of numbers +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="sleep.html">sleep(1)</a><td>sleep – suspend execution for an interval +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="sort.html">sort(1)</a><td>sort – sort and/or merge files +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="spell.html">spell(1)</a><td>spell, sprog – find spelling errors +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="split.html">split(1)</a><td>split – split a file into pieces +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="src.html">src(1)</a><td>src – find source code for executable +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="stats.html">stats(1)</a><td>stats, auxstats – display graphs of system activity +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="strings.html">strings(1)</a><td>strings – extract printable strings +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="sum.html">sum(1)</a><td>sum, md5sum, sha1sum – sum and count blocks in a file +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="tail.html">tail(1)</a><td>tail – deliver the last part of a file +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="tbl.html">tbl(1)</a><td>tbl – format tables for nroff or troff +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="tcs.html">tcs(1)</a><td>tcs – translate character sets +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="tee.html">tee(1)</a><td>tee – pipe fitting +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="test.html">test(1)</a><td>test – set status according to condition +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="time.html">time(1)</a><td>time – time a command +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="touch.html">touch(1)</a><td>touch – set modification date of a file +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="tr.html">tr(1)</a><td>tr – translate characters +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="tr2post.html">tr2post(1)</a><td>tr2post – convert troff intermediate to PostScript +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="troff.html">troff(1)</a><td>troff, nroff – text formatting and typesetting +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="troff2html.html">troff2html(1)</a><td>troff2html – convert troff output into HTML +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="tweak.html">tweak(1)</a><td>tweak – edit image files, subfont files, face files, etc. +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="uniq.html">uniq(1)</a><td>uniq – report repeated lines in a file +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="units.html">units(1)</a><td>units – conversion program +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="vac.html">vac(1)</a><td>vac – create a vac archive on Venti +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="wc.html">wc(1)</a><td>wc – word count +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="web.html">web(1)</a><td>web, wmail – handle web page, mail message for plumber +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="wintext.html">wintext(1)</a><td>wintext, ", "" – access text in current window +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="xd.html">xd(1)</a><td>xd – hex, octal, decimal, or ASCII dump +<tr height=1><td> +<tr height=1><td colspan=2 bgcolor=#cccccc> +<tr height=1><td> +<tr><td valign=top><a href="yacc.html">yacc(1)</a><td>yacc – yet another compiler-compiler +</table> +</center> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<td width=20> +</table> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/man/man1/intro.html b/man/man1/intro.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc628e5a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +<head> +<title>intro(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>INTRO(1)</b><td align=right><b>INTRO(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + intro – introduction to Plan 9 from User Space<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Plan 9 is a distributed computing environment built at Bell Labs + starting in the late 1980s. The system can be obtained from Bell + Labs at <tt><font size=+1>http://plan9.bell−labs.com/plan9</font></tt> and runs on PCs and a + variety of other platforms. Plan 9 became a convenient platform + for experimenting with new ideas, + applications, and services. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Plan 9 from User Space provides many of the ideas, applications, + and services from Plan 9 on Unix-like systems. It runs on FreeBSD + (x86), Linux (x86 and PowerPC), Mac OS X (PowerPC), OpenBSD (x86), + and SunOS (Sparc).<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Commands </b></font><br> + Plan 9 from User Space expects its own directory tree, conventionally + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9</font></tt>. When programs need to access files in the tree, + they expect the <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9</font></tt> environment variable to contain the name + of the root of the tree. See <a href="../man1/install.html"><i>install</i>(1)</a> for details about installation. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Many of the familiar Unix commands, for example <a href="../man1/cat.html"><i>cat</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/ls.html"><i>ls</i>(1)</a>, + and <a href="../man1/wc.html"><i>wc</i>(1)</a>, are present, but in their Plan 9 forms: <i>cat</i> takes no + arguments, <i>ls</i> does not columnate its output when printing to a + terminal, and <i>wc</i> counts UTF characters. In some cases, the differences + are quite noticeable: <a href="../man1/grep.html"><i>grep</i>(1)</a> and <a href="../man1/sed.html"><i>sed</i>(1)</a> expect Plan 9 + regular expressions (see <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a>), which are closest to what + Unix calls extended regular expressions. Because of these differences, + it is not recommended to put <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/bin</font></tt> before the usual system + <tt><font size=+1>bin</font></tt> directories in your search path. Instead, put it at the end + of your path and use the <a href="../man1/9.html"><i>9</i>(1)</a> script when you want to + invoke the Plan 9 version of a traditional Unix command. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Occasionally the Plan 9 programs have been changed to adapt to + Unix. <a href="../man1/Mk.html"><i>Mk</i>(1)</a> now allows mkfiles to choose their own shell, and + <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> has a <i>ulimit</i> builtin and manages <tt><font size=+1>$PATH</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Many of the graphical programs from Plan 9 are present, including + <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a> and <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a>. An X11 window manager <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a> mimics Plan 9’s + window system, with command windows implemented by the external + program <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a>. Following the style of X Windows, these programs + run in new windows rather than the one in + which they are invoked. They all take a <tt><font size=+1>−W</font></tt> option to specify the + size and placement of the new window. The argument is one of <i>width</i><tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt><i>height</i>, + <i>width</i><tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt><i>height</i><tt><font size=+1>@</font></tt><i>xmin</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>xmax</i>, or <i>xmin</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>ymin</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>xmax</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>ymax</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <a href="../man4/plumber.html"><i>plumber</i>(4)</a> helps to connect the various Plan 9 programs together, + and fittings like <a href="../man1/web.html"><i>web</i>(1)</a> connect it to external programs such + as web browsers; one can click on a URL in <i>acme</i> and see the page + load in <i>Firefox</i>.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>User-level file servers </b></font><br> + In Plan 9, user-level file servers present file trees via the + Plan 9 file protocol, 9P. Processes can mount arbitrary file servers + and customize their own name spaces. These facilities are used + to connect programs. Clients interact with file servers by reading + and writing files. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + This cannot be done directly on Unix. Instead the servers listen + for 9P connections on Unix domain sockets; clients connect to + these sockets and speak 9P directly using the <a href="../man3/9pclient.html"><i>9pclient</i>(3)</a> library. + <a href="../man4/Intro.html"><i>Intro</i>(4)</a> tells more of the story. The effect is not as clean as + on Plan 9, but it gets the job done and still provides a uniform + and + easy-to-understand mechanism. The <a href="../man1/9p.html"><i>9p</i>(1)</a> client can be used in + shell scripts or by hand to carry out simple interactions with + servers.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>External databases </b></font><br> + Some programs rely on large databases that would be cumbersome + to include in every release. Scripts are provided that download + these databases separately. These databases can be downloaded + separately. See <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/dict/README</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/sky/README</font></tt>.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Programming </b></font><br> + The shell scripts <i>9c</i> and <i>9l</i> (see <a href="../man1/9c.html"><i>9c</i>(1)</a>) provide a simple interface + to the underlying system compiler and linker, similar to the <i>2c</i> + and <i>2l</i> families on Plan 9. <i>9c</i> compiles source files, and <i>9l</i> links + object files into executables. When using Plan 9 libraries, <i>9l</i> + infers the correct set of libraries from the object files, so + that no <tt><font size=+1>−l + </font></tt>options are needed. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The only way to write multithreaded programs is to use the <a href="../man3/thread.html"><i>thread</i>(3)</a> + library. <a href="../man3/Rfork.html"><i>Rfork</i>(3)</a> exists but is not as capable as on Plan 9. There + are many unfortunate by necessary preprocessor diversions to make + Plan 9 and Unix libraries coexist. See <a href="../man3/intro.html"><i>intro</i>(3)</a> for details. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The debuggers <a href="../man1/acid.html"><i>acid</i>(1)</a> and <a href="../man1/db.html"><i>db</i>(1)</a> and the debugging library <a href="../man3/mach.html"><i>mach</i>(3)</a> + are works in progress. They are platform-independent, so that + x86 Linux core dumps can be inspected on PowerPC Mac OS X machines, + but they are also fairly incomplete. The x86 target is the most + mature; initial PowerPC support exists; and other + targets are unimplemented. The debuggers can only inspect, not + manipulate, target processes. Support for operating system threads + and for 64-bit architectures needs to be rethought. On x86 Linux + systems, <i>acid</i> and <i>db</i> can be relied upon to produce reasonable + stack traces (often in cases when GNU <i>gdb</i> cannot) and + dump data structures, but that it is the extent to which they + have been developed and exercised.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Porting programs </b></font><br> + The vast majority of the familiar Plan 9 programs have been ported, + including the Unicode-aware <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Of the more recent additions to Plan 9, the <a href="../man1/secstore.html"><i>secstore</i>(1)</a> client + has been ported, though <i>secstored</i> has not. <a href="../man1/Vac.html"><i>Vac</i>(1)</a> has been ported, + though <i>vacfs</i> has not. <i>Factotum</i> and <i>venti</i> are in progress. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A backup system providing a dump file system built atop Venti + is also in progress.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Porting to new systems </b></font><br> + Porting the tree to new operating systems or architectures should + be straightforward, as system-specific code has been kept to a + minimum. The largest pieces of system-specific code are <tt><font size=+1><u.h></font></tt>, which + must include the right system files and set up the right integer + type definitions, and <i>libthread</i>, which must implement + spin locks, operating system thread creation, and context switching + routines. Portable implementations of these using <tt><font size=+1><pthread.h></font></tt> and + <tt><font size=+1><ucontext.h></font></tt> already exist. If your system supports them, you may + not need to write any system specific code at all. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + There are other smaller system dependencies, such as the terminal + handling code in <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a> and the implementation of <a href="../man3/getcallerpc.html"><i>getcallerpc</i>(3)</a>, + but these are usually simple and are not on the critical path + for getting the system up and running.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The rest of this manual describes Plan 9 from User Space. Many + of the man pages have been brought from Plan 9, but they have + been updated, and others have been written from scratch. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The manual pages are in a Unix style tree, with names like <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/man/man1/cat.1</font></tt> + instead of Plan 9’s simpler <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/man/1/cat</font></tt>, so that the Unix + <a href="../man1/man.html"><i>man</i>(1)</a> utility can handle it. Some systems, for example Debian + Linux, deduce the man page locations from the search path, so + that adding <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/bin</font></tt> to + your path is sufficient to cause <tt><font size=+1>$PLAN9/man</font></tt> to be consulted for + manual pages using the system <i>man</i>. On other systems, or to look + at manual pages with the same name as a system page, invoke the + Plan 9 <i>man</i> directly, as in <tt><font size=+1>9 man cat</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The manual sections follow the Unix numbering conventions, not + the Plan 9 ones. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <a href="../man1">Section (1)</a> describes general publicly accessible commands. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <a href="../man3">Section (3)</a> describes C library functions. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <a href="../man4">Section (4)</a> describes user-level file servers. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <a href="../man7">Section (7)</a> describes file formats and protocols. (On Unix, section + (5) is technically for file formats but seems now to be used for + describing specific files.) + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <a href="../man9">Section (9p)</a> describes the Plan 9 file protocol 9P.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + In Plan 9, a program’s exit status is an arbitrary text string, + while on Unix it is an integer. Section (1) of this manual describes + commands as though they exit with string statuses. In fact, exiting + with an empty status corresponds to exiting with status 0, and + exiting with any non-empty string corresponds to exiting with + status 1. See <a href="../man3/exits.html"><i>exits</i>(3)</a>.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/join.html b/man/man1/join.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..704837e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/join.html @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +<head> +<title>join(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>JOIN(1)</b><td align=right><b>JOIN(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + join – relational database operator<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>join</font></tt> [ <i>options</i> ] <i>file1 file2<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Join</i> forms, on the standard output, a join of the two relations + specified by the lines of <i>file1</i> and <i>file2</i>. If one of the file + names is <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>, the standard input is used. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>File1</i> and <i>file2</i> must be sorted in increasing ASCII collating sequence + on the fields on which they are to be joined, normally the first + in each line. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + There is one line in the output for each pair of lines in <i>file1</i> + and <i>file2</i> that have identical join fields. The output line normally + consists of the common field, then the rest of the line from <i>file1</i>, + then the rest of the line from <i>file2</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Input fields are normally separated spaces or tabs; output fields + by space. In this case, multiple separators count as one, and + leading separators are discarded. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The following options are recognized, with POSIX syntax.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> <i>n</i> In addition to the normal output, produce a line for each + unpairable line in file <i>n</i>, where <i>n</i> is 1 or 2.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> <i>n</i> Like <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt>, omitting output for paired lines.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> <i>s</i> Replace empty output fields by string <i>s</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−1</font></tt> <i>m<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>−2</font></tt> <i>m</i> Join on the <i>m</i>th field of <i>file1</i> or <i>file2</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−j</font></tt><i>n m<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Archaic equivalent for <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>n</i> <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt><i>fields<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Each output line comprises the designated fields. The comma-separated + field designators are either <tt><font size=+1>0</font></tt>, meaning the join field, or have + the form <i>n</i>.<i>m</i>, where <i>n</i> is a file number and <i>m</i> is a field number. + Archaic usage allows separate arguments for field designators. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt><i>c</i> Use character <i>c</i> as the only separator (tab character) on input + and output. Every appearance of <i>c</i> in a line is significant.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>sort /etc/passwd | join −t: −1 1 −a 1 −e "" − bdays<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Add birthdays to the <tt><font size=+1>/etc/passwd</font></tt> file, leaving unknown birthdays + empty. The layout of <tt><font size=+1>/adm/users</font></tt> is given in <a href="../man5/passwd.html"><i>passwd</i>(5)</a>; <tt><font size=+1>bdays</font></tt> contains + sorted lines like <tt><font size=+1>ken:Feb 4, 1953</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>tr : ' ' </etc/passwd | sort −k 3 3 >temp<br> + join −1 3 −2 3 −o 1.1,2.1 temp temp | awk '$1 < $2'<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print all pairs of users with identical userids.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/join.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/sort.html"><i>sort</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/comm.html"><i>comm</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/awk.html"><i>awk</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + With default field separation, the collating sequence is that + of <tt><font size=+1>sort −b −k</font></tt><i>y</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>y</i>; with <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt>, the sequence is that of <tt><font size=+1>sort −t</font></tt><i>x</i> <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt><i>y</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>y</i>. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + One of the files must be randomly accessible.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/jpg.html b/man/man1/jpg.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30629c7c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/jpg.html @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +<head> +<title>jpg(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>JPG(1)</b><td align=right><b>JPG(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + jpg, gif, png, ppm, bmp, yuv, ico, togif, toppm, topng, toico + – view and convert pictures<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>jpg</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−39cdefFkJrtv</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>gif</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−39cdektv</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>png</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−39cdektv</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>ppm</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−39cdektv</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>bmp</font></tt> [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>yuv</font></tt> [ <i>file</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>togif</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>comment</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>loopcount</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>msec</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> <i>transindex</i> + ] [ <i>file ...</i> [ <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>msec</i> ] <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>toppm</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>comment</i> ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>topng</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>comment</i> ] [ [ <tt><font size=+1>−g</font></tt> <i>gamma</i> ] [ <i>file</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>ico</font></tt> [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>toico</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + These programs read, display, and write image files in public + formats. <i>Jpg</i>, <i>gif</i>, <i>png</i>, <i>ppm</i>, <i>bmp</i>, and <i>yuv</i>. read files in the corresponding + formats and, by default, display them in the current window; options + cause them instead to convert the images to Plan 9 image format + and write them to standard output. <i>Togif</i>, + <i>Toppm</i>, and <i>topng</i> read Plan 9 images files, convert them to GIF, + PPM, or PNG, and write them to standard output. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The default behavior of <i>jpg</i>, <i>gif</i>, and <i>ppm</i> is to display the <i>file</i>, + or standard input if no file is named. Once a file is displayed, + typing a character causes the program to display the next image. + Typing a <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt>, DEL, or control-D exits the program. For a more user-friendly + interface, use <a href="../man1/page.html"><i>page</i>(1)</a>, which invokes these + programs to convert the images to standard format, displays them, + and offers scrolling, panning, and menu-driven navigation among + the files. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + These programs share many options:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> Disable Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion, which is used to improve + the appearance of images on color-mapped displays, typically with + 8 bits per pixel. Primarily useful for debugging; if the display + has true RGB color, the image will be displayed in full glory.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt> Convert and display the image as a black and white (really grey-scale) + image.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> Convert the image to an RGBV color-mapped image, even if the + display has true RGB color.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> Suppress display of the image; this is set automatically by + any of the following options:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> Convert the image to a Plan 9 representation, as defined by + <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a>, and write it to standard output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−9</font></tt> Like <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt>, but produce an uncompressed image. This saves processing + time, particularly when the output is being piped to another program + such as <a href="../man1/page.html"><i>page</i>(1)</a>, since it avoids compression and decompression.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> Convert the image, if it is in color, to a true color RGB image.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−3</font></tt> Like <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt>, but force the image to RGB even if it is originally + grey-scale. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Jpg</i> has two extra options used to process the output of the LML + video card:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> Merge two adjacent images, which represent the two fields of + a video picture, into a single image.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−F</font></tt> The input is a motion JPEG file, with multiple images representing + frames of the movie. Sets <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <i>togif</i> and <i>toppm</i> programs go the other way: they convert from + Plan 9 images to GIF and PPM, and have no display capability. + Both accept an option <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> to set the comment field of the resulting + file. If there is only one input picture, <i>togif</i> converts the image + to GIF format. If there are many <i>files</i>, though, it will + assemble them into an animated GIF file. The options control this + process:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt><i>loopcount<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + By default, the animation will loop forever; <i>loopcount</i> specifies + how many times to loop. A value of zero means loop forever and + a negative value means to stop after playing the sequence once.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt><i>msec<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + By default, the images are displayed as fast as they can be rendered. + This option specifies the time, in milliseconds, to pause while + displaying the next named <i>file</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + <i>Gif</i> translates files that contain a ‘transparency’ index by attaching + an alpha channel to the converted image. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Ico</i> displays a Windows icon (.ico) file. If no file is specified, + <i>ico</i> reads from standard input. Icon files contain sets of icons + represeted by an image and a mask. Clicking the right button pops + up a menu that lets you write any icon’s image as a Plan 9 image + (<i>width</i>x<i>height</i>.image), write any icon’s mask as a Plan 9 + image (<i>width</i>x<i>height</i>.mask), or exit. Selecting one of the write + menu items yields a sight cursor. Move the sight over the icon + and right click again to write. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Toico</i> takes a list of Plan 9 image files (or standard input) and + creates a single icon file. The masks in the icon file will be + the white space in the image. The icon file is written to standard + output.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/jpg<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/page.html"><i>page</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Writing an animated GIF using <i>togif</i> is a clumsy undertaking.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/kill.html b/man/man1/kill.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..107e438d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/kill.html @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +<head> +<title>kill(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>KILL(1)</b><td align=right><b>KILL(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + kill, slay, start, stop – print commands to manipulate processes<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>kill</font></tt> <i>name ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>slay</font></tt> <i>name ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>start</font></tt> <i>name ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>stop</font></tt> <i>name ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Kill</i> prints commands that will cause all processes with <i>name</i> and + owned by the current user to be terminated. Each command is commented + with an output line from <a href="../man1/ps.html"><i>ps</i>(1)</a> describing the process that would + be killed. Use the <tt><font size=+1>send</font></tt> command of <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a>, or pipe the output + of <i>kill</i> into <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> or <a href="../man1/sh.html"><i>sh</i>(1)</a> to execute the + commands. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Kill</i> suggests sending a Unix <tt><font size=+1>TERM</font></tt> signal to the process; sending + a <tt><font size=+1>KILL</font></tt> signal is a surer, if heavy handed, kill, but is necessary + if the offending process is ignoring signals. The <i>slay</i> command + prints commands to do this. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Stop</i> prints commands to pause execution of processes by sending + them the <tt><font size=+1>STOP</font></tt> signal. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Start</i> prints commands to restart stopped processes by sending + them the <tt><font size=+1>CONT</font></tt> signal.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/ps.html"><i>ps</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man3/notify.html"><i>notify</i>(3)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Stop</i> and <i>start</i> should limit themselves to currently running or + stopped processes.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/label.html b/man/man1/label.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c7999d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/label.html @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<head> +<title>label(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>LABEL(1)</b><td align=right><b>LABEL(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + label, awd – set window label<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>label</font></tt> <i>string<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>awd<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Label</i> sets the label of the current <i>win</i> (see <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a>) or X terminal + window (<i>e.g., <a href="../man1/9term.html">9term</a></i><a href="../man1/9term.html">(1)</a> or <a href="../man1/xterm.html"><i>xterm</i>(1)</a>) by echoing a special control + sequence to standard output. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Acme</i> and <i>9term</i> windows assume the label is a directory name. When + unrooted file names are plumbed in the window, they are evaluated + relative to the directory named in the label.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + One can use the following <a href="../man1/sh.html"><i>sh</i>(1)</a> function to keep the label up-to-date + in response to <i>cd</i> commands:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>_cd () {<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + \cd "$@" &&<br> + case $− in<br> + *i*)<br> + awd<br> + esac<br> + + </table> + }<br> + alias cd=_cd<br> + cd .<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + <a href="../man1/Rc.html"><i>Rc</i>(1)</a> installs a similar <tt><font size=+1>fn cd</font></tt> at startup if there is not already + a function named <tt><font size=+1>cd</font></tt>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>fn cd {<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + builtin cd $1 && flag i && awd<br> + + </table> + }<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/label<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/awd<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Awd</i> is also documented in <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Awd</i> does not append the <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>label</i> suffix that it does on Plan 9.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/lex.html b/man/man1/lex.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0f84d1e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/lex.html @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +<head> +<title>lex(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>LEX(1)</b><td align=right><b>LEX(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + lex – generator of lexical analysis programs<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>lex</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−tvn9</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Lex</i> generates programs to be used in simple lexical analysis of + text. The input <i>files</i> (standard input default) contain regular + expressions to be searched for and actions written in C to be + executed when expressions are found. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A C source program, <tt><font size=+1>lex.yy.c</font></tt> is generated. This program, when + run, copies unrecognized portions of the input to the output, + and executes the associated C action for each regular expression + that is recognized. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The options have the following meanings.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> Place the result on the standard output instead of in file <tt><font size=+1>lex.yy.c</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> Print a one-line summary of statistics of the generated analyzer.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> Opposite of <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> is default.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−9</font></tt> Adds code to be able to compile through the native C compilers.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + This program converts upper case to lower, removes blanks at the + end of lines, and replaces multiple blanks by single blanks. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>%%<br> + [A−Z] putchar(yytext[0]+'a'−'A');<br> + [ ]+$<br> + [ ]+ putchar(' ');<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>lex.yy.c</font></tt> output<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/sys/lib/lex/ncform</font></tt> template<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/yacc.html"><i>yacc</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/sed.html"><i>sed</i>(1)</a><br> + M. E. Lesk and E. Schmidt, ‘LEX--Lexical Analyzer Generator’, <i>Unix + Research System Programmer’s Manual,</i> Tenth Edition, Volume 2.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/lex<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Cannot handle UTF. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The asteroid to kill this dinosaur is still in orbit.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/look.html b/man/man1/look.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc8686d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/look.html @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +<head> +<title>look(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>LOOK(1)</b><td align=right><b>LOOK(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + look – find lines in a sorted list<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>look</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−dfnixt</font></tt><i>c</i> ] [ <i>string</i> ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Look</i> consults a sorted <i>file</i> and prints all lines that begin with + <i>string</i>. It uses binary search. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The following options are recognized. Options <tt><font size=+1>dfnt</font></tt> affect comparisons + as in <a href="../man1/sort.html"><i>sort</i>(1)</a>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> Interactive. There is no <i>string</i> argument; instead <i>look</i> takes + lines from the standard input as strings to be looked up.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> Exact. Print only lines of the file whose key matches <i>string</i> + exactly.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> ‘Directory’ order: only letters, digits, tabs and blanks participate + in comparisons.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> Fold. Upper case letters compare equal to lower case.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> Numeric comparison with initial string of digits, optional minus + sign, and optional decimal point.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt>[<i>c</i>]Character <i>c</i> terminates the sort key in the <i>file</i>. By default, + tab terminates the key. If <i>c</i> is missing the entire line comprises + the key. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If no <i>file</i> is specified, <tt><font size=+1>/lib/words</font></tt> is assumed, with collating + sequence <tt><font size=+1>df</font></tt>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/lib/words<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/look.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/sort.html"><i>sort</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/grep.html"><i>grep</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The exit status is “<tt><font size=+1>not found</font></tt>” if no match is found, and “<tt><font size=+1>no dictionary</font></tt>” + if <i>file</i> or the default dictionary cannot be opened.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/ls.html b/man/man1/ls.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e5ed5566 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/ls.html @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +<head> +<title>ls(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>LS(1)</b><td align=right><b>LS(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + ls, lc – list contents of directory<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>ls</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−dlmnpqrstuFQ</font></tt> ] <i>name ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>lc</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−dlmnpqrstuFQ</font></tt> ] <i>name ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + For each directory argument, <i>ls</i> lists the contents of the directory; + for each file argument, <i>ls</i> repeats its name and any other information + requested. When no argument is given, the current directory is + listed. By default, the output is sorted alphabetically by name. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Lc</i> is the same as <i>ls</i>, but sets the <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> option and pipes the output + through <a href="../man1/mc.html"><i>mc</i>(1)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + There are a number of options:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> If argument is a directory, list it, not its contents.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> List in long format, giving mode (see below), file system type + (e.g., for devices, the <tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt> code letter that names it; see <a href="../man3/intro.html"><i>intro</i>(3)</a>), + the instance or subdevice number, owner, group, size in bytes, + and time of last modification for each file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> List the name of the user who most recently modified the file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> Don’t sort the listing.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> Print only the final path element of each file name.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−q</font></tt> List the <i>qid</i> (see <a href="../man3/stat.html"><i>stat</i>(3)</a>) of each file; the printed fields + are in the order path, version, and type.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> Reverse the order of sort.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> Give size in Kbytes for each entry.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> Sort by time modified (latest first) instead of by name.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> Under <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> sort by time of last access; under <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> print time of + last access.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−F</font></tt> Add the character <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> after all directory names and the character + <tt><font size=+1>*</font></tt> after all executable files.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−L</font></tt> Print the character <tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt> before each file if it has the temporary + flag set, and <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> otherwise.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−Q</font></tt> By default, printed file names are quoted if they contain characters + special to <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a>. The <tt><font size=+1>−Q</font></tt> flag disables this behavior. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The mode printed under the <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> option contains 11 characters, interpreted + as follows: the first character is<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> if the entry is a directory;<br> + <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt> if the entry is an append-only file;<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> if the entry is a plain file. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The next letter is <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> if the file is exclusive access (one writer + or reader at a time). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The last 9 characters are interpreted as three sets of three bits + each. The first set refers to owner permissions; the next to permissions + to others in the same user-group; and the last to all others. + Within each set the three characters indicate permission respectively + to read, to write, or to execute the file as a program. + For a directory, ‘execute’ permission is interpreted to mean permission + to search the directory for a specified file. The permissions + are indicated as follows:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt>if the file is readable;<br> + <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt>if the file is writable;<br> + <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt>if the file is executable;<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>if none of the above permissions is granted.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/ls.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/lc<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man3/stat.html"><i>stat</i>(3)</a>, <a href="../man1/mc.html"><i>mc</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/man.html b/man/man1/man.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41f472ab --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/man.html @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +<head> +<title>man(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>MAN(1)</b><td align=right><b>MAN(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + man, lookman, sig – print or find pages of this manual<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>man</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>section ...</i> ] <i>title ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>lookman</font></tt> <i>key ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>sig</font></tt> <i>function ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Man</i> locates and prints pages of this manual named <i>title</i> in the + specified <i>sections</i>. <i>Title</i> is given in lower case. Each <i>section</i> + is a number; pages marked (2S), for example, belong to chapter + 2. If no <i>section</i> is specified, pages in all sections are printed. + Any name from the NAME section at the top of the page will serve + as a + <i>title</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> Run <a href="../man1/proof.html"><i>proof</i>(1)</a> on the specified man pages.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−P</font></tt> Run <a href="../man1/page.html"><i>page</i>(1)</a> on the specified man pages.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> Run <i>troff</i> and send its output to standard output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> (Default) Print the pages on the standard output using <i>nroff</i>. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>Lookman</font></tt> prints the names of all manual sections that contain all + of the <i>key</i> words given on the command line. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>Sig</font></tt> prints the signature (i.e. C definition) of the <i>function</i>’s + given on the command line.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/man?/*<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>troff</i> source for manual; this page is <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/man/man1/man.1<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/man/man?/INDEX<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + indices searched to find pages corresponding to titles<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/man/secindex<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + command to make an index for a given section<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/man/lookman/index<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + index for <i>lookman<br> + </i> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/man<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/lookman<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/page.html"><i>page</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/proof.html"><i>proof</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The manual was intended to be typeset; some detail is sacrificed + on text terminals. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + There is no automatic mechanism to keep the indices up to date. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Except for special cases, <i>man</i> doesn’t recognize things that should + be run through <i>tbl</i> and/or <i>eqn</i>.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/map.html b/man/man1/map.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ed18ccb --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/map.html @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +<head> +<title>map(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>MAP(1)</b><td align=right><b>MAP(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + map, mapdemo, mapd – draw maps on various projections<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>map</font></tt> <i>projection</i> [ <i>option ...</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>mapdemo + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Map</i> prepares on the standard output a map suitable for display + by any plotting filter described in <a href="../man1/plot.html"><i>plot</i>(1)</a>. A menu of projections + is produced in response to an unknown <i>projection</i>. <i>Mapdemo</i> is a + short course in mapping. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The default data for <i>map</i> are world shorelines. Option <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> accesses + more detailed data classified by feature.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> [ <i>feature</i> ... ]<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Features are ranked 1 (default) to 4 from major to minor. Higher-numbered + ranks include all lower-numbered ones. Features are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>shore</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>1</font></tt>-<tt><font size=+1>4</font></tt>] seacoasts, lakes, and islands; option <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> always shows + <tt><font size=+1>shore1<br> + ilake</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>1</font></tt>-<tt><font size=+1>2</font></tt>] intermittent lakes<br> + <tt><font size=+1>river</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>1</font></tt>-<tt><font size=+1>4</font></tt>] rivers<br> + <tt><font size=+1>iriver</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>1</font></tt>-<tt><font size=+1>3</font></tt>] intermittent rivers<br> + <tt><font size=+1>canal</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>1</font></tt>-<tt><font size=+1>3</font></tt>]<tt><font size=+1> 3</font></tt>=irrigation canals<br> + <tt><font size=+1>glacier<br> + iceshelf</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>12</font></tt>]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>reef<br> + saltpan</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>12</font></tt>]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>country</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>1</font></tt>-<tt><font size=+1>3</font></tt>]<tt><font size=+1> 2</font></tt>=disputed boundaries, <tt><font size=+1>3</font></tt>=indefinite boundaries<br> + <tt><font size=+1>state</font></tt> states and provinces (US and Canada only)<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + In other options coordinates are in degrees, with north latitude + and west longitude counted as positive.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>S N E W<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set the southern and northern latitude and the eastern and western + longitude limits. Missing arguments are filled out from the list + –90, 90, –180, 180, or lesser limits suitable to the projection + at hand.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt> <i>S N E W<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set the scale as if for a map with limits <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>S N E W</i> . Do not + consider any <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> option in setting scale.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> <i>lat lon rot<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Orient the map in a nonstandard position. Imagine a transparent + gridded sphere around the globe. Turn the overlay about the North + Pole so that the Prime Meridian (longitude 0) of the overlay coincides + with meridian <i>lon</i> on the globe. Then tilt the North Pole of the + overlay along its Prime Meridian to latitude <i>lat + </i>on the globe. Finally again turn the overlay about its ‘North + Pole’ so that its Prime Meridian coincides with the previous position + of meridian <i>rot</i>. Project the map in the standard form appropriate + to the overlay, but presenting information from the underlying + globe. Missing arguments are filled out from the list + 90, 0, 0. In the absence of <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>o<tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> the orientation is 90, 0, <i>m</i>, where + <i>m</i> is the middle of the longitude range.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> <i>S N E W<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Window the map by the specified latitudes and longitudes in the + tilted, rotated coordinate system. Missing arguments are filled + out from the list –90, 90, –180, 180. (It is wise to give an encompassing + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> option with <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt>. Otherwise for small windows computing time + varies inversely with area!) + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>n</i> For speed, plot only every <i>n</i>th point.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> Reverse left and right (good for star charts and inside-out + views).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> Verso. Switch to a normally suppressed sheet of the map, such + as the back side of the earth in orthographic projection.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s1<br> + −s2</font></tt> Superpose; outputs for a <tt><font size=+1>−s1</font></tt> map (no closing) and a <tt><font size=+1>−s2</font></tt> map + (no opening) may be concatenated.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−g</font></tt> <i>dlat dlon res<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Grid spacings are <i>dlat</i>, <i>dlon</i>. Zero spacing means no grid. Missing + <i>dlat</i> is taken to be zero. Missing <i>dlon</i> is taken the same as <i>dlat</i>. + Grid lines are drawn to a resolution of <i>res</i> (2° or less by default). + In the absence of <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>g<tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> grid spacing is 10°.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> <i>lat lon extent<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Position the point <i>lat, lon</i> at the center of the plotting area. + Scale the map so that the height (and width) of the nominal plotting + area is <i>extent</i> times the size of one degree of latitude at the + center. By default maps are scaled and positioned to fit within + the plotting area. An <i>extent</i> overrides option <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt>. + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>x y rot<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + After all other positioning and scaling operations have been performed, + rotate the image <i>rot</i> degrees counterclockwise about the center + and move the center to position <i>x</i>, <i>y</i>, where the nominal plotting + area is –1≤<i>x</i>≤1, –1≤<i>y</i>≤1. Missing arguments are taken to be 0. <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> Allow + the map to extend outside the + nominal plotting area.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> [ <i>file</i> ... ]<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Use map data from named files. If no files are named, omit map + data. Names that do not exist as pathnames are looked up in a + standard directory, which contains, in addition to the data for + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt>,<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>world</font></tt> World Data Bank I (default)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>states</font></tt> US map from Census Bureau<br> + <tt><font size=+1>counties</font></tt> US map from Census Bureau<br> + The environment variables <tt><font size=+1>MAP</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>MAPDIR</font></tt> change the default map + and default directory.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> [<i>lat0 lon0 lat1 lon1</i>... ]<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Suppress the drawing of the normal boundary (defined by options + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt>). Coordinates, if present, define the vertices of a + polygon to which the map is clipped. If only two vertices are + given, they are taken to be the diagonal of a rectangle. To draw + the polygon, give its vertices as a <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> track. + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> <i>file ...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>files</i> contain lists of points, given as latitude-longitude + pairs in degrees. If the first file is named <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>, the standard input + is taken instead. The points of each list are plotted as connected + ‘tracks’.<br> + Points in a track file may be followed by label strings. A label + breaks the track. A label may be prefixed by <tt><font size=+1>"</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> and is + terminated by a newline. An unprefixed string or a string prefixed + with <tt><font size=+1>"</font></tt> is displayed at the designated point. The first word of + a <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> string names a special symbol (see option <tt><font size=+1>−y</font></tt>). + An optional numerical second word is a scale factor for the size + of the symbol, 1 by default. A <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> symbol is aligned with its top + to the north; a <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> symbol is aligned vertically on the page.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> <i>file ...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Same as <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt>, except the tracks are unbroken lines. (<tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> tracks appear + as dot-dashed lines if the plotting filter supports them.)<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−y</font></tt> <i>file<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>file</i> contains <a href="../man7/plot.html"><i>plot</i>(7)</a>-style data for <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> labels in <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> or + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> files. Each symbol is defined by a comment <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt><i>name</i> then a sequence + of <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>v</font></tt> commands. Coordinates (0,0) fall on the plotting point. + Default scaling is as if the nominal plotting range were <tt><font size=+1>ra −1 + −1 1 1</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>ra</font></tt> commands in <i>file</i> change the + scaling.<br> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Projections </b></font><br> + Equatorial projections centered on the Prime Meridian (longitude + 0). Parallels are straight horizontal lines. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>mercator</font></tt> equally spaced straight meridians, conformal, straight + compass courses<br> + <tt><font size=+1>sinusoidal</font></tt> equally spaced parallels, equal-area, same as <tt><font size=+1>bonne + 0</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>cylequalarea</font></tt> <i>lat0</i> equally spaced straight meridians, equal-area, + true scale on <i>lat0<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>cylindrical</font></tt> central projection on tangent cylinder<br> + <tt><font size=+1>rectangular</font></tt> <i>lat0</i> equally spaced parallels, equally spaced straight + meridians, true scale on <i>lat0<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>gall</font></tt> <i>lat0</i> parallels spaced stereographically on prime meridian, + equally spaced straight meridians, true scale on <i>lat0<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>mollweide</font></tt> (homalographic) equal-area, hemisphere is a circle<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>gilbert()</font></tt> sphere conformally mapped on hemisphere and viewed orthographically<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>gilbert</font></tt> globe mapped conformally on hemisphere, viewed orthographically + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Azimuthal projections centered on the North Pole. Parallels are + concentric circles. Meridians are equally spaced radial lines. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>azequidistant</font></tt> equally spaced parallels, true distances from pole<br> + <tt><font size=+1>azequalarea</font></tt> equal-area<br> + <tt><font size=+1>gnomonic</font></tt> central projection on tangent plane, straight great circles<br> + <tt><font size=+1>perspective</font></tt> <i>dist</i> viewed along earth’s axis <i>dist</i> earth radii from + center of earth<br> + <tt><font size=+1>orthographic</font></tt> viewed from infinity<br> + <tt><font size=+1>stereographic</font></tt> conformal, projected from opposite pole<br> + <tt><font size=+1>laue</font></tt><i>radius</i> = tan(2×<i>colatitude</i>), used in X-ray crystallography<br> + <tt><font size=+1>fisheye</font></tt> <i>n</i> stereographic seen from just inside medium with refractive + index <i>n<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>newyorker</font></tt> <i>rradius</i> = log(<i>colatitude</i>/<i>r</i>): <i>New Yorker</i> map from viewing + pedestal of radius <i>r</i> degrees + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Polar conic projections symmetric about the Prime Meridian. Parallels + are segments of concentric circles. Except in the Bonne projection, + meridians are equally spaced radial lines orthogonal to the parallels. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>conic</font></tt> <i>lat0</i> central projection on cone tangent at <i>lat0<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>simpleconic</font></tt> <i>lat0 lat1<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + equally spaced parallels, true scale on <i>lat0</i> and <i>lat1<br> + </i> + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>lambert</font></tt> <i>lat0 lat1</i> conformal, true scale on <i>lat0</i> and <i>lat1<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>albers</font></tt> <i>lat0 lat1</i> equal-area, true scale on <i>lat0</i> and <i>lat1<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>bonne</font></tt> <i>lat0</i> equally spaced parallels, equal-area, parallel <i>lat0</i> + developed from tangent cone + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Projections with bilateral symmetry about the Prime Meridian and + the equator. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>polyconic</font></tt> parallels developed from tangent cones, equally spaced + along Prime Meridian<br> + <tt><font size=+1>aitoff</font></tt> equal-area projection of globe onto 2-to-1 ellipse, based + on <i>azequalarea<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>lagrange</font></tt> conformal, maps whole sphere into a circle<br> + <tt><font size=+1>bicentric</font></tt> <i>lon0</i> points plotted at true azimuth from two centers + on the equator at longitudes <i>±lon0</i>, great circles are straight + lines (a stretched <i>gnomonic</i> )<br> + <tt><font size=+1>elliptic</font></tt> <i>lon0</i> points plotted at true distance from two centers + on the equator at longitudes <i>±lon0<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>globular</font></tt> hemisphere is circle, circular arc meridians equally spaced + on equator, circular arc parallels equally spaced on 0- and 90-degree + meridians<br> + <tt><font size=+1>vandergrinten</font></tt> sphere is circle, meridians as in <i>globular</i>, circular + arc parallels resemble <i>mercator + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + Doubly periodic conformal projections. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>guyou</font></tt> W and E hemispheres are square<br> + <tt><font size=+1>square</font></tt> world is square with Poles at diagonally opposite corners<br> + <tt><font size=+1>tetra</font></tt> map on tetrahedron with edge tangent to Prime Meridian at + S Pole, unfolded into equilateral triangle<br> + <tt><font size=+1>hex</font></tt> world is hexagon centered on N Pole, N and S hemispheres are + equilateral triangles + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Miscellaneous projections. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>harrison</font></tt> <i>dist angle</i>oblique perspective from above the North Pole, + <i>dist</i> earth radii from center of earth, looking along the Date + Line <i>angle</i> degrees off vertical<br> + <tt><font size=+1>trapezoidal</font></tt> <i>lat0 lat1<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + equally spaced parallels, straight meridians equally spaced along + parallels, true scale at <i>lat0</i> and <i>lat1</i> on Prime Meridian<br> + <tt><font size=+1>lune(lat,angle)</font></tt> conformal, polar cap above latitude <i>lat</i> maps to + convex lune with given <i>angle</i> at 90°E and 90°W + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + + </table> + Retroazimuthal projections. At every point the angle between vertical + and a straight line to ‘Mecca’, latitude <i>lat0</i> on the prime meridian, + is the true bearing of Mecca. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>mecca</font></tt> <i>lat0</i> equally spaced vertical meridians<br> + <tt><font size=+1>homing</font></tt> <i>lat0</i> distances to Mecca are true + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Maps based on the spheroid. Of geodetic quality, these projections + do not make sense for tilted orientations. For descriptions, see + corresponding maps above. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>sp_mercator<br> + sp_albers</font></tt> <i>lat0 lat1<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>map perspective 1.025 −o 40.75 74<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A view looking down on New York from 100 miles (0.025 of the 4000-mile + earth radius) up. The job can be done faster by limiting the map + so as not to ‘plot’ the invisible part of the world: <tt><font size=+1>map perspective + 1.025 −o 40.75 74 −l 20 60 30 100</font></tt>. A circular border can be forced + by adding option + <tt><font size=+1>−w 77.33</font></tt>. (Latitude 77.33° falls just inside a polar cap of opening + angle arccos(1/1.025) = 12.6804°.)<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>map mercator −o 49.25 −106 180<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + An ‘equatorial’ map of the earth centered on New York. The pole + of the map is placed 90° away (40.75+49.25=90) on the other side + of the earth. A 180° twist around the pole of the map arranges + that the ‘Prime Meridian’ of the map runs from the pole of the + map over the North Pole to New York instead of + down the back side of the earth. The same effect can be had from + <tt><font size=+1> map mercator −o 130.75 74<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>map albers 28 45 −l 20 50 60 130 −m states<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A customary curved-latitude map of the United States.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>map harrison 2 30 −l −90 90 120 240 −o 90 0 0<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A fan view covering 60° on either side of the Date Line, as seen + from one earth radius above the North Pole gazing at the earth’s + limb, which is 30° off vertical. The <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> option overrides the default + <tt><font size=+1>−o 90 0 180</font></tt>, which would rotate the scene to behind the observer.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/lib/map/[1−4]??</font></tt> World Data Bank II, for <tt><font size=+1>−f<br> + /lib/map/*</font></tt> maps for <tt><font size=+1>−m<br> + /lib/map/*.x</font></tt> map indexes<br> + <tt><font size=+1>mapd</font></tt> Map driver program<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/map<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man7/map.html"><i>map</i>(7)</a>, <a href="../man1/plot.html"><i>plot</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + ‘Map seems to be empty’--a coarse survey found zero extent within + the <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> bounds; for maps of limited extent the grid resolution, + <i>res</i>, or the limits may have to be refined.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Windows (option <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt>) cannot cross the Date Line. No borders appear + along edges arising from visibility limits. Segments that cross + a border are dropped, not clipped. Excessively large scale or + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> setting may cause long line segments to be dropped. <i>Map</i> tries + to draw grid lines dotted and <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> tracks dot-dashed. As + very few plotting filters properly support curved textured lines, + these lines are likely to appear solid. The west-longitude-positive + convention betrays Yankee chauvinism. <i>Gilbert</i> should be a map + from sphere to sphere, independent of the mapping from sphere + to plane.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/mc.html b/man/man1/mc.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1c133aec --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/mc.html @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<head> +<title>mc(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>MC(1)</b><td align=right><b>MC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + mc – multicolumn print<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>mc</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>N</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Mc</i> splits the input into as many columns as will fit in <i>N</i> print + positions. If run in a <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/xterm.html"><i>xterm</i>(1)</a>, or <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a> window, + the default <i>N</i> is the number of blanks that will fit across the + window; otherwise the default <i>N</i> is 80. Under option <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> each input + line ending in a colon <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> is printed separately. + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/mc.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man4/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(4)</a>, <a href="../man1/xterm.html"><i>xterm</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/pr.html"><i>pr</i>(1)</a>, <i>lc</i> in <a href="../man1/ls.html"><i>ls</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/mk.html b/man/man1/mk.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3dde6143 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/mk.html @@ -0,0 +1,621 @@ +<head> +<title>mk(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>MK(1)</b><td align=right><b>MK(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + mk – maintain (make) related files<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>mk</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>mkfile</i> ] ... [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>target ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Mk</i> uses the dependency rules specified in <i>mkfile</i> to control the + update (usually by compilation) of <i>targets</i> (usually files) from + the source files upon which they depend. The <i>mkfile</i> (default <tt><font size=+1>mkfile</font></tt>) + contains a <i>rule</i> for each target that identifies the files and + other targets upon which it depends and an <a href="../man1/sh.html"><i>sh</i>(1)</a> script, a + <i>recipe</i>, to update the target. The script is run if the target + does not exist or if it is older than any of the files it depends + on. <i>Mkfile</i> may also contain <i>meta-rules</i> that define actions for + updating implicit targets. If no <i>target</i> is specified, the target + of the first rule (not meta-rule) in <i>mkfile</i> is updated. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The environment variable <tt><font size=+1>$NPROC</font></tt> determines how many targets may + be updated simultaneously; Some operating systems, e.g., Plan + 9, set <tt><font size=+1>$NPROC</font></tt> automatically to the number of CPUs on the current + machine. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> Assume all targets to be out of date. Thus, everything is updated.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt>[<tt><font size=+1>egp</font></tt>] Produce debugging output (<tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> is for parsing, <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt> for graph + building, <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> for execution).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> Explain why each target is made.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> Force any missing intermediate targets to be made.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt> Do as much work as possible in the face of errors.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> Print, but do not execute, the commands needed to update the + targets.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> Make the command line arguments sequentially rather than in + parallel.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> Touch (update the modified date of) file targets, without executing + any recipes.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt><i>target1</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>target2,...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Pretend the modify time for each <i>target</i> is the current time; useful + in conjunction with <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> to learn what updates would be triggered + by modifying the <i>targets</i>.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>The <tt><font size=+1>mkfile </font></tt></b></font><br> + A <i>mkfile</i> consists of <i>assignments</i> (described under ‘Environment’) + and <i>rules</i>. A rule contains <i>targets</i> and a <i>tail</i>. A target is a literal + string and is normally a file name. The tail contains zero or + more <i>prerequisites</i> and an optional <i>recipe</i>, which is an <tt><font size=+1>shell</font></tt> script. + Each line of the recipe must begin with white space. A rule + takes the form<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>target: prereq1 prereq2<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>recipe using</i> <tt><font size=+1>prereq1, prereq2</font></tt> <i>to build</i> <tt><font size=+1>target<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + + </table> + When the recipe is executed, the first character on every line + is elided. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + After the colon on the target line, a rule may specify <i>attributes</i>, + described below. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A <i>meta-rule</i> has a target of the form <i>A</i><tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt><i>B</i> where <i>A</i> and <i>B</i> are (possibly + empty) strings. A meta-rule acts as a rule for any potential target + whose name matches <i>A</i><tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt><i>B</i> with <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> replaced by an arbitrary string, + called the <i>stem</i>. In interpreting a meta-rule, the stem is substituted + for all occurrences of <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> in the prerequisite + names. In the recipe of a meta-rule, the environment variable + <tt><font size=+1>$stem</font></tt> contains the string matched by the <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt>. For example, a meta-rule + to compile a C program using <a href="../man1/9c.html"><i>9c</i>(1)</a> might be:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>%: %.c<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + 9c −c $stem.c<br> + 9l −o $stem $stem.o<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + + </table> + + </table> + Meta-rules may contain an ampersand <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt> rather than a percent sign + <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt>. A <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> matches a maximal length string of any characters; an <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt> + matches a maximal length string of any characters except period + or slash. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The text of the <i>mkfile</i> is processed as follows. Lines beginning + with <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt> followed by a file name are replaced by the contents of + the named file. Lines beginning with <tt><font size=+1><|</font></tt> followed by a file name + are replaced by the output of the execution of the named file. + Blank lines and comments, which run from unquoted <tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt> characters + to the following newline, are deleted. The character sequence + backslash-newline is deleted, so long lines in <i>mkfile</i> may be folded. + Non-recipe lines are processed by substituting for <tt><font size=+1>`{</font></tt><i>command</i><tt><font size=+1>}</font></tt> + the output of the <i>command</i> when run by <i>sh</i>. References to variables + are replaced by the variables’ values. Special + characters may be quoted using single quotes <tt><font size=+1>''</font></tt> as in <a href="../man1/sh.html"><i>sh</i>(1)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Assignments and rules are distinguished by the first unquoted + occurrence of <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> (rule) or <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> (assignment). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A later rule may modify or override an existing rule under the + following conditions:<br> + – If the targets of the rules exactly match and one rule contains + only a prerequisite clause and no recipe, the clause is added + to the prerequisites of the other rule. If either or both targets + are virtual, the recipe is always executed.<br> + – If the targets of the rules match exactly and the prerequisites + do not match and both rules contain recipes, <i>mk</i> reports an “ambiguous + recipe” error.<br> + – If the target and prerequisites of both rules match exactly, the + second rule overrides the first.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Environment </b></font><br> + Rules may make use of shell environment variables. A legal reference + of the form <tt><font size=+1>$OBJ</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>${name}</font></tt> is expanded as in <a href="../man1/sh.html"><i>sh</i>(1)</a>. A reference + of the form <tt><font size=+1>${name:</font></tt><i>A</i><tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt><i>B</i><tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt><i>C</i><tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt><i>D</i><tt><font size=+1>}</font></tt>, where <i>A, B, C, D</i> are (possibly empty) + strings, has the value formed by expanding <tt><font size=+1>$name</font></tt> and substituting + <i>C</i> for <i>A</i> and <i>D</i> for <i>B</i> in each word in + <tt><font size=+1>$name</font></tt> that matches pattern <i>A</i><tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt><i>B</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Variables can be set by assignments of the form<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>var</i><tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt>[<i>attr</i><tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt>]<i>value<br> + </i> + </table> + Blanks in the <i>value</i> break it into words. Such variables are exported + to the environment of recipes as they are executed, unless <tt><font size=+1>U</font></tt>, + the only legal attribute <i>attr</i>, is present. The initial value of + a variable is taken from (in increasing order of precedence) the + default values below, <i>mk’s</i> environment, the <i>mkfiles</i>, and any + command line assignment as an argument to <i>mk</i>. A variable assignment + argument overrides the first (but not any subsequent) assignment + to that variable. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The variable <tt><font size=+1>MKFLAGS</font></tt> contains all the option arguments (arguments + starting with <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> or containing <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt>) and <tt><font size=+1>MKARGS</font></tt> contains all the targets + in the call to <i>mk</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The variable <tt><font size=+1>MKSHELL</font></tt> contains the shell command line <i>mk</i> uses to + run recipes. If the first word of the command ends in <tt><font size=+1>rc</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>rcsh</font></tt>, + <i>mk</i> uses <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a>’s quoting rules; otherwise it uses <a href="../man1/sh.html"><i>sh</i>(1)</a>’s. The + <tt><font size=+1>MKSHELL</font></tt> variable is consulted when the mkfile is read, not when + it is executed, so that different shells can be used within + a single mkfile:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>MKSHELL=$PLAN9/bin/rc<br> + use−rc:V:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + for(i in a b c) echo $i<br> + + </table> + MKSHELL=sh<br> + use−sh:V:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + for i in a b c; do echo $i; done<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + + </table> + + </table> + Mkfiles included via <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1><|</font></tt> (<i>q.v.</i>) see their own private copy of + <tt><font size=+1>MKSHELL</font></tt>, which always starts set to <tt><font size=+1>sh . + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + Dynamic information may be included in the mkfile by using a line + of the form<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <|<i>command args + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + + </table> + This runs the command <i>command</i> with the given arguments <i>args</i> and + pipes its standard output to <i>mk</i> to be included as part of the + mkfile. For instance, the Inferno kernels use this technique to + run a shell command with an awk script and a configuration file + as arguments in order for the <i>awk</i> script to process the file + and output a set of variables and their values.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Execution </b></font><br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + During execution, <i>mk</i> determines which targets must be updated, + and in what order, to build the <i>names</i> specified on the command + line. It then runs the associated recipes. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A target is considered up to date if it has no prerequisites or + if all its prerequisites are up to date and it is newer than all + its prerequisites. Once the recipe for a target has executed, + the target is considered up to date. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The date stamp used to determine if a target is up to date is + computed differently for different types of targets. If a target + is <i>virtual</i> (the target of a rule with the <tt><font size=+1>V</font></tt> attribute), its date + stamp is initially zero; when the target is updated the date stamp + is set to the most recent date stamp of its prerequisites. Otherwise, + if a + target does not exist as a file, its date stamp is set to the + most recent date stamp of its prerequisites, or zero if it has + no prerequisites. Otherwise, the target is the name of a file + and the target’s date stamp is always that file’s modification + date. The date stamp is computed when the target is needed in + the execution of + a rule; it is not a static value. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Nonexistent targets that have prerequisites and are themselves + prerequisites are treated specially. Such a target <i>t</i> is given + the date stamp of its most recent prerequisite and if this causes + all the targets which have <i>t</i> as a prerequisite to be up to date, + <i>t</i> is considered up to date. Otherwise, <i>t</i> is made in the normal + fashion. + The <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> flag overrides this special treatment. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Files may be made in any order that respects the preceding restrictions. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A recipe is executed by supplying the recipe as standard input + to the command <tt><font size=+1>/bin/sh</font></tt>. (Note that unlike <i>make</i>, <i>mk</i> feeds the entire + recipe to the shell rather than running each line of the recipe + separately.) The environment is augmented by the following variables:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$alltarget<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + all the targets of this rule.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>$newprereq<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + the prerequisites that caused this rule to execute.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>$newmember<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + the prerequisites that are members of an aggregate that caused + this rule to execute. When the prerequisites of a rule are members + of an aggregate, <tt><font size=+1>$newprereq</font></tt> contains the name of the aggregate + and out of date members, while <tt><font size=+1>$newmember</font></tt> contains only the name + of the members. + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>$nproc</font></tt> the process slot for this recipe. It satisfies 0≤<tt><font size=+1>$nproc</font></tt><<tt><font size=+1>$NPROC</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$pid</font></tt> the process id for the <i>mk</i> executing the recipe.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$prereq</font></tt> all the prerequisites for this rule.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$stem</font></tt> if this is a meta-rule, <tt><font size=+1>$stem</font></tt> is the string that matched + <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt>. Otherwise, it is empty. For regular expression meta-rules + (see below), the variables <tt><font size=+1>stem0</font></tt>, ..., <tt><font size=+1>stem9</font></tt> are set to the corresponding + subexpressions.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$target</font></tt> the targets for this rule that need to be remade. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + These variables are available only during the execution of a recipe, + not while evaluating the <i>mkfile</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Unless the rule has the <tt><font size=+1>Q</font></tt> attribute, the recipe is printed prior + to execution with recognizable environment variables expanded. + Commands returning error status cause <i>mk</i> to terminate. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Recipes and backquoted <tt><font size=+1>rc</font></tt> commands in places such as assignments + execute in a copy of <i>mk’s</i> environment; changes they make to environment + variables are not visible from <i>mk</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Variable substitution in a rule is done when the rule is read; + variable substitution in the recipe is done when the recipe is + executed. For example:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>bar=a.c<br> + foo: $bar<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + $CC −o foo $bar<br> + + </table> + bar=b.c<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + will compile <tt><font size=+1>b.c</font></tt> into <tt><font size=+1>foo</font></tt>, if <tt><font size=+1>a.c</font></tt> is newer than <tt><font size=+1>foo</font></tt>.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Aggregates </b></font><br> + Names of the form <i>a</i>(<i>b</i>) refer to member <i>b</i> of the aggregate <i>a</i>. Currently, + the only aggregates supported are <i>9ar</i> (see <a href="../man1/9c.html"><i>9c</i>(1)</a>) archives.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Attributes </b></font><br> + The colon separating the target from the prerequisites may be + immediately followed by <i>attributes</i> and another colon. The attributes + are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt> If the recipe exits with a non-null status, the target is deleted.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>E</font></tt> Continue execution if the recipe draws errors.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>N</font></tt> If there is no recipe, the target has its time updated.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt> The rule is a meta-rule that cannot be a target of a virtual + rule. Only files match the pattern in the target.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>P</font></tt> The characters after the <tt><font size=+1>P</font></tt> until the terminating <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> are taken + as a program name. It will be invoked as <tt><font size=+1>sh −c prog 'arg1' 'arg2'</font></tt> + and should return a zero exit status if and only if arg1 is up + to date with respect to arg2. Date stamps are still propagated + in the normal way.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Q</font></tt> The recipe is not printed prior to execution.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>R</font></tt> The rule is a meta-rule using regular expressions. In the rule, + <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt> has no special meaning. The target is interpreted as a regular + expression as defined in <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a>. The prerequisites may contain + references to subexpressions in form <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt><i>n</i>, as in the substitute + command of <a href="../man1/sed.html"><i>sed</i>(1)</a>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>U</font></tt> The targets are considered to have been updated even if the recipe + did not do so.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>V</font></tt> The targets of this rule are marked as virtual. They are distinct + from files of the same name.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A simple mkfile to compile a program:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1></$objtype/mkfile<br> + prog: a.$O b.$O c.$O<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + $LD $LDFLAGS −o $target $prereq<br> + + </table> + %.$O: %.c<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + $CC $CFLAGS $stem.c<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + + </table> + + </table> + Override flag settings in the mkfile:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>% mk target 'CFLAGS=−S −w'<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Maintain a library:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>libc.a(%.$O):N: %.$O<br> + libc.a: libc.a(abs.$O) libc.a(access.$O) libc.a(alarm.$O) ...<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + ar r libc.a $newmember<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + + </table> + + </table> + String expression variables to derive names from a master list:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>NAMES=alloc arc bquote builtins expand main match mk var word<br> + OBJ=${NAMES:%=%.$O}<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Regular expression meta-rules:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>([^/]*)/(.*)\.$O:R: \1/\2.c<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + cd $stem1; $CC $CFLAGS $stem2.c<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + + </table> + + </table> + A correct way to deal with <a href="../man1/yacc.html"><i>yacc</i>(1)</a> grammars. The file <tt><font size=+1>lex.c</font></tt> includes + the file <tt><font size=+1>x.tab.h</font></tt> rather than <tt><font size=+1>y.tab.h</font></tt> in order to reflect changes + in content, not just modification time.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>lex.$O: x.tab.h<br> + x.tab.h: y.tab.h<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + cmp −s x.tab.h y.tab.h || cp y.tab.h x.tab.h<br> + + </table> + y.tab.c y.tab.h: gram.y<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + $YACC −d gram.y<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + + </table> + + </table> + The above example could also use the <tt><font size=+1>P</font></tt> attribute for the <tt><font size=+1>x.tab.h</font></tt> + rule:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>x.tab.h:Pcmp −s: y.tab.h<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + cp y.tab.h x.tab.h<br> + + </table> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/mk<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/sh.html"><i>sh</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A. Hume, “Mk: a Successor to Make” (Tenth Edition Research Unix + Manuals). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Andrew G. Hume and Bob Flandrena, “Maintaining Files on Plan 9 + with Mk”. DOCPREFIX/doc/mk.pdf<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>HISTORY </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Andrew Hume wrote <i>mk</i> for Tenth Edition Research Unix. It was later + ported to Plan 9. This software is a port of the Plan 9 version + back to Unix.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Identical recipes for regular expression meta-rules only have + one target. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Seemingly appropriate input like <tt><font size=+1>CFLAGS=−DHZ=60</font></tt> is parsed as an + erroneous attribute; correct it by inserting a space after the + first <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The recipes printed by <i>mk</i> before being passed to the shell for + execution are sometimes erroneously expanded for printing. Don’t + trust what’s printed; rely on what the shell does.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/mk9660.1 b/man/man1/mk9660.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d655cf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/mk9660.1 @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +.TH MK9660 1 +.SH NAME +dump9660, mk9660 \- create an ISO-9660 CD image +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B mk9660 +[ +.B -:D +] +[ +.B -9cjr +] +[ +.B -b +.I bootfile +] +[ +.B -p +.I proto +] +[ +.B -s +src +] +[ +.B -v +volume +] +.I image +.PP +.B dump9660 +[ +.B -:D +] +[ +.B -9cjr +] +[ +.B -p +.I proto +] +[ +.B -s +src +] +[ +.B -v +volume +] +[ +.B -m +.I maxsize +] +[ +.B -n +.I now +] +.I image +.SH DESCRIPTION +.I Mk9660 +writes to the random access file +.I image +an ISO-9660 CD image containing the +files named in +.I proto +(by default, +.BR \*9/proto/allproto ) +from the file tree +.I src +(by default, +the current directory). +The +.I proto +file is formatted as described in +.IR proto (3). +.PP +The created CD image will be in ISO-9660 +format, but by default the file names will +be stored in UTF-8 with no imposed length +or character restrictions. +The +.B -c +flag causes +.I mk9660 +to use only file names in ``8.3'' form +that use digits, letters, and underscore. +File names that do not conform are changed +to +.BI D nnnnnn +(for directories) +or +.BI F nnnnnn +(for files); +a key file +.B _CONFORM.MAP +is created in the root +directory to ease the reverse process. +.PP +If the +.B -9 +flag is given, the system use fields at the end of +each directory entry will be populated with +Plan directory information (owner, group, mode, +full name); this is interpreted by +.IR 9660srv . +.PP +If the +.B -j +flag is given, the usual directory tree is written, +but an additional tree in Microsoft Joliet format is +also added. +This second tree can contain long Unicode file names, +and can be read by +.I 9660srv +as well as most versions of Windows +and many Unix clones. +The characters +.BR * , +.BR : , +.BR ; , +.BR ? , +and +.B \e +are allowed in Plan 9 file names but not in Joliet file names; +non-conforming file names are translated +and a +.B _CONFORM.MAP +file written +as in the case of the +.B -c +option. +.PP +If the +.B -r +flag is given, Rock Ridge extensions are written in the +format of the system use sharing protocol; +this format provides Posix-style file metadata and is +common on Unix platforms. +.PP +The options +.BR -c , +.BR -9 , +.BR -j , +and +.B -r +may be mixed freely with the exception that +.B -9 +and +.B -r +are mutually exclusive. +.PP +The +.B -v +flag sets the volume title; +if unspecified, the base name of +.I proto +is used. +.PP +The +.B -: +flag causes +.B mk9660 +to replace colons in scanned file names with spaces; +this is the inverse of the map applied by Plan 9's +\fIdossrv\fR(4) +and is useful for writing Joliet CDs containing data +from FAT file systems. +.PP +The +.B -b +option creates a bootable CD. +Bootable CDs contain pointers to floppy images which are +loaded and booted by the BIOS. +.I Bootfile +should be the name of the floppy image to use; +it is a path relative to the root of the created CD. +That is, the boot floppy image must be listed in the +.I proto +file already: +the +.B -b +flag just creates a pointer to it. +.PP +The +.B -D +flag creates immense amounts of debugging output +on standard error. +.PP +.I Dump9660 +is similar in specification to +.I mk9660 +but creates and updates backup CD images in the style of +the +.I dump +file system +(see Plan 9's \fIfs\fR(4)). +The dump is file-based rather than block-based: +if a file's contents have not changed since the last +backup, only its directory entry will be rewritten. +.PP +The +.B -n +option specifies a time (in seconds since January 1, 1970) +to be used for naming the dump directory. +.PP +The +.B -m +option specifies a maximum size for the image; +if a backup would cause the image to grow larger than +.IR maxsize , +it will not be written, and +.I dump9660 +will exit with a non-empty status. +.SH EXAMPLE +.PP +Create an image of the Plan 9 source tree, +including a conformant ISO-9660 directory tree, +Plan 9 extensions in the system use fields, and +a Joliet directory tree. +.IP +.EX +mk9660 -9cj -s /n/bootes -p srcproto cdimage +.EE +.SH SOURCE +\*9/src/cmd/9660 +.SH "SEE ALSO +.IR proto (3) +.\" .SH "SEE ALSO" +.\" .I 9660srv +.\" (in +.\" .IR dossrv (4)), +.\" .IR cdfs (4), +.\" .IR proto (3) diff --git a/man/man1/mkdir.html b/man/man1/mkdir.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..489d8b91 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/mkdir.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<head> +<title>mkdir(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>MKDIR(1)</b><td align=right><b>MKDIR(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + mkdir – make a directory<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>mkdir</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> <i>mode</i> ] <i>dirname ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Mkdir</i> creates the specified directories. It requires write permission + in the parent directory. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> flag is given, <i>mkdir</i> creates any necessary parent directories + and does not complain if the target directory already exists. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> flag sets the permissions to be used when creating the + directory. The default is 0777.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/rm.html"><i>rm</i>(1)</a><br> + <i>cd</i> in <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/mkdir.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Mkdir</i> returns null exit status if all directories were successfully + made. Otherwise it prints a diagnostic and returns <tt><font size=+1>"error"</font></tt> status.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/namespace.html b/man/man1/namespace.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45ae83bc --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/namespace.html @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<head> +<title>namespace(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>NAMESPACE(1)</b><td align=right><b>NAMESPACE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + namespace – print name space directory<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>namespace<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Namespace</i> prints the directory representing the current name space. + See <a href="../man4/intro.html"><i>intro</i>(4)</a>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/namespace.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man3/getns.html"><i>getns</i>(3)</a>, <a href="../man4/intro.html"><i>intro</i>(4)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/news.html b/man/man1/news.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29cede42 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/news.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<head> +<title>news(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>NEWS(1)</b><td align=right><b>NEWS(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + news – print news items<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>news</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> ] [ <i>item ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + When invoked without options, this simple local news service prints + files that have appeared in <tt><font size=+1>/lib/news</font></tt> since last reading, most + recent first, with each preceded by an appropriate header. The + time of reading is recorded. The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> Print all items, regardless of currency. The recorded time is + not changed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> Report the names of the current items without printing their + contents, and without changing the recorded time. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Other arguments select particular news items. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + To post a news item, create a file in <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/news</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Empty news items, and news items named <tt><font size=+1>core</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>dead.letter</font></tt> are + ignored.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/news/*<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + articles<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>$HOME/lib/newstime<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + modify time is time news was last read who gets news mailed to + them<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/news.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/p.html b/man/man1/p.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2339d2f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/p.html @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<head> +<title>p(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>P(1)</b><td align=right><b>P(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + p – paginate<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>number</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>P</i> copies its standard input, or the named files if given, to its + standard output, stopping at the end of every 22nd line, and between + files, to wait for a newline from the user. The option sets the + <i>number</i> of lines on a page. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + While waiting for a newline, <i>p</i> interprets the commands:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> Pass the rest of the line to the shell as a command.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> Quit. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/p.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/page.html b/man/man1/page.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91b48993 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/page.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<head> +<title>page(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>PAGE(1)</b><td align=right><b>PAGE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + img, psv – view FAX, image, graphic, PostScript, PDF, and typesetter + output files<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>page</font></tt> [ <i>file</i>... ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>img</font></tt> <i>file.bit + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>psv</font></tt> <i>file.ps + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>psv</font></tt> <i>file.pdf<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Plan 9’s <a href="../man1/page.html"><i>page</i>(1)</a> is not ported. Instead, <i>page</i> is a script that + invokes <a href="../man1/qiv.html"><i>qiv</i>(1)</a> to view graphic files or <i>psv</i> to view PostScript + and PDF. On Mac OS X, <i>page</i> invokes Preview to handle all files. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Img</i> is a simple image viewer for Plan 9 images (see <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a>). + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Psv</i> is a PostScript and PDF viewer. It is a streamlined interface + to <a href="../man1/gv.html"><i>gv</i>(1)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + To view troff output, use <a href="../man1/proof.html"><i>proof</i>(1)</a>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/gs.html"><i>gs</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/gv.html"><i>gv</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/jpg.html"><i>jpg</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/proof.html"><i>proof</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/tex.html"><i>tex</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/img.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/psv<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + When using Preview on Mac OS X, <i>page</i> leaves temporary files in + <tt><font size=+1>/var/tmp</font></tt>, since it has no way to know when the viewer has exited. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Page</i> does not handle Plan 9 <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a> files; use <i>img</i> explicitly.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/pic.html b/man/man1/pic.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..acba241b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/pic.html @@ -0,0 +1,435 @@ +<head> +<title>pic(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>PIC(1)</b><td align=right><b>PIC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + pic, tpic – troff and tex preprocessors for drawing pictures<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>pic</font></tt> [ <i>files</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>tpic</font></tt> [ <i>files</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Pic</i> is a <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a> preprocessor for drawing figures on a typesetter. + <i>Pic</i> code is contained between <tt><font size=+1>.PS</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>.PE</font></tt> lines:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>.PS</font></tt> <i>optional-width optional-height<br> + element-list<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>.PE<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + or in a file mentioned in a <tt><font size=+1>.PS</font></tt> line:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>.PS <</font></tt><i>file + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + + </table> + If <i>optional-width</i> is present, the picture is made that many inches + wide, regardless of any dimensions used internally. The height + is scaled in the same proportion unless <i>optional-height</i> is present. + If <tt><font size=+1>.PF</font></tt> is used instead of <tt><font size=+1>.PE</font></tt>, the typesetting position after + printing is restored to what it was upon entry. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + An <i>element-list</i> is a list of elements:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>primitive attribute-list<br> + placename</i> <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> <i>element<br> + placename</i> <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> <i>position<br> + var</i> <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> <i>expr<br> + direction<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt> <i>element-list</i> <tt><font size=+1>}<br> + [</font></tt> <i>element-list</i> <tt><font size=+1>]<br> + for</font></tt> <i>var</i> <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>to</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>by</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>do {</font></tt> <i>anything</i> <tt><font size=+1>}<br> + if</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>then {</font></tt> <i>anything</i> <tt><font size=+1>} else {</font></tt> <i>anything</i> <tt><font size=+1>}<br> + copy</font></tt> <i>file, </i><tt><font size=+1> copy thru</font></tt> <i>macro, </i><tt><font size=+1> copy</font></tt> <i>file</i> <tt><font size=+1>thru</font></tt> <i>macro<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>sh {</font></tt> <i>commandline</i> <tt><font size=+1>}<br> + print</font></tt> <i>expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>reset</font></tt> <i>optional var-list<br> + troff-command<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + + </table> + Elements are separated by newlines or semicolons; a long element + may be continued by ending the line with a backslash. Comments + are introduced by a <tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt> and terminated by a newline. Variable names + begin with a lower case letter; place names begin with upper case. + Place and variable names retain their values from + one picture to the next. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + After each primitive the current position moves in the current + direction (<tt><font size=+1>up</font></tt>,<tt><font size=+1>down</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>left</font></tt>,<tt><font size=+1>right</font></tt> (default)) by the size of the primitive. + The current position and direction are saved upon entry to a <tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt>...<tt><font size=+1>}</font></tt> + block and restored upon exit. Elements within a block enclosed + in <tt><font size=+1>[</font></tt>...<tt><font size=+1>]</font></tt> are treated as a unit; the dimensions are + determined by the extreme points of the contained objects. Names, + variables, and direction of motion within a block are local to + that block. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Troff-command</i> is any line that begins with a period. Such a line + is assumed to make sense in the context where it appears; generally, + this means only size and font changes. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <i>primitive</i> objects are:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>box circle ellipse arc line arrow spline move </font></tt><i> text-list<br> + </i> + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>arrow</font></tt> is a synonym for <tt><font size=+1>line −></font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + An <i>attribute-list</i> is a sequence of zero or more attributes; each + attribute consists of a keyword, perhaps followed by a value.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>h(eigh)t</font></tt> <i>expr </i><tt><font size=+1> wid(th)</font></tt> <i>expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>rad(ius)</font></tt> <i>expr </i><tt><font size=+1> diam(eter)</font></tt> <i>expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>up</font></tt> <i>opt-expr </i><tt><font size=+1> down</font></tt> <i>opt-expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>right</font></tt> <i>opt-expr </i><tt><font size=+1> left</font></tt> <i>opt-expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>from</font></tt> <i>position </i><tt><font size=+1> to</font></tt> <i>position<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>at</font></tt> <i>position </i><tt><font size=+1> with</font></tt> <i>corner<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>by</font></tt> <i>expr, expr </i><tt><font size=+1> then<br> + dotted</font></tt> <i>opt-expr </i><tt><font size=+1> dashed</font></tt> <i>opt-expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>chop</font></tt> <i>opt-expr </i><tt><font size=+1> −> <− <−><br> + invis same<br> + fill</font></tt> <i>opt-expr<br> + text-list expr<br> + </i> + </table> + + </table> + Missing attributes and values are filled in from defaults. Not + all attributes make sense for all primitives; irrelevant ones + are silently ignored. The attribute <tt><font size=+1>at</font></tt> causes the geometrical + center to be put at the specified place; <tt><font size=+1>with</font></tt> causes the position + on the object to be put at the specified place. For lines, splines + and + arcs, <tt><font size=+1>height</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>width</font></tt> refer to arrowhead size. A bare <i>expr</i> implies + motion in the current direction. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Text is normally an attribute of some primitive; by default it + is placed at the geometrical center of the object. Stand-alone + text is also permitted. A text list is a list of text items:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>text-item</i><tt><font size=+1>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + "..." + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>positioning ...<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>sprintf("</font></tt><i>format</i><tt><font size=+1>",</font></tt> <i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>...</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> <i>positioning ...<br> + </i> + </table> + <i> positioning</i><tt><font size=+1>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + center ljust rjust above below<br> + + </table> + </font></tt> + </table> + If there are multiple text items for some primitive, they are + arranged vertically and centered except as qualified. Positioning + requests apply to each item independently. Text items may contain + <i>troff</i> commands for size and font changes, local motions, etc., + but make sure that these are balanced so that the entering state + is restored before exiting. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A position is ultimately an <i>x,y</i> coordinate pair, but it may be + specified in other ways.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>position</i><tt><font size=+1>:<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>expr, expr<br> + place </i><tt><font size=+1>±</font></tt> <i>expr, expr<br> + place </i><tt><font size=+1>± (</font></tt> <i>expr, expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>)<br> + (</font></tt> <i>position</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>position</i> <tt><font size=+1>) </font></tt><i> x</i> from one, <i>y</i> the other<br> + <i>expr</i> [<tt><font size=+1>of the way</font></tt>] between <i>position</i> and <i>position<br> + expr </i>< <i>position</i> , <i>position </i>><br> + ( <i>position</i> )<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + <i>place</i><tt><font size=+1>:<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>placename optional-corner<br> + corner</i> <tt><font size=+1>of</font></tt> <i>placename<br> + nth primitive optional-corner<br> + corner</i> <tt><font size=+1>of</font></tt> <i>nth primitive<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>Here<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + An <i>optional-corner</i> is one of the eight compass points or the center + or the start or end of a primitive.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>optional-corner</i><tt><font size=+1>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + .n .e .w .s .ne .se .nw .sw .c .start .end<br> + + </table> + </font></tt> <i>corner</i><tt><font size=+1>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + top bot left right start end<br> + + </table> + </font></tt> + </table> + Each object in a picture has an ordinal number; <i>nth</i> refers to + this.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>nth</i><tt><font size=+1>:<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>n</i><tt><font size=+1>th</font></tt><i>, n</i><tt><font size=+1>th last<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + + </table> + The built-in variables and their default values are:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>boxwid 0.75 boxht 0.5<br> + circlerad 0.25 arcrad 0.25<br> + ellipsewid 0.75 ellipseht 0.5<br> + linewid 0.5 lineht 0.5<br> + movewid 0.5 moveht 0.5<br> + textwid 0 textht 0<br> + arrowwid 0.05 arrowht 0.1<br> + dashwid 0.1 arrowhead 2<br> + scale 1<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + These may be changed at any time, and the new values remain in + force from picture to picture until changed again or reset by + a <tt><font size=+1>reset</font></tt> statement. Variables changed within <tt><font size=+1>[</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>]</font></tt> revert to + their previous value upon exit from the block. Dimensions are + divided by <tt><font size=+1>scale</font></tt> during output. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Expressions in <i>pic</i> are evaluated in floating point. All numbers + representing dimensions are taken to be in inches.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>:<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>expr op expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> <i>expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> <i>expr<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>)<br> + variable<br> + number<br> + </font></tt><i>place</i> <tt><font size=+1>.x </font></tt><i> place</i> <tt><font size=+1>.y </font></tt><i> place</i> <tt><font size=+1>.ht </font></tt><i> place</i> <tt><font size=+1>.wid </font></tt><i> place</i> <tt><font size=+1>.rad<br> + sin(</font></tt><i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>) cos(</font></tt><i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>) atan2(</font></tt><i>expr,expr</i><tt><font size=+1>) log(</font></tt><i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>) exp(</font></tt><i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + sqrt(</font></tt><i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>) max(</font></tt><i>expr,expr</i><tt><font size=+1>) min(</font></tt><i>expr,expr</i><tt><font size=+1>) int(</font></tt><i>expr</i><tt><font size=+1>) rand()<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + <i>op</i><tt><font size=+1>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + − * / % < <= > >= == != && ||<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + + </table> + + </table> + The <tt><font size=+1>define</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>undef</font></tt> statements are not part of the grammar.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>define</font></tt> <i>name</i> <tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt> <i>replacement text</i> <tt><font size=+1>}<br> + undef</font></tt> <i>name<br> + </i> + </table> + + </table> + Occurrences of <tt><font size=+1>$1</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>$2</font></tt>, etc., in the replacement text will be replaced + by the corresponding arguments if <i>name</i> is invoked as<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>name</i><tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt><i>arg1</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>arg2</i><tt><font size=+1>, ...)<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + Non-existent arguments are replaced by null strings. Replacement + text may contain newlines. The <tt><font size=+1>undef</font></tt> statement removes the definition + of a macro. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Tpic</i> is a <a href="../man1/tex.html"><i>tex</i>(1)</a> preprocessor that accepts <i>pic</i> language. It produces + Tex commands that define a box called <tt><font size=+1>\graph</font></tt>, which contains the + picture. The box may be output this way:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>\centerline{\box\graph}<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>arrow "input" above; box "process"; arrow "output" above<br> + move<br> + A: ellipse <br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + circle rad .1 with .w at A.e<br> + circle rad .05 at 0.5 <A.c, A.ne><br> + circle rad .065 at 0.5 <A.c, A.ne><br> + spline from last circle.nw left .25 then left .05 down .05<br> + arc from A.c to A.se rad 0.5<br> + for i = 1 to 10 do { line from A.s+.025*i,.01*i down i/50 } <br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + + </table> + arrow "input" above; box "process"; arrow "output" above move A: ellipse<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + circle rad .1 with .w at A.e<br> + circle rad .05 at 0.5 <A.c, A.ne><br> + circle rad .065 at 0.5 <A.c, A.ne><br> + spline from last circle.nw left .25 then left .05 down .05<br> + arc from A.c to A.se rad 0.5<br> + for i = 1 to 10 do { line from A.s+.025*i,.01*i down i/50 }<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/pic<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/grap.html"><i>grap</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/doctype.html"><i>doctype</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a><br> + B. W. Kernighan, “PIC--a Graphics Language for Typesetting”, <i>Unix + Research System Programmer’s Manual,</i> Tenth Edition, Volume 2<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/plot.html b/man/man1/plot.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b93d6d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/plot.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<head> +<title>plot(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>PLOT(1)</b><td align=right><b>PLOT(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + plot – graphics filter<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>plot</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Plot</i> interprets plotting instructions (see <a href="../man7/plot.html"><i>plot</i>(7)</a>) from the <i>files</i> + or standard input, drawing the results in a newly created <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a> + window. Plot persists until a newline is typed in the window. + Various options may be interspersed with the <i>file</i> arguments; they + take effect at the given point in processing. Options are: + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> Double buffer: accumulate the plot off-screen and write to the + screen all at once when an erase command is encountered or at + end of file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> Erase the screen.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>col</i> Set the foreground color (see <a href="../man7/plot.html"><i>plot</i>(7)</a> for color names).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>fill</i> Set the background color.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−g</font></tt> <i>grade</i> Set the quality factor for arcs. Higher grades give better + quality.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> <i>col</i> Set the pen color.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> Pause until a newline is typed on standard input.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−C</font></tt> Close the current plot.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−W x0,y0,x1,y1<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Specify the bounding rectangle of plot’s window. By default it + uses a 512x512 window in the middle of the screen.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/plot<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/plot.html"><i>plot</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/plumb.html b/man/man1/plumb.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a868f7a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/plumb.html @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<head> +<title>plumb(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>PLUMB(1)</b><td align=right><b>PLUMB(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + plumb – send message to plumber<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>plumb</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> <i>plumbfile</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> <i>attributes</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> <i>source</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>destination</i> + ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> <i>type</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> <i>directory</i> ] <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> | <i>data...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>plumb</i> command formats and sends a plumbing message whose data + is, by default, the concatenation of the argument strings separated + by blanks. The options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> write the message to <i>plumbfile</i> (default <tt><font size=+1>/mnt/plumb/send</font></tt>).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> set the <tt><font size=+1>attr</font></tt> field of the message (default is empty).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> set the <tt><font size=+1>src</font></tt> field of the message (default is <tt><font size=+1>plumb</font></tt>).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> set the <tt><font size=+1>dst</font></tt> field of the message (default is empty).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> set the <tt><font size=+1>type</font></tt> field of the message (default is <tt><font size=+1>text</font></tt>).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> set the <tt><font size=+1>wdir</font></tt> field of the message (default is the current working + directory of <i>plumb</i>).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> take the data from standard input rather than the argument strings. + If an <tt><font size=+1>action=</font></tt> attribute is not otherwise specified, <i>plumb</i> will + add an <tt><font size=+1>action=showdata</font></tt> attribute to the message.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>$HOME/lib/plumbing</font></tt> default rules file<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/plumb<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man3/plumb.html"><i>plumb</i>(3)</a>, <a href="../man4/plumber.html"><i>plumber</i>(4)</a>, <a href="../man7/plumb.html"><i>plumb</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/pr.html b/man/man1/pr.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca8772b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/pr.html @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<head> +<title>pr(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>PR(1)</b><td align=right><b>PR(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + pr – print file<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>pr</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Pr</i> produces a printed listing of one or more <i>files</i> on its standard + output. The output is separated into pages headed by a date, the + name of the file or a specified header, and the page number. With + no file arguments, <i>pr</i> prints its standard input. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Options apply to all following files but may be reset between + files:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>n</i> Produce <i>n</i>-column output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt><i>n</i> Begin printing with page <i>n</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> Balance columns on last page, in case of multi-column output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> Double space.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt><i>n</i> Set the tab stops for input text every <i>n</i> spaces.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−h</font></tt> Take the next argument as a page header (<i>file</i> by default).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt><i>n</i> Replace sequences of blanks in the output by tabs, using tab + stops set every <i>n</i> spaces.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> Use form feeds to separate pages.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt><i>n</i> Take the length of the page to be <i>n</i> lines instead of the default + 66.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> Print all <i>files</i> simultaneously, each in one column.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt><i>m</i> Number the lines of each <i>file</i>. The numeric argument <i>m</i>, default + 5, sets the width of the line-number field.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt><i>n</i> Offset the left margin <i>n</i> character positions.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> Pad each file printed to an odd number of pages. For two-sided + printers, this will ensure each file will start a new page.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt><i>c</i> Separate columns by the single character <i>c</i> instead of aligning + them with white space. A missing <i>c</i> is taken to be a tab.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> Do not print the 5-line header or the 5-line trailer normally + supplied for each page.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt><i>n</i> For multi-column output, take the width of the page to be <i>n</i> + characters instead of the default 72.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/pr.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/cat.html"><i>cat</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/lp.html"><i>lp</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/proof.html b/man/man1/proof.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a442fd71 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/proof.html @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +<head> +<title>proof(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>PROOF(1)</b><td align=right><b>PROOF(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + proof – troff output interpreter<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>proof</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt><i>mag</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−/</font></tt><i>nview</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−F</font></tt> <i>dir</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Proof</i> reads <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a> intermediate language from <i>file</i> or standard + input and simulates the resulting pages on the screen. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + After a page of text is displayed, <i>proof</i> pauses for a command + from the keyboard. The typed commands are:<br> + newlineGo on to next page of text.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> Go back to the previous page.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> Quit.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt><i>n</i> Print page <i>n</i>. An out-of-bounds page number means the end nearer + to that number; a missing number means the current page; a signed + number means an offset to the current page.<br> + <i>n</i> Same as <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt><i>n</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> Clear the screen, then wait for another command.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt><i>mag</i> Change the magnification at which the output is printed. Normally + it is printed with magnification .9; <i>mag</i>=.5 shrinks it to half + size; <i>mag</i>=2 doubles the size.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt><i>val</i> Move everything <i>val</i> screen pixels to the right (left, if <i>val</i> + is negative).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>y</font></tt><i>val</i> Move everything <i>val</i> screen pixels down (up, if <i>val</i> is negative).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>nview</i> Split the window into <i>nview</i> pieces. The current page goes + into the rightmost, bottommost piece, and previous pages are shown + in the other pieces.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−F</font></tt> <i>dir</i>Use <i>dir</i> for fonts instead of <tt><font size=+1>/lib/font/bit</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> Toggle the debug flag. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + These commands are also available, under slightly different form, + from a menu on button 3. The <tt><font size=+1>pan</font></tt> menu item allows arbitrary positioning + of the page: after selecting <tt><font size=+1>pan</font></tt>, press the mouse button again + and hold it down while moving the page to the desired location. + The page will be redisplayed in its entirety when + the button is released. Mouse button 1 also pans, without the + need for selecting from a menu. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>y</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>F</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> commands are also available as command + line options.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/font/*<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + fonts<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/font/MAP<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + how to convert troff output fonts and character names into screen + fonts and character numbers<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/proof<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/lp.html"><i>lp</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/gs.html"><i>gs</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/page.html"><i>page</i>(1)</a><br> + J. F. Ossanna and B. W. Kernighan, “Troff User’s Manual”<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/ps.html b/man/man1/ps.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf19c676 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/ps.html @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<head> +<title>ps(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>PS(1)</b><td align=right><b>PS(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + ps, psu – process status<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>ps</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−pa</font></tt> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>psu</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−pa</font></tt> ] [ <i>user</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Ps</i> prints information about processes. <i>Psu</i> prints only information + about processes started by <i>user</i> (default <tt><font size=+1>$USER</font></tt>). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + For each process reported, the user, process id, user time, system + time, size, state, and command name are printed. State is one + of the following:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Moribund</font></tt> Process has exited and is about to have its resources + reclaimed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Ready</font></tt> on the queue of processes ready to be run.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Scheding</font></tt> about to be run.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Running</font></tt> running.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Queueing</font></tt> waiting on a queue for a resource.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Wakeme</font></tt> waiting for I/O or some other kernel event to wake it up.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Broken</font></tt> dead of unnatural causes; lingering so that it can be examined.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Stopped</font></tt> stopped.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Stopwait</font></tt> waiting for another process to stop.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Fault</font></tt> servicing a page fault.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Idle</font></tt> waiting for something to do (kernel processes only).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>New</font></tt> being created.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Pageout</font></tt> paging out some other process.<br> + <i>Syscall</i> performing the named system call.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>no</font></tt> <i>resource</i> waiting for more of a critical <i>resource</i>.<br> + <i>wchan</i> waiting on the named wait channel (on a Unix kernel). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + With the <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> flag, <i>ps</i> also prints, after the system time, the baseline + and current priorities of each process. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> flag causes <i>ps</i> to print the arguments for the process. + Newlines in arguments will be translated to spaces for display.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/ps<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/psu<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/acid.html"><i>acid</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/db.html"><i>db</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/kill.html"><i>kill</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/psfonts.html b/man/man1/psfonts.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0510a81 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/psfonts.html @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +<head> +<title>psfonts(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>PSFONTS(1)</b><td align=right><b>PSFONTS(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + psfonts, psdownload – add necessary fonts to PostScript document + for printing<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>psfonts</font></tt> [ <i>files ...</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>psdownload</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>options</font></tt> ] [ <i>files ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Plan 9’s <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a> and <a href="../man1/tr2post.html"><i>tr2post</i>(1)</a> use non-standard PostScript fonts + (found in <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/postscript/font</font></tt>). Before sending PostScript + output from <i>tr2post</i> to a standard printer, code implementing the + non-standard fonts must be added to the PostScript. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Psfonts</i> copies <i>files</i> (or standard input) to standard output, adding + necessary PostScript fonts. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Psdownload</i> is the more general program used to implement <i>psfonts</i>. + The options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>comment<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Expect the fonts used in the document to be listed in a comment + beginning with this string (default <tt><font size=+1>%%DocumentFonts:</font></tt>).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>atend<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Expect extra fonts comments at the end of the document, so read + the entire input before starting output (by default this only + happens if a <tt><font size=+1>%%DocumentFonts: (atend)</font></tt> comment is encountered).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> <i>mapfile<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Use <i>mapfile</i> to translate from PostScript font names to files. + Each line in the map has two white space-separated fields: a font + name and the corresponding file. If <i>mapfile</i> is not a rooted path, + it is evaluated relative to the <i>fontdir</i> (see <tt><font size=+1>−H</font></tt> below).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> <i>printer<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set the name of the printer. This option is deprecated. Its only + effect is to override the <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> option, causing <i>fontdir</i><tt><font size=+1>/printers/</font></tt><i>printer</i> + to be used as the resident fonts list.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> <i>residentfonts<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Read a list of fonts assumed to be on the printer (not necessary + to re-download) from the file <i>residentfonts</i>. If <i>residentfonts</i> + is not a rooted path, it is evaluated relative to the <i>fontdir</i> + (see <tt><font size=+1>−H</font></tt> below).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−H</font></tt> <i>fontdir<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set the directory that is assumed to contain the PostScript fonts + and information about printers (see <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> above; default + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/postscript/font</font></tt>).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt> <i>tmpdir<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Use <i>tmpdir</i> for storing temporary files (default <tt><font size=+1>/var/tmp</font></tt>).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−D</font></tt> Produce copious amounts of debugging information on standard + error.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−I</font></tt> Continue running even after fatal errors occur.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + See <a href="../man1/tr2post.html"><i>tr2post</i>(1)</a> for an example.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/psfonts<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/postscript/download<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/tr2post.html"><i>tr2post</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/pwd.html b/man/man1/pwd.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab8b8c3d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/pwd.html @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +<head> +<title>pwd(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>PWD(1)</b><td align=right><b>PWD(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + pwd, pbd – working directory<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>pwd<br> + pbd<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Pwd</i> prints the path name of the working (current) directory. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Pbd</i> prints the base name of the working (current) directory. It + prints no final newline and is intended for applications such + as constructing shell prompts.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/pbd.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>cd</i> in <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man3/getwd.html"><i>getwd</i>(3)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Pwd</i> is not provided. Unix already provides one.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/rc.html b/man/man1/rc.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a599adfd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/rc.html @@ -0,0 +1,655 @@ +<head> +<title>rc(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>RC(1)</b><td align=right><b>RC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + rc, cd, eval, exec, exit, flag, rfork, shift, wait, whatis, ., + ~ – command language<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>rc</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−srdiIlxepvV</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−c command</font></tt> ] [ <i>file</i> [ <i>arg ...</i> ]]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Rc</i> is the Plan 9 shell. It executes command lines read from a + terminal or a file or, with the <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> flag, from <i>rc’s</i> argument list.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Command Lines </b></font><br> + A command line is a sequence of commands, separated by ampersands + or semicolons (<tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt>), terminated by a newline. The commands are + executed in sequence from left to right. <i>Rc</i> does not wait for + a command followed by <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt> to finish executing before starting the + following command. Whenever a command + followed by <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt> is executed, its process id is assigned to the <i>rc</i> + variable <tt><font size=+1>$apid</font></tt>. Whenever a command <i>not</i> followed by <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt> exits or is + terminated, the <i>rc</i> variable <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt> gets the process’s wait message + (see <a href="../man3/wait.html"><i>wait</i>(3)</a>); it will be the null string if the command was successful. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A long command line may be continued on subsequent lines by typing + a backslash (<tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt>) followed by a newline. This sequence is treated + as though it were a blank. Backslash is not otherwise a special + character. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A number-sign (<tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt>) and any following characters up to (but not + including) the next newline are ignored, except in quotation marks.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Simple Commands </b></font><br> + A simple command is a sequence of arguments interspersed with + I/O redirections. If the first argument is the name of an <i>rc</i> function + or of one of <i>rc’s</i> built-in commands, it is executed by <i>rc</i>. Otherwise + if the name starts with a slash (<tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>), it must be the path name + of the program to be executed. Names containing no + initial slash are searched for in a list of directory names stored + in <tt><font size=+1>$path</font></tt>. The first executable file of the given name found in + a directory in <tt><font size=+1>$path</font></tt> is the program to be executed. To be executable, + the user must have execute permission (see <a href="../man3/stat.html"><i>stat</i>(3)</a>) and the file + must be either an executable binary for the current + machine’s CPU type, or a shell script. Shell scripts begin with + a line containing the full path name of a shell (usually <tt><font size=+1>/bin/rc</font></tt>), + prefixed by <tt><font size=+1>#!</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The first word of a simple command cannot be a keyword unless + it is quoted or otherwise disguised. The keywords are<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>for in while if not switch fn ~ ! @<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Arguments and Variables </b></font><br> + A number of constructions may be used where <i>rc’s</i> syntax requires + an argument to appear. In many cases a construction’s value will + be a list of arguments rather than a single string. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The simplest kind of argument is the unquoted word: a sequence + of one or more characters none of which is a blank, tab, newline, + or any of the following:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1># ; & | ^ $ = ` ' { } ( ) < ><br> + </font></tt> + </table> + An unquoted word that contains any of the characters <tt><font size=+1>* ? [</font></tt> is + a pattern for matching against file names. The character <tt><font size=+1>*</font></tt> matches + any sequence of characters, <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt> matches any single character, and + <tt><font size=+1>[</font></tt><i>class</i><tt><font size=+1>]</font></tt> matches any character in the <i>class</i>. If the first character + of <i>class</i> is <tt><font size=+1>~</font></tt>, the class is complemented. The <i>class</i> may + also contain pairs of characters separated by <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>, standing for + all characters lexically between the two. The character <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> must + appear explicitly in a pattern, as must the first character of + the path name components <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>..</font></tt>. A pattern is replaced by a + list of arguments, one for each path name matched, except that + a + pattern matching no names is not replaced by the empty list, but + rather stands for itself. Pattern matching is done after all other + operations. Thus,<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>x=/tmp echo $x^/*.c<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + matches <tt><font size=+1>/tmp/*.c</font></tt>, rather than matching <tt><font size=+1>/*.c</font></tt> and then prefixing + <tt><font size=+1>/tmp</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A quoted word is a sequence of characters surrounded by single + quotes (<tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt>). A single quote is represented in a quoted word by + a pair of quotes (<tt><font size=+1>''</font></tt>). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Each of the following is an argument.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt><i>arguments</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The value of a sequence of arguments enclosed in parentheses is + a list comprising the members of each element of the sequence. + Argument lists have no recursive structure, although their syntax + may suggest it. The following are entirely equivalent:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>echo hi there everybody<br> + ((echo) (hi there) everybody)<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt><i>argument<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt><i>argument</i><tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt><i>subscript</i><tt><font size=+1>)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>argument</i> after the <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt> is the name of a variable whose value + is substituted. Multiple levels of indirection are possible, but + of questionable utility. Variable values are lists of strings. + If <i>argument</i> is a number <i>n</i>, the value is the <i>n</i>th element of <tt><font size=+1>$*</font></tt>, + unless <tt><font size=+1>$*</font></tt> doesn’t have <i>n</i> elements, in which case the value is + empty. If <i>argument</i> is followed by a parenthesized list of subscripts, + the value substituted is a list composed of the requested elements + (origin 1). The parenthesis must follow the variable name with + no spaces. Assignments to variables are described below.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>$#</font></tt><i>argument<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The value is the number of elements in the named variable. A variable + never assigned a value has zero elements.<br> + + </table> + $"<i>argument<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The value is a single string containing the components of the + named variable separated by spaces. A variable with zero elements + yields the empty string.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>`{</font></tt><i>command</i><tt><font size=+1>}<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>rc</i> executes the <i>command</i> and reads its standard output, splitting + it into a list of arguments, using characters in <tt><font size=+1>$ifs</font></tt> as separators. + If <tt><font size=+1>$ifs</font></tt> is not otherwise set, its value is <tt><font size=+1>' \t\n'</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1><{</font></tt><i>command</i><tt><font size=+1>}<br> + >{</font></tt><i>command</i><tt><font size=+1>}<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>command</i> is executed asynchronously with its standard output + or standard input connected to a pipe. The value of the argument + is the name of a file referring to the other end of the pipe. + This allows the construction of non-linear pipelines. For example, + the following runs two commands <tt><font size=+1>old</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>new + </font></tt>and uses <tt><font size=+1>cmp</font></tt> to compare their outputs<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cmp <{old} <{new}<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + + </table> + <i>argument</i><tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt><i>argument<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> operator concatenates its two operands. If the two operands + have the same number of components, they are concatenated pairwise. + If not, then one operand must have one component, and the other + must be non-empty, and concatenation is distributive.<br> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Free Carets </b></font><br> + In most circumstances, <i>rc</i> will insert the <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> operator automatically + between words that are not separated by white space. Whenever + one of <tt><font size=+1>$ ' `</font></tt> follows a quoted or unquoted word or an unquoted + word follows a quoted word with no intervening blanks or tabs, + a <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> is inserted between the two. If an unquoted word + immediately follows a <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt> and contains a character other than an + alphanumeric, underscore, or <tt><font size=+1>*</font></tt>, a <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> is inserted before the first + such character. Thus<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cc −$flags $stem.c + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + is equivalent to<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>cc −^$flags $stem^.c<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>I/O Redirections </b></font><br> + The sequence <tt><font size=+1>></font></tt><i>file</i> redirects the standard output file (file descriptor + 1, normally the terminal) to the named <i>file</i>; <tt><font size=+1>>></font></tt><i>file</i> appends standard + output to the file. The standard input file (file descriptor 0, + also normally the terminal) may be redirected from a file by the + sequence <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt><i>file</i>, or from an inline ‘here document’ by the + sequence <tt><font size=+1><<</font></tt><i>eof-marker</i>. The contents of a here document are lines + of text taken from the command input stream up to a line containing + nothing but the <i>eof-marker</i>, which may be either a quoted or unquoted + word. If <i>eof-marker</i> is unquoted, variable names of the form <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt><i>word</i> + have their values substituted from <i>rc’s + </i>environment. If <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt><i>word</i> is followed by a caret (<tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt>), the caret is + deleted. If <i>eof-marker</i> is quoted, no substitution occurs. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Redirections may be applied to a file-descriptor other than standard + input or output by qualifying the redirection operator with a + number in square brackets. For example, the diagnostic output + (file descriptor 2) may be redirected by writing <tt><font size=+1>cc junk.c >[2]junk</font></tt>. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A file descriptor may be redirected to an already open descriptor + by writing <tt><font size=+1>>[</font></tt><i>fd0</i><tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt><i>fd1</i><tt><font size=+1>]</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1><[</font></tt><i>fd0</i><tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt><i>fd1</i><tt><font size=+1>]</font></tt>. <i>Fd1</i> is a previously opened + file descriptor and <i>fd0</i> becomes a new copy (in the sense of <a href="../man3/dup.html"><i>dup</i>(3)</a>) + of it. A file descriptor may be closed by writing <tt><font size=+1>>[</font></tt><i>fd0</i><tt><font size=+1>=]</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1><[</font></tt><i>fd0</i><tt><font size=+1>=]</font></tt>. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Redirections are executed from left to right. Therefore, <tt><font size=+1>cc junk.c + >/dev/null >[2=1]</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>cc junk.c >[2=1] >/dev/null</font></tt> have different effects: + the first puts standard output in <tt><font size=+1>/dev/null</font></tt> and then puts diagnostic + output in the same place, where the second directs diagnostic + output to the + terminal and sends standard output to <tt><font size=+1>/dev/null</font></tt>.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Compound Commands </b></font><br> + A pair of commands separated by a pipe operator (<tt><font size=+1>|</font></tt>) is a command. + The standard output of the left command is sent through a pipe + to the standard input of the right command. The pipe operator + may be decorated to use different file descriptors. <tt><font size=+1>|[</font></tt><i>fd</i><tt><font size=+1>]</font></tt> connects + the output end of the pipe to file descriptor <i>fd</i> rather + than 1. <tt><font size=+1>|[</font></tt><i>fd0</i><tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt><i>fd1</i><tt><font size=+1>]</font></tt> connects output to <i>fd1</i> of the left command + and input to <i>fd0</i> of the right command. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A pair of commands separated by <tt><font size=+1>&&</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>||</font></tt> is a command. In either + case, the left command is executed and its exit status examined. + If the operator is <tt><font size=+1>&&</font></tt> the right command is executed if the left + command’s status is null. <tt><font size=+1>||</font></tt> causes the right command to be executed + if the left command’s status is non-null. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The exit status of a command may be inverted (non-null is changed + to null, null is changed to non-null) by preceding it with a <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt>. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>|</font></tt> operator has highest precedence, and is left-associative + (i.e. binds tighter to the left than the right). <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> has intermediate + precedence, and <tt><font size=+1>&&</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>||</font></tt> have the lowest precedence. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The unary <tt><font size=+1>@</font></tt> operator, with precedence equal to <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt>, causes its operand + to be executed in a subshell. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Each of the following is a command.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>if (</font></tt> <i>list</i> <tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A <i>list</i> is a sequence of commands, separated by <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt>, or newline. + It is executed and if its exit status is null, the <i>command</i> is + executed.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>if not</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The immediately preceding command must have been <tt><font size=+1>if(</font></tt><i>list</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> <i>command</i>. + If its condition was non-zero, the <i>command</i> is executed.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>for(</font></tt><i>name</i> <tt><font size=+1>in</font></tt> <i>arguments</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>for(</font></tt><i>name</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>command</i> is executed once for each <i>argument</i> with that argument + assigned to <i>name</i>. If the argument list is omitted, <tt><font size=+1>$*</font></tt> is used.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>while(</font></tt><i>list</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>list</i> is executed repeatedly until its exit status is non-null. + Each time it returns null status, the <i>command</i> is executed. An + empty <i>list</i> is taken to give null status.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>switch(</font></tt><i>argument</i><tt><font size=+1>){</font></tt><i>list</i><tt><font size=+1>}<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>list</i> is searched for simple commands beginning with the word + <tt><font size=+1>case</font></tt>. (The search is only at the ‘top level’ of the <i>list</i>. That + is, <tt><font size=+1>cases</font></tt> in nested constructs are not found.) <i>Argument</i> is matched + against each word following <tt><font size=+1>case</font></tt> using the pattern-matching algorithm + described above, except that <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> and the + first characters of <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>..</font></tt> need not be matched explicitly. When + a match is found, commands in the list are executed up to the + next following <tt><font size=+1>case</font></tt> command (at the top level) or the closing + brace.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt><i>list</i><tt><font size=+1>}<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Braces serve to alter the grouping of commands implied by operator + priorities. The <i>body</i> is a sequence of commands separated by <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt>, or newline.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>fn</font></tt> <i>name</i><tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt><i>list</i><tt><font size=+1>}<br> + fn</font></tt> <i>name<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The first form defines a function with the given <i>name</i>. Subsequently, + whenever a command whose first argument is <i>name</i> is encountered, + the current value of the remainder of the command’s argument list + will be assigned to <tt><font size=+1>$*</font></tt>, after saving its current value, and <i>rc</i> + will execute the <i>list</i>. The second form removes + <i>name</i>’s function definition.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>fn</font></tt> <i>note</i><tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt><i>list</i><tt><font size=+1>}<br> + fn</font></tt> <i>note<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A function with a special name will be called when <i>rc</i> receives + a corresponding note; see <a href="../man3/notify.html"><i>notify</i>(3)</a>. The valid note names (and + corresponding notes) are <tt><font size=+1>sighup</font></tt> (<tt><font size=+1>hangup</font></tt>), <tt><font size=+1>sigint</font></tt> (<tt><font size=+1>interrupt</font></tt>), + <tt><font size=+1>sigalrm</font></tt> (<tt><font size=+1>alarm</font></tt>), and <tt><font size=+1>sigfpe</font></tt> (floating point trap). By default + <i>rc</i> exits on receiving any signal, except when + run interactively, in which case interrupts and quits normally + cause <i>rc</i> to stop whatever it’s doing and start reading a new command. + The second form causes <i>rc</i> to handle a signal in the default manner. + <i>Rc</i> recognizes an artificial note, <tt><font size=+1>sigexit</font></tt>, which occurs when <i>rc</i> + is about to finish executing. + + </table> + <i>name</i><tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt><i>argument command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Any command may be preceded by a sequence of assignments interspersed + with redirections. The assignments remain in effect until the + end of the command, unless the command is empty (i.e. the assignments + stand alone), in which case they are effective until rescinded + by later assignments. + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Built-in Commands </b></font><br> + These commands are executed internally by <i>rc</i>, usually because + their execution changes or depends on <i>rc</i>’s internal state.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> <i>file ...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Execute commands from <i>file</i>. <tt><font size=+1>$*</font></tt> is set for the duration to the + remainder of the argument list following <i>file</i>. <i>File</i> is searched + for using <tt><font size=+1>$path</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>builtin</font></tt> <i>command ...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Execute <i>command</i> as usual except that any function named <i>command</i> + is ignored in favor of the built-in meaning.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>cd [</font></tt><i>dir</i><tt><font size=+1>]<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Change the current directory to <i>dir</i>. The default argument is <tt><font size=+1>$home</font></tt>. + <i>dir</i> is searched for in each of the directories mentioned in <tt><font size=+1>$cdpath</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>eval [</font></tt><i>arg ...</i><tt><font size=+1>]<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The arguments are concatenated separated by spaces into a single + string, read as input to <i>rc</i>, and executed.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>exec [</font></tt><i>command ...</i><tt><font size=+1>]<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + This instance of <i>rc</i> replaces itself with the given (non-built-in) + <i>command</i>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>flag</font></tt> <i>f</i> <tt><font size=+1>[+−]<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Either set (<tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt>), clear (<tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>), or test (neither <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> nor <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>) the flag + <i>f</i>, where <i>f</i> is a single character, one of the command line flags + (see Invocation, below).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>exit [</font></tt><i>status</i><tt><font size=+1>]<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Exit with the given exit status. If none is given, the current + value of <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt> is used.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>rfork</font></tt> [<tt><font size=+1>nNeEsfFm</font></tt>]<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Become a new process group using <tt><font size=+1>rfork(</font></tt><i>flags</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> where <i>flags</i> is composed + of the bitwise OR of the <tt><font size=+1>rfork</font></tt> flags specified by the option letters + (see <a href="../man2/fork.html"><i>fork</i>(2)</a>). If no <i>flags</i> are given, they default to <tt><font size=+1>ens</font></tt>. The + <i>flags</i> and their meanings are: <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt> is <tt><font size=+1>RFNAMEG</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>N</font></tt> is <tt><font size=+1>RFCNAMEG</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> is + <tt><font size=+1>RFENVG</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>E</font></tt> is <tt><font size=+1>RFCENVG</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt> is + <tt><font size=+1>RFNOTEG</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>f</font></tt> is <tt><font size=+1>RFFDG</font></tt>; <tt><font size=+1>F</font></tt> is <tt><font size=+1>RFCFDG</font></tt>; and <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt> is <tt><font size=+1>RFNOMNT</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>shift [</font></tt><i>n</i><tt><font size=+1>]<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Delete the first <i>n</i> (default 1) elements of <tt><font size=+1>$*</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>wait [</font></tt><i>pid</i><tt><font size=+1>]<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Wait for the process with the given <i>pid</i> to exit. If no <i>pid</i> is + given, all outstanding processes are waited for.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>whatis</font></tt> <i>name ...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the value of each <i>name</i> in a form suitable for input to <i>rc</i>. + The output is an assignment to any variable, the definition of + any function, a call to <tt><font size=+1>builtin</font></tt> for any built-in command, or the + completed pathname of any executable file.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>~</font></tt> <i>subject pattern ...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>subject</i> is matched against each <i>pattern</i> in sequence. If it + matches any pattern, <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt> is set to zero. Otherwise, <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt> + is set to one. Patterns are the same as for file name matching, + except that <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> and the first character of <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>..</font></tt> need not be + matched explicitly. The <i>patterns</i> are not subjected to + file name matching before the <tt><font size=+1>~</font></tt> command is executed, so they need + not be enclosed in quotation marks.<br> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Environment </b></font><br> + The <i>environment</i> is a list of strings made available to executing + binaries by the kernel. <i>Rc</i> creates an environment entry for each + variable whose value is non-empty, and for each function. The + string for a variable entry has the variable’s name followed by + <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> and its value. If the value has more than one component, + these are separated by SOH (001) characters. The string for a + function is just the <i>rc</i> input that defines the function. The name + of a function in the environment is the function name preceded + by <tt><font size=+1>fn#</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + When <i>rc</i> starts executing it reads variable and function definitions + from its environment.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Special Variables </b></font><br> + The following variables are set or used by <i>rc</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$*</font></tt> Set to <i>rc</i>’s argument list during initialization. Whenever a + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> command or a function is executed, the current value is saved + and <tt><font size=+1>$*</font></tt> receives the new argument list. The saved value is restored + on completion of the <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> or function.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$apid</font></tt> Whenever a process is started asynchronously with <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>$apid</font></tt> + is set to its process id.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$home</font></tt> The default directory for <tt><font size=+1>cd</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$ifs</font></tt> The input field separators used in backquote substitutions. + If <tt><font size=+1>$ifs</font></tt> is not set in <i>rc</i>’s environment, it is initialized to blank, + tab and newline.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$path</font></tt> The search path used to find commands and input files for + the <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> command. If not set in the environment, it is initialized + by parsing the <tt><font size=+1>$PATH</font></tt> variable (as in <a href="../man1/sh.html"><i>sh</i>(1)</a>) or by <tt><font size=+1>path=(. /bin)</font></tt>. + The variables <tt><font size=+1>$path</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>$PATH</font></tt> are maintained together: changes + to one will be reflected in the other. + <tt><font size=+1>$pid</font></tt> Set during initialization to <i>rc</i>’s process id.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$prompt</font></tt> When <i>rc</i> is run interactively, the first component of <tt><font size=+1>$prompt</font></tt> + is printed before reading each command. The second component is + printed whenever a newline is typed and more lines are required + to complete the command. If not set in the environment, it is + initialized by <tt><font size=+1>prompt=('% ' ' ')</font></tt>. + <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt> Set to the wait message of the last-executed program. (unless + started with <tt><font size=+1>&). !</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>~</font></tt> also change <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt>. Its value is used + to control execution in <tt><font size=+1>&&</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>||</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>if</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>while</font></tt> commands. When <i>rc</i> exits + at end-of-file of its input or on executing an <tt><font size=+1>exit</font></tt> command with + no argument, <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt> is its + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + exit status.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Invocation </b></font><br> + If <i>rc</i> is started with no arguments it reads commands from standard + input. Otherwise its first non-flag argument is the name of a + file from which to read commands (but see <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> below). Subsequent + arguments become the initial value of <tt><font size=+1>$*</font></tt>. <i>Rc</i> accepts the following + command-line flags.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>string</i> Commands are read from <i>string</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> Print out exit status after any command where the status is + non-null.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> Exit if <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt> is non-null after executing a simple command.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> If <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> is present, or <i>rc</i> is given no arguments and its standard + input is a terminal, it runs interactively. Commands are prompted + for using <tt><font size=+1>$prompt</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−I</font></tt> Makes sure <i>rc</i> is not run interactively.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> If <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> is given or the first character of argument zero is <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>, + <i>rc</i> reads commands from <tt><font size=+1>$home/lib/profile</font></tt>, if it exists, before + reading its normal input.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> A no-op.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> A no-op.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> Echo input on file descriptor 2 as it is read.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> Print each simple command before executing it.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> Print debugging information (internal form of commands as they + are executed).<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/rc<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Tom Duff, “Rc – The Plan 9 Shell”.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + There should be a way to match patterns against whole lists rather + than just single strings. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Using <tt><font size=+1>~</font></tt> to check the value of <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt> changes <tt><font size=+1>$status</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Functions that use here documents don’t work. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Free carets don’t get inserted next to keywords. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1><{</font></tt><i>command</i><tt><font size=+1>}</font></tt> syntax depends on the underlying operating system + providing a file descriptor device tree at <tt><font size=+1>/dev/fd</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + By default, FreeBSD 5 does not provide file descriptors greater + than 2 in <tt><font size=+1>/dev/fd</font></tt>. To fix this, add<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + to <tt><font size=+1>/etc/fstab</font></tt>, and then <tt><font size=+1>mount /dev/fd</font></tt>. (Adding the line to <tt><font size=+1>fstab</font></tt> + ensures causes FreeBSD to mount the file system automatically + at boot time.)<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/rio.html b/man/man1/rio.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad3f9adc --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/rio.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +<head> +<title>rio(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>RIO(1)</b><td align=right><b>RIO(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + rio – rio-like Window Manager for X<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>rio</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>–font</font></tt> <i>fontname</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>–grey</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>–s</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>–term</font></tt> <i>termprog</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>–version</font></tt> + ] [ <tt><font size=+1>–virtuals</font></tt> <i>num</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>exit</font></tt> | <tt><font size=+1>restart</font></tt> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Rio</i> is a window manager for X which attempts to emulate the window + management policies of Plan 9’s <i>rio</i> window manager. Rio is derived + from David Hogan’s 8½. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>–grey</font></tt> option makes the background stippled grey, the default + X11 background, instead of solid grey, the Plan 9 background. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>–font</font></tt> option sets the font in <i>rio</i>’s menu to <i>fname</i>, overriding + the default. Unlike the other programs in the Plan 9 ports, rio + expects this font to be an X11 font rather than a Plan 9 font. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>–term</font></tt> option specifies an alternative program to run when the + <i>New</i> menu item is selected. The default is to try <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a> and + then to fall back to <a href="../man1/xterm.html"><i>xterm</i>(1)</a>. The <tt><font size=+1>–s</font></tt> option causes <i>rio</i> to add + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> to <i>9term</i>’s command-line, starting the window in scrolling mode. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>–version</font></tt> option prints the current version on standard error, + then exits. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>–virtuals</font></tt> option sets the number of virtual screens (the default + is 1, and the maximum is 12). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the argument <tt><font size=+1>exit</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>restart</font></tt> is given, it is sent to an already-running + <i>rio</i>, causing the extant <i>rio</i> to exit or restart.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Using rio </b></font><br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + One window is <i>current</i>, and is indicated with a dark border and + text; characters typed on the keyboard are available in the <tt><font size=+1>/dev/cons</font></tt> + file of the process in the current window. Characters written + on <tt><font size=+1>/dev/cons</font></tt> appear asynchronously in the associated window whether + or not the window is current. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Windows are created, deleted and rearranged using the mouse. Clicking + (pressing and releasing) mouse button 1 in a non-current window + makes that window current and brings it in front of any windows + that happen to be overlapping it. When the mouse cursor points + to the background area or is in a window that has + not claimed the mouse for its own use, pressing mouse button 3 + activates a menu of window operations provided by <i>rio</i>. Releasing + button 3 then selects an operation. At this point, a gunsight + or cross cursor indicates that an operation is pending. The button + 3 menu operations are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>New</font></tt> Create a window. Press button 3 where one corner of the new + rectangle should appear (cross cursor), and move the mouse, while + holding down button 3, to the diagonally opposite corner. Releasing + button 3 creates the window, and makes it current. Very small + windows may not be created. The new + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + window is created running <i>termprog</i>, by default <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a> or, if + <i>9term</i> is not available, <a href="../man1/xterm.html"><i>xterm</i>(1)</a>.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>Resize</font></tt> Change the size and location of a window. First click button + 3 in the window to be changed (gunsight cursor). Then sweep out + a window as for the <tt><font size=+1>New</font></tt> operation. The window is made current.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Move</font></tt> Move a window to another location. After pressing and holding + button 3 over the window to be moved (gunsight cursor), indicate + the new position by dragging the rectangle to the new location. + The window is made current. Windows may be moved partially off-screen.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Delete</font></tt> Delete a window. Click in the window to be deleted (gunsight + cursor). Deleting a window causes a <tt><font size=+1>hangup</font></tt> note to be sent to + all processes in the window’s process group (see <a href="../man3/notify.html"><i>notify</i>(3)</a>).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>Hide</font></tt> Hide a window. Click in the window to be hidden (gunsight + cursor); it will be moved off-screen. Each hidden window is given + a menu entry in the button 3 menu according to its current window + system label.<br> + <i>label</i> Restore a hidden window. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Windows may also be arranged by dragging their borders. Pressing + button 1 or 2 over a window’s border allows one to move the corresponding + edge or corner, while button 3 moves the whole window. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + When the mouse cursor points to the background area and <i>rio</i> has + been started with multiple virtual screens using the <tt><font size=+1>–virtuals</font></tt> + option, clicking button 2 brings up a menu to select a virtual + screen to view. Scrolling the mouse wheel while the cursor points + at the background will cycle through the virtual screens. + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + In Plan 9’s <i>rio</i>, clicking button 2 or button 3 to select a window + also sends that event to the window itself. This <i>rio</i> does not. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The command-line syntax is non-standard. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + In Plan 9’s <i>rio</i>, newly started applications take over the current + window. This <i>rio</i> starts a new window for each program. (In X11, + it appears to be impossible to know which window starts a particular + program.) + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + There is a currently a compiled-in limit of 128 hidden windows.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/xterm.html"><i>xterm</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/rm.html b/man/man1/rm.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a19b3d3c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/rm.html @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<head> +<title>rm(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>RM(1)</b><td align=right><b>RM(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + rm – remove files<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>rm</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−fr</font></tt> ] <i>file ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Rm</i> removes files or directories. A directory is removed only if + it is empty. Removal of a file requires write permission in its + directory, but neither read nor write permission on the file itself. + The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> Don’t report files that can’t be removed.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> Recursively delete the entire contents of a directory and the + directory itself.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/rm.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man3/remove.html"><i>remove</i>(3)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/sam.html b/man/man1/sam.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c27afa63 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/sam.html @@ -0,0 +1,577 @@ +<head> +<title>sam(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SAM(1)</b><td align=right><b>SAM(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + sam, B, E, sam.save, samterm, samsave – screen editor with structural + regular expressions<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>sam</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>files</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>sam −r</font></tt> <i>machine + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>sam.save + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + <tt><font size=+1>B</font></tt> <i>file</i>[<tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt><i>line</i>] ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>E</font></tt> <i>file<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Sam</i> is a multi-file editor. It modifies a local copy of an external + file. The copy is here called a <i>file</i>. The files are listed in + a menu available through mouse button 3 or the <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt> command. Each + file has an associated name, usually the name of the external + file from which it was read, and a ‘modified’ bit that indicates + whether the editor’s file agrees with the external file. The external + file is not read into the editor’s file until it first becomes + the current file--that to which editing commands apply--whereupon + its menu entry is printed. The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> Do not ‘download’ the terminal part of <i>sam</i>. Editing will be + done with the command language only, as in <a href="../man1/ed.html"><i>ed</i>(1)</a>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> <i>machine</i> Run the host part remotely on the specified machine, + the terminal part locally.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> <i>path</i> Start the host part from the specified file on the remote + host. Only meaningful with the <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> option.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> <i>path</i> Start the terminal part from the specified file. Useful + for debugging.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Regular expressions </b></font><br> + Regular expressions are as in <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a> with the addition of <tt><font size=+1>\n</font></tt> + to represent newlines. A regular expression may never contain + a literal newline character. The empty regular expression stands + for the last complete expression encountered. A regular expression + in <i>sam</i> matches the longest leftmost substring formally + matched by the expression. Searching in the reverse direction + is equivalent to searching backwards with the catenation operations + reversed in the expression.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Addresses </b></font><br> + An address identifies a substring in a file. In the following, + ‘character <i>n</i>’ means the null string after the <i>n</i>-th character in + the file, with 1 the first character in the file. ‘Line <i>n</i>’ means + the <i>n</i>-th match, starting at the beginning of the file, of the + regular expression <tt><font size=+1>.*\n?</font></tt>. All files always have a current substring, + called + dot, that is the default address.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Simple Addresses </b></font><br> + <tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt><i>n</i> The empty string after character <i>n</i>; <tt><font size=+1>#0</font></tt> is the beginning of the + file.<br> + <i>n</i> Line <i>n</i>; <tt><font size=+1>0</font></tt> is the beginning of the file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/<br> + ?</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>?<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The substring that matches the regular expression, found by looking + toward the end (<tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>) or beginning (<tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt>) of the file, and if necessary + continuing the search from the other end to the starting point + of the search. The matched substring may straddle the starting + point. When entering a pattern containing a literal + question mark for a backward search, the question mark should + be specified as a member of a class.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>0</font></tt> The string before the first full line. This is not necessarily + the null string; see <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> below.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt> The null string at the end of the file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> Dot.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt> The mark in the file (see the <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> command below).<br> + "<i>regexp</i>"<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Preceding a simple address (default <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt>), refers to the address + evaluated in the unique file whose menu line matches the regular + expression.<br> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Compound Addresses </b></font><br> + In the following, <i>a1</i> and <i>a2</i> are addresses.<br> + <i>a1</i><tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt><i>a2</i> The address <i>a2</i> evaluated starting at the end of <i>a1</i>.<br> + <i>a1</i><tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>a2</i> The address <i>a2</i> evaluated looking in the reverse direction + starting at the beginning of <i>a1</i>.<br> + <i>a1</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>a2</i> The substring from the beginning of <i>a1</i> to the end of <i>a2</i>. + If <i>a1</i> is missing, <tt><font size=+1>0</font></tt> is substituted. If <i>a2</i> is missing, <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt> is substituted.<br> + <i>a1</i><tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt><i>a2</i> Like <i>a1</i><tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt><i>a2</i>, but with <i>a2</i> evaluated at the end of, and dot + set to, <i>a1</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The operators <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> are high precedence, while <tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt> are low + precedence. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + In both <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> forms, if <i>a2</i> is a line or character address with + a missing number, the number defaults to 1. If <i>a1</i> is missing, + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> is substituted. If both <i>a1</i> and <i>a2</i> are present and distinguishable, + <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> may be elided. <i>a2</i> may be a regular expression; if it is delimited + by <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt>’s, the effect of the <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> is reversed. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + It is an error for a compound address to represent a malformed + substring. Some useful idioms: <i>a1</i><tt><font size=+1>+−</font></tt> (<i>a1</i>-+) selects the line containing + the end (beginning) of a1. <tt><font size=+1>0/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> locates the first match of + the expression in the file. (The form <tt><font size=+1>0;//</font></tt> sets dot unnecessarily.) + <tt><font size=+1>./</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>///</font></tt> finds the second following + occurrence of the expression, and <tt><font size=+1>.,/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> extends dot.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Commands </b></font><br> + In the following, text demarcated by slashes represents text delimited + by any printable character except alphanumerics. Any number of + trailing delimiters may be elided, with multiple elisions then + representing null strings, but the first delimiter must always + be present. In any delimited text, newline may not appear + literally; <tt><font size=+1>\n</font></tt> may be typed for newline; and <tt><font size=+1>\/</font></tt> quotes the delimiter, + here <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>. Backslash is otherwise interpreted literally, except in + <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt> commands. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Most commands may be prefixed by an address to indicate their + range of operation. Those that may not are marked with a <tt><font size=+1>*</font></tt> below. + If a command takes an address and none is supplied, dot is used. + The sole exception is the <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> command, which defaults to <tt><font size=+1>0,$</font></tt>. In + the description, ‘range’ is used to represent whatever + address is supplied. Many commands set the value of dot as a side + effect. If so, it is always set to the ‘result’ of the change: + the empty string for a deletion, the new text for an insertion, + etc. (but see the <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> commands).<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Text commands </b></font><br> + <tt><font size=+1>a/</font></tt><i>text</i><tt><font size=+1>/<br> + </font></tt>or<br> + <tt><font size=+1>a<br> + </font></tt><i>lines of text<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> Insert the text into the file after the range. Set dot.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c<br> + i</font></tt> Same as <tt><font size=+1>a</font></tt>, but <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt> replaces the text, while <tt><font size=+1>i</font></tt> inserts <i>before</i> the + range.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> Delete the text in the range. Set dot.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>s/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>text</i><tt><font size=+1>/<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Substitute <i>text</i> for the first match to the regular expression + in the range. Set dot to the modified range. In <i>text</i> the character + <tt><font size=+1>&</font></tt> stands for the string that matched the expression. Backslash + behaves as usual unless followed by a digit: <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt><i>d</i> stands for the + string that matched the subexpression begun by the <i>d</i>-th left + parenthesis. If <i>s</i> is followed immediately by a number <i>n</i>, as in + <tt><font size=+1>s2/x/y/</font></tt>, the <i>n</i>-th match in the range is substituted. If the command + is followed by a <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt>, as in <tt><font size=+1>s/x/y/g</font></tt>, all matches in the range are + substituted.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt> <i>a1<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt> <i>a1</i> Move (<tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt>) or copy (<tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt>) the range to after <i>a1</i>. Set dot.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Display commands </b></font><br> + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> Print the text in the range. Set dot.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> Print the line address and character address of the range.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>=#</font></tt> Print just the character address of the range.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>File commands </b></font><br> + * <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt> <i>file-list<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set the current file to the first file named in the list that + <i>sam</i> also has in its menu. The list may be expressed <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt><i>Plan 9 command</i> + in which case the file names are taken as words (in the shell + sense) generated by the Plan 9 command.<br> + + </table> + * <tt><font size=+1>B</font></tt> <i>file-list<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Same as <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt>, except that file names not in the menu are entered + there, and all file names in the list are examined.<br> + + </table> + * <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt> Print a menu of files. The format is:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt> or blankindicating the file is modified or clean,<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt> indicating the file is unread or has been read (in the terminal, + <tt><font size=+1>*</font></tt> means more than one window is open),<br> + <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> or blankindicating the current file,<br> + a blank,<br> + and the file name.<br> + + </table> + * <tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt> <i>file-list<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Delete the named files from the menu. If no files are named, the + current file is deleted. It is an error to <tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt> a modified file, + but a subsequent <tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt> will delete such a file.<br> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>I/O Commands </b></font><br> + * <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Replace the file by the contents of the named external file. Set + dot to the beginning of the file.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt> <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Replace the text in the range by the contents of the named external + file. Set dot.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Write the range (default <tt><font size=+1>0,$</font></tt>) to the named external file.<br> + + </table> + * <tt><font size=+1>f</font></tt> <i>filename<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set the file name and print the resulting menu entry. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + If the file name is absent from any of these, the current file + name is used. <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt> always sets the file name; <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> do so if the + file has no name.<br> + <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt> <i>Plan 9-command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Replace the range by the standard output of the Plan 9 command.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>></font></tt> <i>Plan 9-command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Send the range to the standard input of the Plan 9 command.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>|</font></tt> <i>Plan 9-command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Send the range to the standard input, and replace it by the standard + output, of the Plan 9 command.<br> + + </table> + * <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> <i>Plan 9-command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Run the Plan 9 command.<br> + + </table> + * <tt><font size=+1>cd</font></tt> <i>directory<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Change working directory. If no directory is specified, <tt><font size=+1>$home</font></tt> + is used. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + In any of <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>></font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>|</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt>, if the <i>Plan 9 command</i> is omitted the last + <i>Plan 9 command</i> (of any type) is substituted. If <i>sam</i> is <i>downloaded</i> + (using the mouse and raster display, i.e. not using option <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt>), + <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> sets standard input to <tt><font size=+1>/dev/null</font></tt>, and otherwise unassigned output + (<tt><font size=+1>stdout</font></tt> for <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>></font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>stderr</font></tt> for all) is placed in + <tt><font size=+1>/tmp/sam.err</font></tt> and the first few lines are printed.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Loops and Conditionals </b></font><br> + <tt><font size=+1>x/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + For each match of the regular expression in the range, run the + command with dot set to the match. Set dot to the last match. + If the regular expression and its slashes are omitted, <tt><font size=+1>/.*\n/</font></tt> + is assumed. Null string matches potentially occur before every + character of the range and at the end of the range. + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>y/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Like <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt>, but run the command for each substring that lies before, + between, or after the matches that would be generated by <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt>. There + is no default regular expression. Null substrings potentially + occur before every character in the range.<br> + + </table> + * <tt><font size=+1>X/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + For each file whose menu entry matches the regular expression, + make that the current file and run the command. If the expression + is omitted, the command is run in every file.<br> + + </table> + * <tt><font size=+1>Y/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Same as <tt><font size=+1>X</font></tt>, but for files that do not match the regular expression, + and the expression is required.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>g/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>v/</font></tt><i>regexp</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt> <i>command<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + If the range contains (<tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt>) or does not contain (<tt><font size=+1>v</font></tt>) a match for + the expression, set dot to the range and run the command. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + These may be nested arbitrarily deeply, but only one instance + of either <tt><font size=+1>X</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>Y</font></tt> may appear in a single command. An empty command + in an <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>y</font></tt> defaults to <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt>; an empty command in <tt><font size=+1>X</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>Y</font></tt> defaults + to <tt><font size=+1>f</font></tt>. <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>v</font></tt> do not have defaults.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Miscellany </b></font><br> + <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> Set the current file’s mark to the range. Does not set dot.<br> + * <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> Quit. It is an error to quit with modified files, but a second + <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> will succeed.<br> + * <tt><font size=+1>u</font></tt> <i>n</i> Undo the last <i>n</i> (default 1) top-level commands that changed + the contents or name of the current file, and any other file whose + most recent change was simultaneous with the current file’s change. + Successive <tt><font size=+1>u</font></tt>’s move further back in time. The only commands for + which u is ineffective are <tt><font size=+1>cd</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>u</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> and + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt>. If <i>n</i> is negative, <tt><font size=+1>u</font></tt> ‘redoes,’ undoing the undo, going forwards + in time again.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + (empty) If the range is explicit, set dot to the range. If <i>sam</i> + is downloaded, the resulting dot is selected on the screen; otherwise + it is printed. If no address is specified (the command is a newline) + dot is extended in either direction to line boundaries and printed. + If dot is thereby unchanged, it is set to <tt><font size=+1>.+1</font></tt> and + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + printed.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <p><font size=+1><b>Grouping and multiple changes </b></font><br> + Commands may be grouped by enclosing them in braces <tt><font size=+1>{}</font></tt>. Commands + within the braces must appear on separate lines (no backslashes + are required between commands). Semantically, an opening brace + is like a command: it takes an (optional) address and sets dot + for each sub-command. Commands within the + braces are executed sequentially, but changes made by one command + are not visible to other commands (see the next paragraph). Braces + may be nested arbitrarily. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + When a command makes a number of changes to a file, as in <tt><font size=+1>x/re/c/text/</font></tt>, + the addresses of all changes to the file are computed in the original + file. If the changes are in sequence, they are applied to the + file. Successive insertions at the same address are catenated + into a single insertion composed of the several + insertions in the order applied.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>The terminal </b></font><br> + What follows refers to behavior of <i>sam</i> when downloaded, that is, + when operating as a display editor on a raster display. This is + the default behavior; invoking <i>sam</i> with the <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> (no download) option + provides access to the command language only. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Each file may have zero or more windows open. Each window is equivalent + and is updated simultaneously with changes in other windows on + the same file. Each window has an independent value of dot, indicated + by a highlighted substring on the display. Dot may be in a region + not within the window. There is usually + a ‘current window’, marked with a dark border, to which typed + text and editing commands apply. Text may be typed and edited + as in <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a>; also the escape key (ESC) selects (sets dot to) + text typed since the last mouse button hit. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The button 3 menu controls window operations. The top of the menu + provides the following operators, each of which uses one or more + <i>rio</i>-like cursors to prompt for selection of a window or sweeping + of a rectangle. ‘Sweeping’ a null rectangle gets a large window, + disjoint from the command window or the whole + screen, depending on where the null rectangle is.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>new</font></tt> Create a new, empty file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>zerox</font></tt> Create a copy of an existing window.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>resize</font></tt> As in <i>rio</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>close</font></tt> Delete the window. In the last window of a file, <tt><font size=+1>close</font></tt> is + equivalent to a <tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt> for the file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>write</font></tt> Equivalent to a <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> for the file. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Below these operators is a list of available files, starting with + <tt><font size=+1>~~sam~~</font></tt>, the command window. Selecting a file from the list makes + the most recently used window on that file current, unless it + is already current, in which case selections cycle through the + open windows. If no windows are open on the file, the user is + prompted to open one. Files other than <tt><font size=+1>~~sam~~</font></tt> are marked with + one of the characters <tt><font size=+1>−+*</font></tt> according as zero, one, or more windows + are open on the file. A further mark <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> appears on the file in + the current window and a single quote, <tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt>, on a file modified since + last write. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The command window, created automatically when <tt><font size=+1>sam</font></tt> starts, is + an ordinary window except that text typed to it is interpreted + as commands for the editor rather than passive text, and text + printed by editor commands appears in it. The behavior is like + <i>rio</i>, with an ‘output point’ that separates commands being typed + from previous output. Commands typed in the command window apply + to the current open file--the file in the most recently current + window.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Manipulating text </b></font><br> + Button 1 changes selection, much like <i>rio</i>. Pointing to a non-current + window with button 1 makes it current; within the current window, + button 1 selects text, thus setting dot. Double-clicking selects + text to the boundaries of words, lines, quoted strings or bracketed + strings, depending on the text at the click. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Button 2 provides a menu of editing commands:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>cut</font></tt> Delete dot and save the deleted text in the snarf buffer.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>paste</font></tt> Replace the text in dot by the contents of the snarf buffer.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>snarf</font></tt> Save the text in dot in the snarf buffer.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>plumb</font></tt> Send the text in the selection as a plumb message. If the + selection is empty, the white-space-delimited block of text is + sent as a plumb message with a <tt><font size=+1>click</font></tt> attribute defining where + the selection lies (see <a href="../man7/plumb.html"><i>plumb</i>(7)</a>).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>look</font></tt> Search forward for the next occurrence of the literal text + in dot. If dot is the null string, the text in the snarf buffer + is used. The snarf buffer is unaffected.<br> + <tt><font size=+1><rio></font></tt> Exchange snarf buffers with <i>rio</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>regexp</i> Search forward for the next match of the last regular expression + typed in a command. (Not in command window.)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>send</font></tt> Send the text in dot, or the snarf buffer if dot is the null + string, as if it were typed to the command window. Saves the sent + text in the snarf buffer. (Command window only.)<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>External communication </b></font><br> + <i>Sam</i> listens to the <tt><font size=+1>edit</font></tt> plumb port. If plumbing is not active, + on invocation <i>sam</i> creates a named pipe <tt><font size=+1>/srv/sam.</font></tt><i>user</i> which acts + as an additional source of commands. Characters written to the + named pipe are treated as if they had been typed in the command + window. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>B</i> is a shell-level command that causes an instance of <i>sam</i> running + on the same terminal to load the named <i>files</i>. <i>B</i> uses either plumbing + or the named pipe, whichever service is available. If plumbing + is not enabled, the option allows a line number to be specified + for the initial position to display in the last named file + (plumbing provides a more general mechanism for this ability). + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>E</i> is a shell-level command that can be used as <tt><font size=+1>$EDITOR</font></tt> in a Unix + environment. It runs <i>B</i> on <i>file</i> and then does not exit until <i>file</i> + is changed, which is taken as a signal that <i>file</i> is done being + edited.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Abnormal termination </b></font><br> + If <i>sam</i> terminates other than by a <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> command (by hangup, deleting + its window, etc.), modified files are saved in an executable file, + <tt><font size=+1>$HOME/sam.save</font></tt>. This program, when executed, asks whether to write + each file back to a external file. The answer <tt><font size=+1>y</font></tt> causes writing; + anything else skips the file. + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>$HOME/sam.save<br> + $HOME/sam.err<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/samsave<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + the program called to unpack <tt><font size=+1>$HOME/sam.save</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/sam</font></tt> source for <i>sam</i> itself<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/samterm</font></tt> source for the separate terminal + part<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/B<br> + /usr/local/plan9/bin/E<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/ed.html"><i>ed</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/sed.html"><i>sed</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/grep.html"><i>grep</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/rio.html"><i>rio</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Rob Pike, “The text editor sam”.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/scat.html b/man/man1/scat.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5cf2007 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/scat.html @@ -0,0 +1,385 @@ +<head> +<title>scat(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SCAT(1)</b><td align=right><b>SCAT(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + scat – sky catalogue and Digitized Sky Survey<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>scat<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Scat</i> looks up items in catalogues of objects outside the solar + system and implements database-like manipulations on sets of such + objects. It also provides an interface to <a href="../man1/astro.html"><i>astro</i>(1)</a> to plot the + locations of solar system objects. Finally, it displays images + from the Space Telescope Science Institute’s Digitized Sky Survey, + keyed to the catalogues. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Items are read, one per line, from the standard input and looked + up in the catalogs. Input is case-insensitive. The result of the + lookup becomes the set of objects available to the database commands. + After each lookup or command, if more than two objects are in + the set, <i>scat</i> prints how many objects are in the set; + otherwise it prints the objects’ descriptions or cross-index listings + (suitable for input to <i>scat</i>). An item is in one of the following + formats:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>ngc1234<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Number 1234 in the New General Catalogue of Nonstellar Objects, + NGC2000.0. The output identifies the type (<tt><font size=+1>Gx</font></tt>=galaxy, <tt><font size=+1>Pl</font></tt>=planetary + nebula, <tt><font size=+1>OC</font></tt>=open cluster, <tt><font size=+1>Gb</font></tt>=globular cluster, <tt><font size=+1>Nb</font></tt>=bright nebula, + <tt><font size=+1>C+N</font></tt>=cluster associated with nebulosity, <tt><font size=+1>Ast</font></tt>=asterism, <tt><font size=+1>Kt</font></tt>=knot + or nebulous region in a galaxy, + <tt><font size=+1>***</font></tt>=triple star, <tt><font size=+1>D*</font></tt>=double star, <tt><font size=+1>?</font></tt>=uncertain, <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>=nonexistent, <tt><font size=+1>PD</font></tt>=plate + defect, and (blank)=unverified or unknown), its position in 2000.0 + coordinates, its size in minutes of arc, a brief description, + and popular names.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>ic1234<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Like NGC references, but from the Index Catalog.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>sao12345<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Number 12345 in the Smithsonian Astrophysical Star Catalogue. + Output identifies the visual and photographic magnitudes, 2000.0 + coordinates, proper motion, spectral type, multiplicity and variability + class, and HD number.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>m4</font></tt> Catalog number 4 in Messier’s catalog. The output is the NGC + number.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>abell1701<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Catalog number 1701 in the Abell and Zwicky catalog of clusters + of galaxies. Output identifies the magnitude of the tenth brightest + member of the cluster, radius of the cluster in degrees, its distance + in megaparsecs, 2000.0 coordinates, galactic latitude and longitude, + magnitude range of the cluster (the + ‘distance group’), number of members (the ‘richness group’), population + per square degree, and popular names.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>planetarynebula<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The set of NGC objects of the specified type. The type may be + a compact NGC code or a full name, as above, with no blank.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>"α umi"<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Names are provided in double quotes. Known names are the Greek + letter designations, proper names such as Betelgeuse, bright variable + stars, and some proper names of stars, NGC objects, and Abell + clusters. Greek letters may be spelled out, e.g. <tt><font size=+1>alpha</font></tt>. Constellation + names must be the three-letter + abbreviations. The output is the SAO number. For non-Greek names, + catalog numbers and names are listed for all objects with names + for which the given name is a prefix.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>12h34m −16<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Coordinates in the sky are translated to the nearest ‘patch’, + approximately one square degree of sky. The output is the coordinates + identifying the patch, the constellations touching the patch, + and the Abell, NGC, and SAO objects in the patch. The program + prints sky positions in several formats corresponding to + different precisions; any output format is understood as input.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>umi</font></tt> All the patches in the named constellation.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>mars</font></tt>The planets are identified by their names. The names <tt><font size=+1>shadow</font></tt> + and <tt><font size=+1>comet</font></tt> refer to the earth’s penumbra at lunar distance and + the comet installed in the current <a href="../man1/astro.html"><i>astro</i>(1)</a>. The output is the + planet’s name, right ascension and declination, azimuth and altitude, + and phase for the moon and sun, as shown by + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>astro</font></tt>. The positions are current at the start of <i>scat</i>’s execution; + see the <tt><font size=+1>astro</font></tt> command in the next section for more information. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + The commands are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>add</font></tt> <i>item</i>Add the named item to the set.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>keep</font></tt> <i>class ...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Flatten the set and cull it, keeping only the specified classes. + The classes may be specific NGC types, all stars (<tt><font size=+1>sao</font></tt>), all NGC + objects (<tt><font size=+1>ngc</font></tt>), all M objects (<tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt>), all Abell clusters (<tt><font size=+1>abell</font></tt>), + or a specified brightness range. Brightness ranges are specified + by a leading <tt><font size=+1>></font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1><</font></tt> followed by a magnitude. Remember + that brighter objects have lesser magnitudes.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>drop</font></tt> <i>class ...<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Complement to <tt><font size=+1>keep</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>flat</font></tt> Some items such as patches represents sets of items. <i>Flat</i> + flattens the set so <i>scat</i> holds all the information available for + the objects in the set.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>print</font></tt> Print the contents of the set. If the information seems meager, + try flattening the set.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>expand</font></tt> <i>n<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Flatten the set, expand the area of the sky covered by the set + to be <i>n</i> degrees wider, and collect all the objects in that area. + If <i>n</i> is zero, <i>expand</i> collects all objects in the patches that + cover the current set.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>astro</font></tt> <i>option<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Run <a href="../man1/astro.html"><i>astro</i>(1)</a> with the specified <i>options</i> (to which will be appended + <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt>), to discover the positions of the planets. <tt><font size=+1>Astro</font></tt>’s <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> and + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> options can be used to set the time and place; by default, + it’s right now at the coordinates in <tt><font size=+1>/lib/sky/here</font></tt>. Running <tt><font size=+1>astro</font></tt> + does not change the positions of planets + already in the display set, so <tt><font size=+1>astro</font></tt> may be run multiple times, + executing e.g. <tt><font size=+1>add mars</font></tt> each time, to plot a series of planetary + positions.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>plot</font></tt> <i>option<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Expand and plot the set in a new window on the screen. Symbols + for NGC objects are as in Sky Atlas 2000.0, except that open clusters + are shown as stippled disks rather than circles. Abell clusters + are plotted as a triangle of ellipses. The planets are drawn as + disks of representative color with the first letter + of the name in the disk (lower case for inferior planets; upper + case for superior); the sun, moon, and earth’s shadow are unlabeled + disks. Objects larger than a few pixels are plotted to scale; + however, <i>scat</i> does not have the information necessary to show + the correct orientation for galaxies. + The option <tt><font size=+1>nogrid</font></tt> suppresses the lines of declination and right + ascension. By default, <i>scat</i> labels NGC objects, Abell clusters, + and bright stars; option <tt><font size=+1>nolabel</font></tt> suppresses these while <tt><font size=+1>alllabel</font></tt> + labels stars with their SAO number as well. The default size is + 512x512; options <tt><font size=+1>dx</font></tt> <i>n</i> and <tt><font size=+1>dy</font></tt> <i>n</i> set the <i>x</i> and + <i>y</i> extent. The option <tt><font size=+1>zenithup</font></tt> orients the map so it appears as + it would in the sky at the time and location used by the <tt><font size=+1>astro</font></tt> + command (<i>q.v.</i>).<br> + The output is designed to look best on an LCD display. CRTs have + trouble with the thin, grey lines and dim stars. The option <tt><font size=+1>nogrey</font></tt> + uses white instead of grey for these details, improving visibility + at the cost of legibility when plotting on CRTs.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>plate</font></tt> [[<i>ra dec</i>] <i>rasize</i> [<i>decsize</i>]]<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Display the section of the Digitized Sky Survey (plate scale approximately + 1.7 arcseconds per pixel) centered on the given right ascension + and declination or, if no position is specified, the current set + of objects. The maximum area that will be displayed is one degree + on a side. The horizontal and vertical sizes + may be specified in the usual notation for angles. If the second + size is omitted, a square region is displayed. If no size is specified, + the size is sufficient to display the centers of all the objects + in the current set. If a single object is in the set, the 500x500 + pixel block from the survey containing the center of + the object is displayed. The survey is stored in the CD-ROM juke + box; run <tt><font size=+1>9fs juke</font></tt> before running <i>scat</i>.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>gamma</font></tt> <i>value<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set the gamma for converting plates to images. Default is –1.0. + Negative values display white stars, positive black. The images + look best on displays with depth 8 or greater. <i>Scat</i> does not change + the hardware color map, which should be set externally to a grey + scale; try the command <tt><font size=+1>getmap gamma</font></tt> (see + <i>getmap</i>(9.1)) on an 8-bit color-mapped display.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Plot the Messier objects and naked-eye stars in Orion.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>ori<br> + keep m <6<br> + plot nogrid<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Draw a finder chart for Uranus:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>uranus<br> + expand 5<br> + plot<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Show a partial lunar eclipse:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>astro −d<br> + 2000 07 16 12 45<br> + moon<br> + add shadow<br> + expand 2<br> + plot<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Draw a map of the Pleiades.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>"alcyone"<br> + expand 1<br> + plot<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/sky/*.scat<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/scat<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/astro.html"><i>astro</i>(1)</a><br> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/sky/constelnames </font></tt> the three-letter abbreviations + of the constellation names. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The data was provided by the Astronomical Data Center at the NASA + Goddard Space Flight Center, except for NGC2000.0, which is Copyright + © 1988, Sky Publishing Corporation, used (but not distributed) + by permission. The Digitized Sky Survey, 102 CD-ROMs, is not distributed + with the system. + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/secstore.html b/man/man1/secstore.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b9a3a89 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/secstore.html @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +<head> +<title>secstore(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SECSTORE(1)</b><td align=right><b>SECSTORE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + aescbc, secstore, ipso – secstore commands<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>secstore</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> <i>server</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−(g|G)</font></tt> <i>getfile</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> <i>putfile</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> + <i>rmfile</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> <i>user</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>aescbc</font></tt> -e <i><cleartext >ciphertext<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>aescbc</font></tt> -d <i><ciphertext >cleartext + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + <tt><font size=+1>ipso</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−a −e −l −f −s</font></tt> ] [ <i>file</i> ... ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Secstore</i> authenticates to the server using a password and optionally + a hardware token, then saves or retrieves a file. This is intended + to be a credentials store (public/private keypairs, passwords, + and other secrets) for a factotum. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Option <tt><font size=+1>−p</font></tt> stores a file on the secstore. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Option <tt><font size=+1>−g</font></tt> retrieves a file to the local directory; option <tt><font size=+1>−G</font></tt> writes + it to standard output instead. Specifying <i>getfile</i> of . will send + to standard output a list of remote files with dates, lengths + and SHA1 hashes. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Option <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> removes a file from the secstore. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Option <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> prompts for a password change. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Option <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> produces more verbose output, in particular providing + a few bits of feedback to help the user detect mistyping. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Option <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> says that the password should be read from standard + input instead of from <tt><font size=+1>/dev/cons</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Option <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> says that the password should be read from NVRAM instead + of from <tt><font size=+1>/dev/cons</font></tt>. This option is unsupported. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The server is <tt><font size=+1>tcp!$auth!5356</font></tt>, or the server specified by option + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + For example, to add a secret to the file read by <a href="../man4/factotum.html"><i>factotum</i>(4)</a> at + startup, open a new window, type<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>% ramfs −p; cd /tmp<br> + % auth/secstore −g factotum<br> + secstore password:<br> + % echo 'key proto=apop dom=x.com user=ehg !password=hi' >> factotum<br> + % auth/secstore −p factotum<br> + secstore password:<br> + % read −m factotum > /mnt/factotum/ctl<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + and delete the window. The first line creates an ephemeral memory-resident + workspace, invisible to others and automatically removed when + the window is deleted. The next three commands fetch the persistent + copy of the secrets, append a new secret, and save the updated + file back to secstore. The final command + loads the new secret into the running factotum. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Aescbc</i> encrypts and decrypts using AES (Rijndael) in cipher block + chaining (CBC) mode.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/secstore<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man4/factotum.html"><i>factotum</i>(4)</a>, Plan 9’s <i>secstore</i>(8)<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + There is deliberately no backup of files on the secstore, so <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> + (or a disk crash) is irrevocable. You are advised to store important + secrets in a second location.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/sed.html b/man/man1/sed.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c40874ad --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/sed.html @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +<head> +<title>sed(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SED(1)</b><td align=right><b>SED(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + sed – stream editor<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>sed</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−g</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> <i>script</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>sfile</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Sed</i> copies the named <i>files</i> (standard input default) to the standard + output, edited according to a script of commands. The <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> option + causes the script to be taken from file <i>sfile</i>; these options accumulate. + If there is just one <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> option and no <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt>’s, the flag <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> may be + omitted. The <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> option suppresses the default + output; <tt><font size=+1>−g</font></tt> causes all substitutions to be global, as if suffixed + <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A script consists of editing commands, one per line, of the following + form:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + [<i>address</i> [<tt><font size=+1>,</font></tt> <i>address</i>] ] <i>function</i> [<i>argument</i> ...] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + In normal operation <i>sed</i> cyclically copies a line of input into + a <i>pattern space</i> (unless there is something left after a <tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt> command), + applies in sequence all commands whose <i>addresses</i> select that pattern + space, and at the end of the script copies the pattern space to + the standard output (except under <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt>) and deletes the + pattern space. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + An <i>address</i> is either a decimal number that counts input lines + cumulatively across files, a <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt> that addresses the last line of + input, or a context address, <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>regular-expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>, in the style + of <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a>, with the added convention that <tt><font size=+1>\n</font></tt> matches a newline + embedded in the pattern space. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A command line with no addresses selects every pattern space. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A command line with one address selects each pattern space that + matches the address. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + A command line with two addresses selects the inclusive range + from the first pattern space that matches the first address through + the next pattern space that matches the second. (If the second + address is a number less than or equal to the line number first + selected, only one line is selected.) Thereafter the process is + repeated, looking again for the first address. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Editing commands can be applied to non-selected pattern spaces + by use of the negation function <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> (below). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + An argument denoted <i>text</i> consists of one or more lines, all but + the last of which end with <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt> to hide the newline. Backslashes + in text are treated like backslashes in the replacement string + of an <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt> command, and may be used to protect initial blanks and + tabs against the stripping that is done on every script line. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + An argument denoted <i>rfile</i> or <i>wfile</i> must terminate the command + line and must be preceded by exactly one blank. Each <i>wfile</i> is + created before processing begins. There can be at most 120 distinct + <i>wfile</i> arguments.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>a\<br> + </font></tt><i>text</i> Append. Place <i>text</i> on the output before reading the next input + line.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt> <i>label</i> Branch to the <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> command bearing the <i>label</i>. If <i>label</i> is + empty, branch to the end of the script.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c\<br> + </font></tt><i>text</i> Change. Delete the pattern space. With 0 or 1 address or at + the end of a 2-address range, place <i>text</i> on the output. Start + the next cycle.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> Delete the pattern space. Start the next cycle.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>D</font></tt> Delete the initial segment of the pattern space through the first + newline. Start the next cycle.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt> Replace the contents of the pattern space by the contents of + the hold space.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>G</font></tt> Append the contents of the hold space to the pattern space.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>h</font></tt> Replace the contents of the hold space by the contents of the + pattern space.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>H</font></tt> Append the contents of the pattern space to the hold space.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>i\<br> + </font></tt><i>text</i> Insert. Place <i>text</i> on the standard output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt> Copy the pattern space to the standard output. Replace the pattern + space with the next line of input.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>N</font></tt> Append the next line of input to the pattern space with an embedded + newline. (The current line number changes.)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> Print. Copy the pattern space to the standard output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>P</font></tt> Copy the initial segment of the pattern space through the first + newline to the standard output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> Quit. Branch to the end of the script. Do not start a new cycle.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt> <i>rfile</i> Read the contents of <i>rfile</i>. Place them on the output before + reading the next input line.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>s/</font></tt><i>regular-expression</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>replacement</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>flags<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Substitute the <i>replacement</i> string for instances of the <i>regular-expression</i> + in the pattern space. Any character may be used instead of <tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt>. + For a fuller description see <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a>. <i>Flags</i> is zero or more + of<br> + <tt><font size=+1>g</font></tt> Global. Substitute for all non-overlapping instances of the <i>regular + expression</i> rather than just the first one.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>p</font></tt> Print the pattern space if a replacement was made.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> <i>wfile<br> + </i>Write. Append the pattern space to <i>wfile</i> if a replacement was + made.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt> <i>label</i> Test. Branch to the <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> command bearing the <i>label</i> if any + substitutions have been made since the most recent reading of + an input line or execution of a <tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt>. If <i>label</i> is empty, branch to + the end of the script.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt><i> wfile<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Write. Append the pattern space to <i>wfile</i>.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> Exchange the contents of the pattern and hold spaces.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>y/</font></tt><i>string1</i><tt><font size=+1>/</font></tt><i>string2</i><tt><font size=+1>/<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Transform. Replace all occurrences of characters in <i>string1</i> with + the corresponding character in <i>string2</i>. The lengths of <i>string1</i> + and <i>string2</i> must be equal.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt><i>function</i> Don’t. Apply the <i>function</i> (or group, if <i>function</i> is <tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt>) + only to lines <i>not</i> selected by the address(es).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt> <i>label</i> This command does nothing; it bears a <i>label</i> for <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>t</font></tt> + commands to branch to.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> Place the current line number on the standard output as a line.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>{</font></tt> Execute the following commands through a matching <tt><font size=+1>}</font></tt> only when + the pattern space is selected.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + An empty command is ignored.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>sed 10q file<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the first 10 lines of the file.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>sed '/^$/d'<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Delete empty lines from standard input.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>sed 's/UNIX/& system/g'<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Replace every instance of <tt><font size=+1>UNIX</font></tt> by <tt><font size=+1>UNIX system</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>sed 's/ *$// </font></tt> drop trailing blanks<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/^$/d </font></tt> drop empty lines<br> + <tt><font size=+1>s/ */\ </font></tt> replace blanks by newlines<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/g<br> + /^$/d' chapter*<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the files <tt><font size=+1>chapter1</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>chapter2</font></tt>, etc. one word to a line. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>nroff −ms manuscript | sed '<br> + ${<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + /^$/p + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + if last line of file is empty, print it<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>}<br> + //N </font></tt> if current line is empty, append next line<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/^\n$/D' </font></tt> if two lines are empty, delete the first<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Delete all but one of each group of empty lines from a formatted + manuscript.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/sed.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/ed.html"><i>ed</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/grep.html"><i>grep</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/awk.html"><i>awk</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/lex.html"><i>lex</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a><br> + L. E. McMahon, ‘SED -- A Non-interactive Text Editor’, Unix Research + System Programmer’s Manual, Volume 2.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + If input is from a pipe, buffering may consume characters beyond + a line on which a <tt><font size=+1>q</font></tt> command is executed.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/seq.html b/man/man1/seq.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c04a08e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/seq.html @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<head> +<title>seq(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SEQ(1)</b><td align=right><b>SEQ(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + seq – print sequences of numbers<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>seq</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt><i>format</i> ] [ <i>first</i> [ <i>incr</i> ] ] <i>last<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Seq</i> prints a sequence of numbers, one per line, from <i>first</i> (default + 1) to as near <i>last</i> as possible, in increments of <i>incr</i> (default + 1). The loop is:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>for(val = min; val <= max; val += incr) print val;<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + The numbers are interpreted as floating point. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Normally integer values are printed as decimal integers. The options + are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt><i>format</i> Use the <a href="../man3/print.html"><i>print</i>(3)</a>-style <i>format print</i> for printing each + (floating point) number. The default is <tt><font size=+1>%g</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> Equalize the widths of all numbers by padding with leading zeros + as necessary. Not effective with option <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt>, nor with numbers in + exponential notation.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>seq 0 .05 .1<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print <tt><font size=+1>0 0.05 0.1</font></tt> (on separate lines).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>seq −w 0 .05 .1<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print <tt><font size=+1>0.00 0.05 0.10</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/seq.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Option <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> always surveys every value in advance. Thus <tt><font size=+1>seq −w 1000000000</font></tt> + is a painful way to get an ‘infinite’ sequence.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/sleep.html b/man/man1/sleep.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..622bca9a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/sleep.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<head> +<title>sleep(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SLEEP(1)</b><td align=right><b>SLEEP(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + sleep – suspend execution for an interval<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>sleep</font></tt> <i>time<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Sleep</i> suspends execution for <i>time</i> seconds.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Execute a command 100 seconds hence.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>{sleep 100; command}&<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Repeat a command every 30 seconds.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>while (){<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + command<br> + sleep 30<br> + + </table> + }<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/sleep.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man3/sleep.html"><i>sleep</i>(3)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/sort.html b/man/man1/sort.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f6de1b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/sort.html @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +<head> +<title>sort(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SORT(1)</b><td align=right><b>SORT(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + sort – sort and/or merge files<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>sort</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−cmuMbdfinrwt</font></tt><i>x</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt><i>pos1</i> [ <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>pos2</i> ] ... ] ... [ <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt> <i>pos1</i> + [ <i>,pos2</i> ] ] ...<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + ’ [ <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> <i>output</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt> <i>dir</i> ... ] [ <i>option</i> ... ] [ <i>file</i> ... ]<br> + + </table> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Sort</i> sorts lines of all the <i>files</i> together and writes the result + on the standard output. If no input files are named, the standard + input is sorted. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The default sort key is an entire line. Default ordering is lexicographic + by runes. The ordering is affected globally by the following options, + one or more of which may appear.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−M</font></tt> Compare as months. The first three non-white space characters + of the field are folded to upper case and compared so that <tt><font size=+1>JAN</font></tt> + precedes <tt><font size=+1>FEB</font></tt>, etc. Invalid fields compare low to <tt><font size=+1>JAN</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> Ignore leading white space (spaces and tabs) in field comparisons.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> ‘Phone directory’ order: only letters, accented letters, digits + and white space are significant in comparisons.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> Fold lower case letters onto upper case. Accented characters + are folded to their non-accented upper case form.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> Ignore characters outside the ASCII range 040-0176 in non-numeric + comparisons.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> Like <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt>, but ignore only tabs and spaces.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> An initial numeric string, consisting of optional white space, + optional plus or minus sign, and zero or more digits with optional + decimal point, is sorted by arithmetic value.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−g</font></tt> Numbers, like <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> but with optional <tt><font size=+1>e</font></tt>-style exponents, are sorted + by value.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> Reverse the sense of comparisons.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt><i>x</i> ‘Tab character’ separating fields is <i>x</i>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The notation <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt><i>pos1</i> <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>pos2</i> restricts a sort key to a field beginning + at <i>pos1</i> and ending just before <i>pos2</i>. <i>Pos1</i> and <i>pos2</i> each have the + form <i>m</i><tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt><i>n</i>, optionally followed by one or more of the flags <tt><font size=+1>Mbdfginr</font></tt>, + where <i>m</i> tells a number of fields to skip from the beginning of + the line and <i>n</i> tells a number of characters to skip + further. If any flags are present they override all the global + ordering options for this key. A missing <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt><i>n</i> means <tt><font size=+1>.0</font></tt>; a missing + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>pos2</i> means the end of the line. Under the <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt><i>x</i> option, fields + are strings separated by <i>x</i>; otherwise fields are non-empty strings + separated by white space. White space before a field is part of + the field, except under option <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt>. A <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt> flag may be attached independently + to <i>pos1</i> and <i>pos2.</i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The notation <tt><font size=+1>−k</font></tt> <i>pos1</i>[,<i>pos2</i>] is how POSIX <i>sort</i> defines fields: + <i>pos1</i> and <i>pos2</i> have the same format but different meanings. The + value of <i>m</i> is origin 1 instead of origin 0 and a missing <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt><i>n</i> in + <i>pos2</i> is the end of the field. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + When there are multiple sort keys, later keys are compared only + after all earlier keys compare equal. Lines that otherwise compare + equal are ordered with all bytes significant. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + These option arguments are also understood:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> Check that the single input file is sorted according to the + ordering rules; give no output unless the file is out of sort.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> Merge; assume the input files are already sorted.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> Suppress all but one in each set of equal lines. Ignored bytes + and bytes outside keys do not participate in this comparison.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> The next argument is the name of an output file to use instead + of the standard output. This file may be the same as one of the + inputs.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt><i>dir</i> Put temporary files in <i>dir</i> rather than in <tt><font size=+1>/var/tmp</font></tt>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>sort −u +0f +0 list<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print in alphabetical order all the unique spellings in a list + of words where capitalized words differ from uncapitalized.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>sort −t: +1 /adm/users<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the users file sorted by user name (the second colon-separated + field).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>sort −umM dates<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the first instance of each month in an already sorted file. + Options <tt><font size=+1>−um</font></tt> with just one input file make the choice of a unique + representative from a set of equal lines predictable.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>grep −n '^' input | sort −t: +1f +0n | sed 's/[0−9]*://'<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + A stable sort: input lines that compare equal will come out in + their original order.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/var/tmp/sort.</font></tt><i><pid>.<ordinal><br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/sort.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/uniq.html"><i>uniq</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/look.html"><i>look</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DIAGNOSTICS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Sort</i> comments and exits with non-null status for various trouble + conditions and for disorder discovered under option <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + An external null character can be confused with an internally + generated end-of-field character. The result can make a sub-field + not sort less than a longer field. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Some of the options, e.g. <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−M</font></tt>, are hopelessly provincial.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/spell.html b/man/man1/spell.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f412d2c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/spell.html @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +<head> +<title>spell(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SPELL(1)</b><td align=right><b>SPELL(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + spell, sprog – find spelling errors<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>spell</font></tt> [ <i>options</i> ] ... [ <i>file</i> ] ... + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>sprog</font></tt> [ <i>options</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Spell</i> looks up words from the named <i>files</i> (standard input default) + in a spelling list and places possible misspellings--words not sanctioned + there--on the standard output. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Spell</i> ignores constructs of <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a> and its standard preprocessors. + It understands these options:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> Check British spelling.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> Print all words not literally in the spelling list, with derivations.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> Print, marked with <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt>, every stem as it is looked up in the spelling + list, along with its affix classes. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + As a matter of policy, <i>spell</i> does not admit multiple spellings + of the same word. Variants that follow general rules are preferred + over those that don’t, even when the unruly spelling is more common. + Thus, in American usage, ‘modelled’, ‘sizeable’, and ‘judgment’ + are rejected in favor of ‘modeled’, ‘sizable’, and + ‘judgement’. Agglutinated variants are shunned: ‘crewmember’ and + ‘backyard’ cede to ‘crew member’ and ‘back yard’ (noun) or ‘back-yard’ + (adjective).<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/amspell<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + American spelling list<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/brspell<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + British spelling list<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/sprog<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The actual spelling checker. It expects one word per line on standard + input, and takes the same arguments as <i>spell</i>.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/spell</font></tt> the script<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/spell</font></tt> source for <i>sprog<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/deroff.html"><i>deroff</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The heuristics of <a href="../man1/deroff.html"><i>deroff</i>(1)</a> used to excise formatting information + are imperfect. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The spelling list’s coverage is uneven; in particular biology, + medicine, and chemistry, and perforce proper names, not to mention + languages other than English, are covered very lightly.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/split.html b/man/man1/split.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff3a3d38 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/split.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +<head> +<title>split(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SPLIT(1)</b><td align=right><b>SPLIT(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + split – split a file into pieces<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>split</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Split</i> reads <i>file</i> (standard input by default) and writes it in + pieces of 1000 lines per output file. The names of the output + files are <tt><font size=+1>xaa</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>xab</font></tt>, and so on to <tt><font size=+1>xzz</font></tt>. The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> <i>n</i> Split into <i>n</i>-line pieces.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>n</i> Synonym for <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> <i>n</i>, a nod to Unix’s syntax.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> <i>expression<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + File divisions occur at each line that matches a regular <i>expression</i>; + see <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a>. Multiple <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> options may appear. If a subexpression + of <i>expression</i> is contained in parentheses <tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt>...<tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt>, the output file + name is the portion of the line which matches the subexpression.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>stem<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Use <i>stem</i> instead of <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> in output file names.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> <i>suffix<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Append <i>suffix</i> to names identified under <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> Exclude the matched input line from the output file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> Ignore case in option <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt>; force output file names (excluding + the suffix) to lower case.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/split.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/sed.html"><i>sed</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/awk.html"><i>awk</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/grep.html"><i>grep</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/regexp.html"><i>regexp</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/src.html b/man/man1/src.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd8334ec --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/src.html @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<head> +<title>src(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SRC(1)</b><td align=right><b>SRC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + src – find source code for executable<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>src</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> <i>symbol</i> ] <i>file</i> <tt><font size=+1>...<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Src</i> examines the named <i>files</i> to find the corresponding source + code, which is then sent to the editor using <tt><font size=+1>B</font></tt> (see <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a>). If + <i>file</i> is an <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> script, the source is the file itself. If <i>file</i> + is an executable, the source is defined to be the single file + containing the definition of <tt><font size=+1>main</font></tt> and <i>src</i> will point the editor + at the line that + begins the definition. <i>Src</i> uses <a href="../man1/db.html"><i>db</i>(1)</a> to extract the symbol table + information that identifies the source. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Src</i> looks for each <i>file</i> in the current directory, in <tt><font size=+1>/bin</font></tt>, and + in the subdirectories of <tt><font size=+1>/bin</font></tt>, in that order. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> flag causes <tt><font size=+1>src</font></tt> to print the file name but not send it + to the editor. The <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> flag identifies a <i>symbol</i> other than <tt><font size=+1>main</font></tt> + to locate.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Find the source to the <tt><font size=+1>main</font></tt> routine in <tt><font size=+1>/bin/ed</font></tt>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>src ed<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Find the source for <tt><font size=+1>strcmp</font></tt>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>src −s strcmp rc<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin/src<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/db.html"><i>db</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/plumb.html"><i>plumb</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/sam.html"><i>sam</i>(1)</a>.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/stats.html b/man/man1/stats.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77b598d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/stats.html @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +<head> +<title>stats(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>STATS(1)</b><td align=right><b>STATS(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + stats, auxstats – display graphs of system activity<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>stats</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>option</i> ] [ <i>machine</i>[<tt><font size=+1>:</font></tt><i>path</i>] ... ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>auxstats</font></tt> [ <i>machine</i> [ <i>path</i> ] ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Stats</i> displays a rolling graph of various statistics collected + by the operating system and updated once per second. The statistics + may be from a remote <i>machine</i> or multiple <i>machines</i>, whose graphs + will appear in adjacent columns. The columns are labeled by the + machine names and the number of processors on the + machine if it is a multiprocessor. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Auxstats</i> collects the machine statistics for display by <i>stats</i>. + With no arguments, it collects statistics from the local machine. + If <i>machine</i> is named, it executes <tt><font size=+1>ssh</font></tt> <i>machine path</i>; when <i>ssh</i> finishes, + <i>auxstats</i> sleeps for one minute and runs it again. The default + <i>path</i> is simply <tt><font size=+1>auxstats</font></tt>, but since some shells do not + execute any sort of user profile when run as a non-login shell, + it is often necessary to specify an exact path. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The right mouse button presents a menu to enable and disable the + display of various statistics; by default, <i>stats</i> begins by showing + the load average on the executing machine. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The lower-case <i>options</i> choose the initial set to display:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>b battery</font></tt> percentage battery life remaining.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c context</font></tt> number of process context switches per second.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>e ether</font></tt> total number of packets sent and received per second.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>E etherin,out<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + number of packets sent and received per second, displayed as separate + graphs.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>f fault</font></tt> number of page faults per second.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>i intr</font></tt> number of interrupts per second.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>l load</font></tt> (default) system load average. The load is computed as a + running average of the number of processes ready to run, multiplied + by 1000. On most systems, it changes only every five seconds and + has limited accuracy.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>m mem</font></tt> total pages of active memory. The graph displays the fraction + of the machine’s total memory in use.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>n etherin,out,err<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + number of packets sent and received per second, and total number + of errors, displayed as separate graphs.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>s syscall</font></tt> number of system calls per second.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>w swap</font></tt> number of valid pages on the swap device. The swap is displayed + as a fraction of the number of swap pages configured by the machine. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The graphs are plotted with time on the horizontal axis. The vertical + axes range from 0 to 1000*sleepsecs, multiplied by the number + of processors on the machine when appropriate. The only exceptions + are memory, and swap space, which display fractions of the total + available, system load, which displays a number + between 0 and 1000, idle and intr, which display percentages and + the Ethernet error count, which goes from 0 to 10.. If the value + of the parameter is too large for the visible range, its value + is shown in decimal in the upper left corner of the graph. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Upper-case options control details of the display. All graphs + are affected; there is no mechanism to affect only one graph.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt> <i>sleepsecs<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set the number of seconds between samples to <i>sleepsecs</i> (default + one second).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−S</font></tt> <i>scale<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Sets a scale factor for the displays. A value of 2, for example, + means that the highest value plotted will be twice as large as + the default.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−L</font></tt> Plot all graphs with logarithmic <i>y</i> axes. The graph is plotted + so the maximum value that would be displayed on a linear graph + is 2/3 of the way up the <i>y</i> axis and the total range of the graph + is a factor of 1000; thus the <i>y</i> origin is 1/100 of the default + maximum value and the top of the graph is 10 times the + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + default maximum.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−Y</font></tt> If the display is large enough to show them, place value markers + along the <i>y</i> axes of the graphs. Since one set of markers serves + for all machines across the display, the values in the markers + disregard scaling factors due to multiple processors on the machines. + On a graph for a multiprocessor, the displayed + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + values will be larger than the markers indicate. The markers appear + along the right, and the markers show values appropriate to the + rightmost machine; this only matters for graphs such as memory + that have machine-specific maxima. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + Typing ‘q’ or DEL causes <i>stats</i> to exit.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Show the load, memory, interrupts, system calls, context switches, + and ethernet packets for the local machine, a remote BSD machine + <i>daemon</i>, and a remote Linux machine <i>tux</i>. <i>Auxstats</i> is not in <i>tux</i>’s + path, so the full path must be given.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>stats −lmisce `hostname` daemon \<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + tux:/usr/local/plan9/bin/auxstats<br> + + </table> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/stats.c + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/auxstats<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>auxstats</i> binary needs read access to <tt><font size=+1>/dev/kmem</font></tt> in order to + collect network statistics on non-Linux systems. Typically this + can be arranged by setting the <i>auxstat</i> binary’s group to <tt><font size=+1>kmem</font></tt> + and then turning on its set-gid bit.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/strings.html b/man/man1/strings.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b1f4eff --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/strings.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<head> +<title>strings(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>STRINGS(1)</b><td align=right><b>STRINGS(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + strings – extract printable strings<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>strings</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Strings</i> finds and prints strings containing 6 or more consecutive + printable UTF-encoded characters in a (typically) binary file, + default standard input. Printable characters are taken to be ASCII + characters from blank through tilde (hexadecimal 20 through 7E), + inclusive, and all other characters from value 00A0 to FFFF. + Strings reports the decimal offset within the file at which the + string starts and the text of the string. If the string is longer + than 70 runes the line is terminated by three dots and the printing + is resumed on the next line with the offset of the continuation + line.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/strings.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/nm.html"><i>nm</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/sum.html b/man/man1/sum.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b86af65 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/sum.html @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +<head> +<title>sum(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>SUM(1)</b><td align=right><b>SUM(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + sum, md5sum, sha1sum – sum and count blocks in a file<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>sum</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−5r</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>md5sum</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>sha1sum</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + By default, <i>sum</i> calculates and prints a 32-bit hexadecimal checksum, + a byte count, and the name of each <i>file</i>. The checksum is also + a function of the input length. If no files are given, the standard + input is summed. Other summing algorithms are available. The options + are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> Sum with the algorithm of System V’s <tt><font size=+1>sum −r</font></tt> and print the length + (in 1K blocks) of the input.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−5</font></tt> Sum with System V’s default algorithm and print the length (in + 512-byte blocks) of the input. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Sum</i> is typically used to look for bad spots, to validate a file + communicated over some transmission line or as a quick way to + determine if two files on different machines might be the same. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>Md5sum</font></tt> computes the 32 hex digit RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest + Algorithm described in RFC1321. If no <i>files</i> are given, the standard + input is summed. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>Sha1sum</font></tt> computes the 40 hex digit National Institute of Standards + and Technology SHA1 secure hash algorithm described in FIPS PUB + 180-1. If no <i>files</i> are given, the standard input is summed.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/sum.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/md5sum.c<br> + /usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/sha1sum.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/cmp.html"><i>cmp</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/wc.html"><i>wc</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/tail.html b/man/man1/tail.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..781f3333 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/tail.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +<head> +<title>tail(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TAIL(1)</b><td align=right><b>TAIL(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + tail – deliver the last part of a file<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tail</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>+−</font></tt><i>number</i>[<tt><font size=+1>lbc</font></tt>][<tt><font size=+1>rf</font></tt>] ] [ <i>file</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>tail</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−fr</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> <i>nlines</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>nbytes</i> ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Tail</i> copies the named file to the standard output beginning at + a designated place. If no file is named, the standard input is + copied. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Copying begins at position <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt><i>number</i> measured from the beginning, + or <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>number</i> from the end of the input. <i>Number</i> is counted in lines, + 1K blocks or bytes, according to the appended flag <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt>. + Default is <tt><font size=+1>−10l</font></tt> (ten ell). + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The further flag <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt> causes tail to print lines from the end of + the file in reverse order; <tt><font size=+1>f</font></tt> (follow) causes <i>tail</i>, after printing + to the end, to keep watch and print further data as it appears. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The second syntax is that promulgated by POSIX, where the <i>numbers</i> + rather than the options are signed.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tail file<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the last 10 lines of a file.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>tail +0f file<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print a file, and continue to watch data accumulate as it grows.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>sed 10q file<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the first 10 lines of a file.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/tail.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Tails relative to the end of the file are treasured up in a buffer, + and thus are limited in length. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + According to custom, option <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt><i>number</i> counts lines from 1, and counts + blocks and bytes from 0. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Tail</i> is ignorant of UTF.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/tbl.html b/man/man1/tbl.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a50e8939 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/tbl.html @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +<head> +<title>tbl(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TBL(1)</b><td align=right><b>TBL(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + tbl – format tables for nroff or troff<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tbl</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Tbl</i> is a preprocessor for formatting tables for <i>nroff</i> or <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>. + The input <i>files</i> are copied to the standard output, except for + segments of the form<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>.TS <br> + </font></tt><i>options</i> <tt><font size=+1>;<br> + </font></tt><i>format</i> <tt><font size=+1>.<br> + </font></tt><i>data <br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>.T& <br> + </font></tt><i>format</i> <tt><font size=+1>.<br> + </font></tt><i>data <br> + </i>. . .<br> + <tt><font size=+1>.TE <br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + which describe tables and are replaced by <i>troff</i> requests to lay + out the tables. If no arguments are given, <i>tbl</i> reads the standard + input. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The (optional) <i>options</i> line is terminated by a semicolon and contains + one or more of<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>center</font></tt> center the table; default is left-adjust<br> + <tt><font size=+1>expand</font></tt> make table as wide as current line length<br> + <tt><font size=+1>box<br> + doublebox</font></tt> enclose the table in a box or double box<br> + <tt><font size=+1>allbox</font></tt> enclose every item in a box<br> + <tt><font size=+1>tab(</font></tt><i>x</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> use <i>x</i> to separate input items; default is tab<br> + <tt><font size=+1>linesize(</font></tt><i>n</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> set rules in <i>n</i>-point type<br> + <tt><font size=+1>delim(</font></tt><i>xy</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> recognize <i>x</i> and <i>y</i> as <a href="../man1/eqn.html"><i>eqn</i>(1)</a> delimiters<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + Each line, except the last, of the obligatory <i>format</i> describes + one row of the table. The last line describes all rows until the + next <tt><font size=+1>.T&</font></tt>, where the format changes, or the end of the table at + <tt><font size=+1>.TE</font></tt>. A format is specified by key letters, one per column, either + upper or lower case:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>L</font></tt> Left justify: the default for columns without format keys.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>R</font></tt> Right justify.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>C</font></tt> Center.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>N</font></tt> Numeric: align at decimal point (inferred for integers) or at + <tt><font size=+1>\&</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>S</font></tt> Span: extend previous column across this one.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>A</font></tt> Alphabetic: left-aligned within column, widest item centered, + indented relative to <tt><font size=+1>L</font></tt> rows.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt> Vertical span: continue item from previous row into this row.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> Draw a horizontal rule in this column.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> Draw a double horizontal rule in this column.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + Key letters may be followed by modifiers, also either case:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>|</font></tt> Draw vertical rule between columns.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>||</font></tt> Draw a double vertical rule between columns.<br> + <i>n</i> Gap between column is <i>n</i> ens wide. Default is 3.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>F</font></tt><i>font</i> Use specified <i>font</i>. <tt><font size=+1>B</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>I</font></tt> mean <tt><font size=+1>FB</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>FI</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>T</font></tt> Begin vertically-spanned item at top row of range; default is + vertical centering (with <tt><font size=+1>^</font></tt>).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>P</font></tt><i>n</i> Use point size <i>n</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>V</font></tt><i>n</i> Use <i>n</i>-point vertical spacing in text block; signed <i>n</i> means relative + change.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>W(</font></tt><i>n</i><tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> Column width as a <i>troff</i> width specification. Parens are optional + if <i>n</i> is a simple integer.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>E</font></tt> Equalize the widths of all columns marked <tt><font size=+1>E</font></tt>.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + Each line of <i>data</i> becomes one row of the table; tabs separate + items. Lines beginning with <tt><font size=+1>.</font></tt> are <i>troff</i> requests. Certain special + data items are recognized:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>_</font></tt> Draw a horizontal rule in this column.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> Draw a double horizontal rule in this column. A data line consisting + of a single <tt><font size=+1>_</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> draws the rule across the whole table.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>\_</font></tt> Draw a rule only as wide as the contents of the column.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>\R</font></tt><i>x</i> Repeat character <i>x</i> across the column.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>\^</font></tt> Span the previous item in this column down into this row.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>T{</font></tt> The item is a text block to be separately formatted by <i>troff</i> + and placed in the table. The block continues to the next line + beginning with <tt><font size=+1>T}</font></tt>. The remainder of the data line follows at that + point.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + When it is used in a pipeline with <i>eqn</i>, the <i>tbl</i> command should + be first, to minimize the volume of data passed through pipes.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Let <tab> represent a tab (which should be typed as a genuine tab).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>.TS<br> + c s s<br> + c c s<br> + c c c<br> + l n n.<br> + Household Population<br> + Town</font></tt><tab><tt><font size=+1>Households<br> + </font></tt><tab><tt><font size=+1>Number</font></tt><tab><tt><font size=+1>Size<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +Bedminster<tab>789<tab>3.26<br> +Bernards Twp.<tab>3087<tab>3.74<br> +Bernardsville<tab>2018<tab>3.30<br> +.TE<br> + <br> + <br> +<br> +c s s<br> +c c s<br> +c c c<br> +l n n.<br> +Household Population<br> +Town Households<br> +Number Size<br> +Bedminster 789 3.26<br> +Bernards Twp. 3087 3.74<br> +Bernardsville 2018 3.30<br> +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/tcs.html b/man/man1/tcs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50919607 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/tcs.html @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +<head> +<title>tcs(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TCS(1)</b><td align=right><b>TCS(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + tcs – translate character sets<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tcs</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−slcv</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>ics</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> <i>ocs</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Tcs</i> interprets the named <i>file(s)</i> (standard input default) as a + stream of characters from the <i>ics</i> character set or format, converts + them to runes, and then converts them into a stream of characters + from the <i>ocs</i> character set or format on the standard output. The + default value for <i>ics</i> and <i>ocs</i> is <tt><font size=+1>utf</font></tt>, the UTF encoding + described in <a href="../man7/utf.html"><i>utf</i>(7)</a>. The <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> option lists the character sets known + to <i>tcs</i>. Processing continues in the face of conversion errors + (the <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> option prevents reporting of these errors). The <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> option + forces the output to contain only correctly converted characters; + otherwise, <tt><font size=+1>0x80</font></tt> characters will be substituted for UTF + encoding errors and <tt><font size=+1>0xFFFD</font></tt> characters will substituted for unknown + characters. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> option generates various diagnostic and summary information + on standard error, or makes the <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> output more verbose. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Tcs</i> recognizes an ever changing list of character sets. In particular, + it supports a variety of Russian and Japanese encodings. Some + of the supported encodings are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>utf</font></tt> The Plan 9 UTF encoding, known by ISO as UTF-8<br> + <tt><font size=+1>utf1</font></tt> The deprecated original UTF encoding from ISO 10646<br> + <tt><font size=+1>ascii</font></tt> 7-bit ASCII<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8859−1</font></tt> Latin-1 (Central European)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8859−2</font></tt> Latin-2 (Czech .. Slovak)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8859−3</font></tt> Latin-3 (Dutch .. Turkish)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8859−4</font></tt> Latin-4 (Scandinavian)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8859−5</font></tt> Part 5 (Cyrillic)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8859−6</font></tt> Part 6 (Arabic)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8859−7</font></tt> Part 7 (Greek)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8859−8</font></tt> Part 8 (Hebrew)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8859−9</font></tt> Latin-5 (Finnish .. Portuguese)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>koi8</font></tt> KOI-8 (GOST 19769-74)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>jis−kanji</font></tt> ISO 2022-JP<br> + <tt><font size=+1>ujis</font></tt> EUC-JX: JIS 0208<br> + <tt><font size=+1>ms−kanji</font></tt> Microsoft, or Shift-JIS<br> + <tt><font size=+1>jis</font></tt> (from only) guesses between ISO 2022-JP, EUC or Shift-Jis<br> + <tt><font size=+1>gb</font></tt> Chinese national standard (GB2312-80)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>big5</font></tt> Big 5 (HKU version)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>unicode</font></tt> Unicode Standard 1.0<br> + <tt><font size=+1>tis</font></tt> Thai character set plus ASCII (TIS 620-1986)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>msdos</font></tt> IBM PC: CP 437<br> + <tt><font size=+1>atari</font></tt> Atari-ST character set<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tcs −f 8859−1<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Convert 8859-1 (Latin-1) characters into UTF format.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>tcs −s −f jis<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Convert characters encoded in one of several shift JIS encodings + into UTF format. Unknown Kanji will be converted into <tt><font size=+1>0xFFFD</font></tt> characters.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>tcs −lv<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print an up to date list of the supported character sets.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/tcs<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/ascii.html"><i>ascii</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man3/rune.html"><i>rune</i>(3)</a>, <a href="../man7/utf.html"><i>utf</i>(7)</a>.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/tee.html b/man/man1/tee.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ece532f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/tee.html @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<head> +<title>tee(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TEE(1)</b><td align=right><b>TEE(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + tee – pipe fitting<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tee</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> ] <i>files<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Tee</i> transcribes the standard input to the standard output and + makes copies in the <i>files</i>. The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> Ignore interrupts.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> Append the output to the <i>files</i> rather than rewriting them.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/tee.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/test.html b/man/man1/test.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f3fa85d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/test.html @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +<head> +<title>test(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TEST(1)</b><td align=right><b>TEST(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + test – set status according to condition<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>test</font></tt> <i>expr<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Test</i> evaluates the expression <i>expr</i>. If the value is true the exit + status is null; otherwise the exit status is non-null. If there + are no arguments the exit status is non-null. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The following primitives are used to construct <i>expr</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> <i>file</i> True if the file exists (is accessible) and is readable.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−w</font></tt> <i>file</i> True if the file exists and is writable.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> <i>file</i> True if the file exists and has execute permission.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> <i>file</i> True if the file exists.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>file</i> True if the file exists and is a plain file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>file</i> True if the file exists and is a directory.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> <i>file</i> True if the file exists and has a size greater than zero.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> <i>fildes</i> True if the open file whose file descriptor number is + <i>fildes</i> (1 by default) is the same file as <tt><font size=+1>/dev/cons</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−A</font></tt> <i>file</i> True if the file exists and is append-only.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−L</font></tt> <i>file</i> True if the file exists and is exclusive-use.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt><i>file</i> True if the file exists and is temporary.<br> + <i>s1</i> <tt><font size=+1>=</font></tt> <i>s2</i> True if the strings <i>s1</i> and <i>s2</i> are identical.<br> + <i>s1</i> <tt><font size=+1>!=</font></tt> <i>s2</i> True if the strings <i>s1</i> and <i>s2</i> are not identical.<br> + s1 True if <i>s1</i> is not the null string. (Deprecated.)<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> <i>s1</i> True if the length of string <i>s1</i> is non-zero.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−z</font></tt> <i>s1</i> True if the length of string <i>s1</i> is zero.<br> + <i>n1</i> <tt><font size=+1>−eq</font></tt> <i>n2</i>True if the integers <i>n1</i> and <i>n2</i> are arithmetically equal. + Any of the comparisons <tt><font size=+1>−ne</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>−gt</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>−ge</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>−lt</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>−le</font></tt> may be used + in place of <tt><font size=+1>−eq</font></tt>. The (nonstandard) construct <tt><font size=+1>−l</font></tt> <i>string</i>, meaning + the length of <i>string</i>, may be used in place of an integer.<br> + <i>a</i> <tt><font size=+1>−nt</font></tt> <i>b</i> True if file <i>a</i> is newer than (modified after) file <i>b</i>.<br> + <i>a</i> <tt><font size=+1>−ot</font></tt> <i>b</i> True if file <i>a</i> is older than (modified before) file <i>b</i>.<br> + <i>f</i> <tt><font size=+1>−older</font></tt> <i>t</i>True if file <i>f</i> is older than (modified before) time + <i>t</i>. If <i>t</i> is a integer followed by the letters <tt><font size=+1>y</font></tt>(years), <tt><font size=+1>M</font></tt>(months), + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt>(days), <tt><font size=+1>h</font></tt>(hours), <tt><font size=+1>m</font></tt>(minutes), or <tt><font size=+1>s</font></tt>(seconds), it represents current + time minus the specified time. If there is no letter, it represents + seconds since epoch. You can also concatenate mixed units. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + For example, <tt><font size=+1>3d12h</font></tt> means three days and twelve hours ago. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + + </table> + These primaries may be combined with the following operators:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>!</font></tt> unary negation operator<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> binary <i>or</i> operator<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> binary <i>and</i> operator; higher precedence than <tt><font size=+1>−o<br> + (</font></tt> <i>expr</i> <tt><font size=+1>)</font></tt> parentheses for grouping. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The primitives <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>−g</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> return false; they are recognized + for compatibility with POSIX. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Notice that all the operators and flags are separate arguments + to <i>test</i>. Notice also that parentheses and equal signs are meaningful + to <i>rc</i> and must be enclosed in quotes.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Test</i> is a dubious way to check for specific character strings: + it uses a process to do what an <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a> match or switch statement + can do. The first example is not only inefficient but wrong, because + <i>test</i> understands the purported string <tt><font size=+1>"−c"</font></tt> as an option.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>if (test $1 '=' "−c") echo OK # wrong!<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + A better way is<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>if (~ $1 −c) echo OK<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Test whether <tt><font size=+1>abc</font></tt> is in the current directory.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>test −f abc −o −d abc<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/test.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/time.html b/man/man1/time.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4646754f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/time.html @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<head> +<title>time(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TIME(1)</b><td align=right><b>TIME(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + time – time a command<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>time</font></tt> <i>command</i> [ <i>arg ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The <i>command</i> is executed with the given arguments; after it is + complete, <i>time</i> reports on standard error the program’s elapsed + user time, system time, and real time, in seconds, followed by + the command line.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/time.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/prof.html"><i>prof</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/touch.html b/man/man1/touch.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e2f7f91 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/touch.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<head> +<title>touch(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TOUCH(1)</b><td align=right><b>TOUCH(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + touch – set modification date of a file<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>touch</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> <i>time</i> ] <i>file ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Touch</i> attempts to set the modification time of the <i>files</i> to <i>time</i> + (by default, the current time). If a <i>file</i> does not exist, it will + be created unless option <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> is present.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/touch.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/ls.html"><i>ls</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man3/stat.html"><i>stat</i>(3)</a>, <a href="../man1/chmod.html"><i>chmod</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Touch</i> will not touch directories.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/tr.html b/man/man1/tr.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc827b3f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/tr.html @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +<head> +<title>tr(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TR(1)</b><td align=right><b>TR(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + tr – translate characters<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tr</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−cds</font></tt> ] [ <i>string1</i> [ <i>string2</i> ] ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Tr</i> copies the standard input to the standard output with substitution + or deletion of selected characters (runes). Input characters found + in <i>string1</i> are mapped into the corresponding characters of <i>string2</i>. + When <i>string2</i> is short it is padded to the length of <i>string1</i> by + duplicating its last character. Any combination of the + options <tt><font size=+1>−cds</font></tt> may be used:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> Complement <i>string1</i>: replace it with a lexicographically ordered + list of all other characters.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> Delete from input all characters in <i>string1</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> Squeeze repeated output characters that occur in <i>string2</i> to + single characters. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + In either string a noninitial sequence <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>x</i>, where <i>x</i> is any character + (possibly quoted), stands for a range of characters: a possibly + empty sequence of codes running from the successor of the previous + code up through the code for <i>x</i>. The character <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt> followed by 1, + 2 or 3 octal digits stands for the character whose 16-bit + value is given by those digits. The character sequence <tt><font size=+1>\x</font></tt> followed + by 1, 2, 3, or 4 hexadecimal digits stands for the character whose + 16-bit value is given by those digits. A <tt><font size=+1>\</font></tt> followed by any other + character stands for that character.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Replace all upper-case ASCII letters by lower-case.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tr A−Z a−z <mixed >lower<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Create a list of all the words in <tt><font size=+1>file1</font></tt> one per line in <tt><font size=+1>file2</font></tt>, + where a word is taken to be a maximal string of alphabetics. <i>String2</i> + is given as a quoted newline.<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tr −cs A−Za−z '<br> + ' <file1 >file2<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/tr.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/sed.html"><i>sed</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/tr2post.html b/man/man1/tr2post.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..808c329b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/tr2post.html @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +<head> +<title>tr2post(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TR2POST(1)</b><td align=right><b>TR2POST(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + tr2post – convert troff intermediate to PostScript<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tr2post</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>options</font></tt> ] [ <i>files ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Tr2post</i> converts <i>files</i> (or standard input), which should be the + device-independent output of <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>, into the PostScript printer + language. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> <i>aspectratio<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set an aspect ratio (<i>y</i>/<i>x</i>) to stretch the PostScript output (default + 1.0).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> <i>copies<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Set a comment in the PostScript output marking the number of copies + that should be printed. The comment is intended for ancient versions + of the Unix <i>lp</i>(1) and is not recognized by any current printer + or print spooler.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> Emit volumes of debugging output on standard error.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> <i>magnification<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Magnify the PostScript output (default 1.0).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt> <i>formsperpage<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the PostScript with <i>formsperpage</i> logical pages per physical + page (default 1). Using this option emits PostScript with invalid + document structuring comments. It will print fine but will not + view correctly in <a href="../man1/gv.html"><i>gv</i>(1)</a> or <i>psv</i> (see <a href="../man1/page.html"><i>page</i>(1)</a>).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> <i>pagelist<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print only the pages in the <i>pagelist</i>, which is a comma-separated + list of ranges. Each range is of the form <i>p</i> (just page <i>p</i>), <i>p</i><tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>q</i> + (pages <i>p</i> through <i>q</i>), <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>p</i> (pages 1 through <i>p</i>), or <i>p</i><tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> (pages <i>p</i> through + the end of the document).<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−p l</font></tt> Print the document in landscape mode. An argument that does + not begin with <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> will print the document in portrait mode.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−x</font></tt> <i>xoffset<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Translate the page output by <i>xoffset</i> inches to the right. (Negative + offsets translate to the left.)<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−y</font></tt> <i>yoffset<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Translate the page output by <i>yoffset</i> inches down. (Negative offsets + translate up.)<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−P</font></tt> <i>pscode<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Emit the text <i>pscode</i> at the end of the usual PostScript header.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Preview this manual page:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>troff −man /usr/local/plan9/man/man1/tr2post.1 |<br> + tr2post |<br> + psfonts >/tmp/a.ps<br> + psv /tmp/a.ps<br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/postscript/tr2post<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/psfonts.html"><i>psfonts</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/troff.html b/man/man1/troff.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3d8477f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/troff.html @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +<head> +<title>troff(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TROFF(1)</b><td align=right><b>TROFF(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + troff, nroff – text formatting and typesetting<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>troff</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ] + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>nroff</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Troff</i> formats text in the named <i>files</i> for printing on a typesetter. + <i>Nroff</i> does the same, but produces output suitable for typewriter-like + devices. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If no <i>file</i> argument is present, the standard input is read. An + argument consisting of a single minus (<tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt>) is taken to be a file + name corresponding to the standard input. The options are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt><i>list</i> Print pages in the comma-separated <i>list</i> of numbers and ranges. + A range <i>N</i><tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>M</i> means <i>N</i> through <i>M</i>; initial <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>M</i> means up to <i>M</i>; final + <i>N</i><tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt> means from <i>N</i> to the end.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−n</font></tt><i>N</i> Number first generated page <i>N</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt><i>name</i>Process the macro file <tt><font size=+1>/sys/lib/tmac/tmac.</font></tt><i>name</i> before the + input <i>files</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt><i>aN</i> Set register <i>a</i> (one character name) to <i>N</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> Read standard input after the input files are exhausted.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−q</font></tt> Invoke the simultaneous input-output mode of the <tt><font size=+1>rd</font></tt> request.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−N</font></tt> Produce output suitable for typewriter-like devices.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Typesetter devices (not <tt><font size=+1>−N</font></tt>) only </b></font><br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt> Send a printable textual approximation of the results to the + standard output.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt><i>dest</i> Prepare output for typesetter <i>dest</i>:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>−Tutf</font></tt> (The default.) PostScript printers with preprocessing to + handle Unicode characters encoded in UTF<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−Tpost</font></tt> Regular PostScript printers<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−T202</font></tt> Mergenthaler Linotron 202<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−F</font></tt><i>dir</i> Take font information from directory <i>dir</i>.<br> + <p><font size=+1><b>Typewriter (<tt><font size=+1>−N</font></tt>) output only </b></font><br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt><i>N</i> Halt prior to every <i>N</i> pages (default <i>N</i>=1) to allow paper loading + or changing.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−T</font></tt><i>name</i>Prepare output for specified terminal. Known <i>names</i> include + <tt><font size=+1>utf</font></tt> for the normal Plan 9 UTF encoding of the Unicode Standard + character set (default), <tt><font size=+1>37</font></tt> for the Teletype model 37, <tt><font size=+1>lp</font></tt> (‘line-printer’) + for any terminal without half-line capability, <tt><font size=+1>450</font></tt> for the DASI-450 + (Diablo Hyterm), and <tt><font size=+1>think</font></tt> (HP ThinkJet). + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> Produce equally-spaced words in adjusted lines, using full terminal + resolution.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−h</font></tt> Use output tabs during horizontal spacing to speed output and + reduce output character count. Tab settings are assumed to be + every 8 nominal character widths.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/tmp/trtmp*</font></tt> temporary file<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/tmac/tmac.*</font></tt> standard macro files<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/troff/term/*</font></tt> terminal driving tables for <i>nroff<br> + </i><tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/troff/font/*</font></tt> font width tables for <i>troff<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/troff<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/lpr.html"><i>lpr</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/proof.html"><i>proof</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/tr2post.html"><i>tr2post</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/eqn.html"><i>eqn</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/tbl.html"><i>tbl</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/pic.html"><i>pic</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/grap.html"><i>grap</i>(1)</a>, + <a href="../man1/doctype.html"><i>doctype</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man7/ms.html"><i>ms</i>(7)</a>, <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a>, <a href="../man1/tex.html"><i>tex</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/deroff.html"><i>deroff</i>(1)</a><br> + J. F. Ossanna and B. W. Kernighan, “Troff User’s Manual”<br> + B. W. Kernighan, “A TROFF Tutorial”, <i>Unix Research System Programmer’s + Manual,</i> Tenth Edition, Volume 2.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/troff2html.1 b/man/man1/troff2html.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01bd0681 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/troff2html.1 @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +.TH TROFF2HTML 1 +.SH NAME +troff2html \- convert troff output into HTML +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B troff2html +[ +.B -t +.I title +] [ +.I file +\ ... +] +.SH DESCRIPTION +.I Troff2html +reads the +.IR troff (1) +output in the named +.IR files , +default standard input, +and converts them into HTML. +.PP +.I Troff2html +does a tolerable job with straight +.B troff +output, but it is helped by annotations, described below. +Its main use is for +.B man2html +(see Plan 9's \fIhttpd\fR(8)), +which converts +.IR man (1) +pages into HTML +and depends on a specially annotated set of +.IR man (6) +macros, invoked by +.B troff +.BR -manhtml . +.PP +.B Troff +output lines beginning +.IP +.EX +x X html \f1... +.EE +.LP +which are introduced by placing +.B \eX'html\ \f1...\fP' +in the +.IR input , +cause the rest of the line to be interpolated into the HTML produced. +Several such lines are recognized specially by +.IR troff2html . +The most important are the pair +.IP +.EX +x X html manref start cp 1 +x X html manref end cp 1 +.EE +.PP +which are used to create HTML hyperlinks around text of the form +.IR cp (1) +pointing to +.BR /magic/man2html/1/cp . +.PP +.I Troff2html +is new and experimental; in time, it may improve and subsume +.IR ms2html (1). +On the one hand, because it uses the input, +.B ms2html +can handle +.IR pic (1), +.IR eqn (1), +etc., which +.I troff2html +does not handle at all; on the other hand, +.B ms2html +understands only +.IR ms (6) +documents and is easily confused by complex +.B troff +constructions. +.I Troff2html +has the reverse properties: it does not handle the preprocessors but its output +is reliable and (modulo helper annotations) is independent of macro package. +.SH SEE ALSO +.IR troff (1), +.IR ms2html (1), +.B man2html +in +.IR httpd (8). +.SH BUGS +.B Troff +and HTML have different models, and they don't mesh well in all cases. +.BR Troff 's +indented paragraphs are not well served in HTML, and the output of +.I troff2html +shows this. diff --git a/man/man1/troff2html.html b/man/man1/troff2html.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77dff2d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/troff2html.html @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +<head> +<title>troff2html(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TROFF2HTML(1)</b><td align=right><b>TROFF2HTML(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + troff2html – convert troff output into HTML<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>troff2html</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−t</font></tt> <i>title</i> ] [ <i>file</i> ... ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Troff2html</i> reads the <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a> output in the named <i>files</i>, default + standard input, and converts them into HTML. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Troff2html</i> does a tolerable job with straight <tt><font size=+1>troff</font></tt> output, but + it is helped by annotations, described below. Its main use is + for <tt><font size=+1>man2html</font></tt> (see Plan 9’s <i>httpd</i>(8)), which converts <a href="../man1/man.html"><i>man</i>(1)</a> pages + into HTML and depends on a specially annotated set of <a href="../man6/man.html"><i>man</i>(6)</a> macros, + invoked by <tt><font size=+1>troff −manhtml</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <tt><font size=+1>Troff</font></tt> output lines beginning<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>x X html</font></tt> ...<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + which are introduced by placing <tt><font size=+1>\X'html</font></tt> ...<tt><font size=+1>'</font></tt> in the <i>input</i>, cause + the rest of the line to be interpolated into the HTML produced. + Several such lines are recognized specially by <i>troff2html</i>. The + most important are the pair<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>x X html manref start cp 1<br> + x X html manref end cp 1<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + which are used to create HTML hyperlinks around text of the form + <a href="../man1/cp.html"><i>cp</i>(1)</a> pointing to <tt><font size=+1>/magic/man2html/1/cp</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Troff2html</i> is new and experimental; in time, it may improve and + subsume <a href="../man1/ms2html.html"><i>ms2html</i>(1)</a>. On the one hand, because it uses the input, + <tt><font size=+1>ms2html</font></tt> can handle <a href="../man1/pic.html"><i>pic</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/eqn.html"><i>eqn</i>(1)</a>, etc., which <i>troff2html</i> does + not handle at all; on the other hand, <tt><font size=+1>ms2html</font></tt> understands only + <a href="../man6/ms.html"><i>ms</i>(6)</a> documents and is easily confused by complex + <tt><font size=+1>troff</font></tt> constructions. <i>Troff2html</i> has the reverse properties: it + does not handle the preprocessors but its output is reliable and + (modulo helper annotations) is independent of macro package.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/troff.html"><i>troff</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/ms2html.html"><i>ms2html</i>(1)</a>, <tt><font size=+1>man2html</font></tt> in <a href="../man8/httpd.html"><i>httpd</i>(8)</a>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>Troff</font></tt> and HTML have different models, and they don’t mesh well + in all cases. <tt><font size=+1>Troff</font></tt>’s indented paragraphs are not well served + in HTML, and the output of <i>troff2html</i> shows this.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/tweak.html b/man/man1/tweak.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d63dcd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/tweak.html @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +<head> +<title>tweak(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>TWEAK(1)</b><td align=right><b>TWEAK(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + tweak – edit image files, subfont files, face files, etc.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>tweak</font></tt> [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Tweak</i> edits existing files holding various forms of images. To + create original images, start from an existing image, subfont, + etc. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Tweak</i> reads its argument <i>files</i> and displays the resulting images + in a vertical column. If the image is too wide to fit across the + display, it is folded much like a long line of text in an <i>rio</i> + window. Under each image is displayed one or two lines of text + presenting its parameters. The first line shows the image’s <tt><font size=+1>depth</font></tt>, + the number of bits per pixel; <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt>, the rectangle covered by the + image; and the name of the <tt><font size=+1>file</font></tt> from which it was read. If the + file is a subfont, a second line presents a hexadecimal 16-bit + <tt><font size=+1>offset</font></tt> to be applied to character values from the subfont (typically + as stored in a font file; see <a href="../man7/font.html"><i>font</i>(7)</a>); and the subfont’s <tt><font size=+1>n</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>height</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>ascent</font></tt> as defined in <a href="../man3/cachechars.html"><i>cachechars</i>(3)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + By means described below, magnified views of portions of the images + may be displayed. The text associated with such a view includes + <tt><font size=+1>mag</font></tt>, the magnification. If the view is of a single character from + a subfont, the second line of text shows the character’s value + (including the subfont’s offset) in hexadecimal and as a + character in <i>tweak’s</i> default font; the character’s <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>top</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>bottom</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>left</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>width</font></tt> as defined in <a href="../man3/cachechars.html"><i>cachechars</i>(3)</a>; and <tt><font size=+1>iwidth</font></tt>, the physical + width of the image in the subfont’s image. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + There are two methods to obtain a magnified view of a character + from a subfont. The first is to click mouse button 1 over the + image of the character in the subfont. The second is to select + the <tt><font size=+1>char</font></tt> entry on the button 3 menu, point the resulting gunsight + cursor at the desired subfont and click button 3, and then type + at the text prompt at the bottom of the screen the character value, + either as a multi-digit hexadecimal number or as a single rune + representing the character. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + To magnify a portion of other types of image files, click button + 1 over the unmagnified file. The cursor will switch to a cross. + Still with button 1, sweep a rectangle, as in <tt><font size=+1>rio</font></tt>, that encloses + the portion of the image to be magnified. (If the file is 16x16 + or smaller, <i>tweak</i> will just magnify the entire file; no sweeping + is + necessary.) + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Pressing buttons 1 and 2 within magnified images changes pixel + values. By default, button 1 sets the pixel to all zeros and button + 2 sets the pixel to all ones. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Across the top of the screen is a textual display of global parameters. + These values, as well as many of the textual values associated + with the images, may be edited by clicking button 1 on the displayed + value and typing a new value. The values along the top of the + screen are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>mag</font></tt> Default magnification.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>val(hex)<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The value used to modify pixels within magnified images. The value + must be in hexadecimal, optionally preceded by a tilde for bitwise + negation.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>but1<br> + but2</font></tt>The pixel value written when the corresponding button is pressed + over a pixel.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>invert−on−copy<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Whether the pixel values are inverted when a <tt><font size=+1>copy</font></tt> operation is + performed. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + Under button 3 is a menu holding a variety of functions. Many + of these functions prompt for the image upon which to act by switching + to a gunsight cursor; click button 3 over the selection, or click + a different button to cancel the action.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>open</font></tt>Read and display a file. The name of the file is typed to + the prompt on the bottom line.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>read</font></tt>Reread a file.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>write<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Write a file.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>copy</font></tt>Use the copy function, default <tt><font size=+1>S</font></tt>, to transfer a rectangle + of pixels from one image to another. The program prompts with + a cross cursor; sweep out a rectangle in one image or just click + button 3 to select the whole image. The program will leave that + rectangle in place and attach another one to the cursor. Move + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + that rectangle to the desired place in any image and click button + 3, or another button to cancel the action.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>char</font></tt>As described above, open a magnified view of a character image + in a subfont.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>pixels<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Report the coordinate and value of individual pixels indicated + by pressing button 3. This is a mode of operation canceled by + pressing button 1 or 2.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>close<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Close the specified image. If the image is the unmagnified file, + also close any magnified views of that file.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>exit</font></tt>Quit <i>tweak</i>. The program will complain once about modified + but unwritten files.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/draw/tweak.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man3/cachechars.html"><i>cachechars</i>(3)</a>, <a href="../man7/image.html"><i>image</i>(7)</a>, <a href="../man7/font.html"><i>font</i>(7)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + For a program written to adjust width tables in fonts, <i>tweak</i> has + been pushed unreasonably far.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/uniq.html b/man/man1/uniq.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f0e4377 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/uniq.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<head> +<title>uniq(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>UNIQ(1)</b><td align=right><b>UNIQ(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + uniq – report repeated lines in a file<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>uniq</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−udc</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>+−</font></tt><i>num</i> ] ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Uniq</i> copies the input <i>file</i>, or the standard input, to the standard + output, comparing adjacent lines. In the normal case, the second + and succeeding copies of repeated lines are removed. Repeated + lines must be adjacent in order to be found.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> Print unique lines.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> Print (one copy of) duplicated lines.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> Prefix a repetition count and a tab to each output line. Implies + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>num</i>The first <i>num</i> fields together with any blanks before each + are ignored. A field is defined as a string of non-space, non-tab + characters separated by tabs and spaces from its neighbors.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>+</font></tt><i>num</i>The first <i>num</i> characters are ignored. Fields are skipped before + characters.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/uniq.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/sort.html"><i>sort</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Field selection and comparison should be compatible with <a href="../man1/sort.html"><i>sort</i>(1)</a>.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/units.html b/man/man1/units.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fed0c287 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/units.html @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +<head> +<title>units(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>UNITS(1)</b><td align=right><b>UNITS(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + units – conversion program<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>units</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> ] [ <i>file</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Units</i> converts quantities expressed in various standard scales + to their equivalents in other scales. It works interactively in + this fashion:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>you have: inch<br> + you want: cm<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + * 2.54<br> + / 0.393701<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + </table> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + + </table> + + </table> + A quantity is specified as a multiplicative combination of units + and floating point numbers. Operators have the following precedence:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>+ − </font></tt> add and subtract<br> + <tt><font size=+1>* / x ÷ </font></tt> multiply and divide<br> + catenation multiply<br> + <tt><font size=+1>² ³ ^ </font></tt> exponentiation<br> + <tt><font size=+1>| </font></tt> divide<br> + <tt><font size=+1>(</font></tt> ... <tt><font size=+1>) </font></tt> grouping<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + Most familiar units, abbreviations, and metric prefixes are recognized, + together with a generous leavening of exotica and a few constants + of nature including:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>pi,</font></tt>π ratio of circumference to diameter<br> + <tt><font size=+1>c </font></tt> speed of light <br> + <tt><font size=+1>e </font></tt> charge on an electron <br> + <tt><font size=+1>g </font></tt> acceleration of gravity <br> + <tt><font size=+1>force </font></tt> same as <tt><font size=+1>g <br> + mole </font></tt> Avogadro’s number <br> + <tt><font size=+1>water </font></tt> pressure head per unit height of water <br> + <tt><font size=+1>au </font></tt> astronomical unit <br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + + </table> + The <tt><font size=+1>pound</font></tt> is a unit of mass. Compound names are run together, + e.g. <tt><font size=+1>lightyear</font></tt>. British units that differ from their US counterparts + are prefixed thus: <tt><font size=+1>brgallon</font></tt>. Currency is denoted <tt><font size=+1>belgiumfranc</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>britainpound</font></tt>, etc. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The complete list of units can be found in <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/units</font></tt>. + A <i>file</i> argument to <i>units</i> specifies a file to be used instead of + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/units.</font></tt> The <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> flag causes <i>units</i> to print + its entire database.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>you have: 15 pounds force/in²<br> + you want: atm<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + * 1.02069<br> + / .97973<br> + + </table> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/units<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/units.y<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Since <i>units</i> does only multiplicative scale changes, it can convert + Kelvin to Rankine but not Centigrade to Fahrenheit. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Currency conversions are only as accurate as the last time someone + updated the database.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/vac.html b/man/man1/vac.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71f121ff --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/vac.html @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +<head> +<title>vac(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>VAC(1)</b><td align=right><b>VAC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + vac – create a vac archive on Venti<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>vac</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−mqsv</font></tt> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> <i>blocksize</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>oldvacfile</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> <i>exclude</i> + ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>vacfile</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> <i>name</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−h</font></tt> <i>host</i> ] <i>file ...<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Vac</i> creates an archival copy of Plan 9 file trees on Venti. It + can be used to build a simple backup system. One of the unusual + properties of Venti is that duplicate blocks are detected and + coalesced. When <i>vac</i> is used on a file tree that shares data with + an existing archive, the consumption of storage will be approximately + equal to an incremental backup. This reduction in storage consumption + occurs transparently to the user. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + As an optimization, the <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> and <tt><font size=+1>−q</font></tt> options, described below, can + be used to explicitly create an archive relative to an existing + archive. These options do not change the resulting archive generated + by <i>vac</i>, but simply reduce the number of write operations to Venti. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The output of <i>vac</i> is the hexadecimal representation of the Sha1 + fingerprint of the root of the archive, in this format:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>vac:64daefaecc4df4b5cb48a368b361ef56012a4f46<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Option to <i>vac</i> are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−b</font></tt> <i>blocksize<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Specifies the block size that data will be broken into. The units + for the size can be specified by appending <tt><font size=+1>k</font></tt> to indicate kilobytes. + The default is 8k. The size must be in the range of 512 bytes + to 52k.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> <i>oldvacfile<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Reduce the number of blocks written to Venti by comparing the + files to be stored with the contents of an existing <i>vac</i> file tree + given by <i>oldvacfile</i>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−e</font></tt> <i>exclude<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Do not include the file or directory specified by <i>exclude</i>. This + option may be repeated multiple times.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−f</font></tt> <i>vacfile<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The results of <i>vac</i> are place in <i>vacfile</i>, or the standard output + if no file is given.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−i</font></tt> <i>name<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Include standard input as one of the input files, storing it in + the archive with the specified <i>name</i>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−h</font></tt> <i>host<br> + </i> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The network address of the Venti server. The default is taken + from the environment variable <tt><font size=+1>venti</font></tt>.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−m</font></tt> Expand and merge any <i>vac</i> archives that are found while reading + the input files. This option is useful for building an archive + from a collection of existing archives. Each archive is inserted + into the new archive as if it had been unpacked in the directory + in which it was found. Multiple archives can be unpacked in + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + a single directory and the contents will be merged. To be detected, + the archives must end in <tt><font size=+1>.vac</font></tt>. Note, an archive is inserted by + simply copying the root fingerprint and does not require the archive + to be unpacked.<br> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−q</font></tt> Increase the performance of the <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> option by detecting unchanged + files based on a match of the files name and other meta data, + rather than examining the contents of the files.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> Print out various statistics on standard error.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> Produce more verbose output on standard error, including the + name of the files added to the archive and the vac archives that + are expanded and merged.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/vac<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Plan 9’s <i>vacfs</i>(4) and <i>venti</i>(8)<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/wc.html b/man/man1/wc.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..677c2937 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/wc.html @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +<head> +<title>wc(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>WC(1)</b><td align=right><b>WC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + wc – word count<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>wc</font></tt> [ <tt><font size=+1>−lwrbc</font></tt> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Wc</i> counts lines, words, runes, syntactically-invalid UTF codes + and bytes in the named <i>files</i>, or in the standard input if no file + is named. A word is a maximal string of characters delimited by + spaces, tabs or newlines. The count of runes includes invalid + codes. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + If the optional argument is present, just the specified counts + (lines, words, runes, broken UTF codes or bytes) are selected + by the letters <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>r</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>c</font></tt>. Otherwise, lines, words and bytes + (<tt><font size=+1>−lwc</font></tt>) are reported.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/wc.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The Unicode Standard has many blank characters scattered through + it, but <i>wc</i> looks for only ASCII space, tab and newline. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Wc</i> should have options to count suboptimal UTF codes and bytes + that cannot occur in any UTF code.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/web.html b/man/man1/web.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb0ad0b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/web.html @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +<head> +<title>web(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>WEB(1)</b><td align=right><b>WEB(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + web, wmail – handle web page, mail message for plumber<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>web</font></tt> <i>url</i> ...<br> + <tt><font size=+1>wmail</font></tt> <i>address<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Web</i> opens each of the named <i>urls</i> in a new web browser window. + Any of the <i>urls</i> may be relative paths to files in the file system; + they will be translated into <tt><font size=+1>file://</font></tt> URLs before being passed + to the web browser. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Web</i> uses the web browser’s <tt><font size=+1>−remote</font></tt> option command-line option, + which requires an instance of the web browser to be already running. + The choice of browser is determined by the <tt><font size=+1>$BROWSER</font></tt> environment + variable, which should be the name of the executable for your + choice of web browser. The default is + <tt><font size=+1>firefox</font></tt>. Since the various browsers all use different syntaxes + in their <tt><font size=+1>−remote</font></tt> options, the executable name is inspected to + determine the type of browser. The supported browsers are Opera, + Mozilla Firefox, Mozilla Firebird, and Mozilla. When possible, + <i>web</i> opens each URL in a new tab rather than a new window. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + When run under Mac OS X, <tt><font size=+1>$BROWSER</font></tt> should be set to the string + <tt><font size=+1>safari</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>firefox</font></tt>. <i>Web</i> uses AppleScript to talk to the browser. + If <tt><font size=+1>$BROWSER</font></tt> is not set, <i>web</i> looks for Firefox in <tt><font size=+1>/Applications/Firefox.app</font></tt> + and uses it if found; otherwise it uses Safari. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>Wmail</i> starts the composition of a new mail message to <i>address</i>. + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The choice of mailer is determined by the <tt><font size=+1>$MAILER</font></tt> environment + variable. The supported mailers are:<br> + <tt><font size=+1>browser<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + invoke the mailer via a <tt><font size=+1>mailto://</font></tt> URL passed to <i>web + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </i> + + </table> + <i>Web</i> and <i>wmail</i> are invoked as start commands in the <a href="../man4/plumber.html"><i>plumber</i>(4)</a>’s + rules for opening web pages and writing mail messages.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/plumb/basic<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + plumbing rules using <i>web</i> and <i>wmail<br> + </i> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man4/plumber.html"><i>plumber</i>(4)</a><br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/wintext.html b/man/man1/wintext.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4de3349 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/wintext.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +<head> +<title>wintext(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>WINTEXT(1)</b><td align=right><b>WINTEXT(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + wintext, ", "" – access text in current window<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>wintext<br> + ?? </font></tt> [ <i>prefix</i> ]<br> + <tt><font size=+1>???? </font></tt> [ <i>prefix</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Wintext</i> prints the text of the current <i>win</i> (see <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a>) or <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a> + window to standard output. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + <i>?? </i> searches the window text for commands typed with a particular + prefix and prints them, indented, to standard output. <i>Prefix</i> is + a regular expression that is matched against the beginning of + the command-line. If <i>prefix</i> is omitted, <i>?? </i> prints the last command + executed. <i>???? </i> prints the last command that <i>?? </i> would print and + then executes it by piping it into <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Both <i>?? </i> and <i>???? </i> identify commands in the window text by looking for + lines beginning with a shell prompt. Prompts are assumed to be + an unindented sequence of non-whitespace characters followed by + one of the characters <tt><font size=+1>%</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>;</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>$</font></tt>, or <tt><font size=+1>#</font></tt>.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>EXAMPLES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + Print the <a href="../man1/ls.html"><i>ls</i>(1)</a> and <i>lc</i> commands executed in this window:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>% ?? 'l[sc]'<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + % ls −l /tmp/qq*<br> + # ls −lrt /etc<br> + % lc r*<br> + + </table> + %<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + </font></tt> + + </table> + Execute the most recent <i>lc</i> command again:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>% ???? lc<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + % lc r*<br> + + </table> + ramfs rc read rio rm<br> + % <br> + </font></tt> + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/9term.html"><i>9term</i>(1)</a>, <a href="../man1/acme.html"><i>acme</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/bin<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>?? </i> and <i>???? </i> are hard to type in shells other than <a href="../man1/rc.html"><i>rc</i>(1)</a>.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/xd.html b/man/man1/xd.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86e6152e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/xd.html @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +<head> +<title>xd(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>XD(1)</b><td align=right><b>XD(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + xd – hex, octal, decimal, or ASCII dump<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>xd</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] [ <tt><font size=+1>−</font></tt><i>format ...</i> ] [ <i>file ...</i> ]<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Xd</i> concatenates and dumps the <i>files</i> (standard input by default) + in one or more formats. Groups of 16 bytes are printed in each + of the named formats, one format per line. Each line of output + is prefixed by its address (byte offset) in the input file. The + first line of output for each group is zero-padded; subsequent + are + blank-padded. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Formats other than <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> are specified by pairs of characters telling + size and style, <tt><font size=+1>4x</font></tt> by default. The sizes are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>1</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>b</font></tt> 1-byte units.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>2</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>w</font></tt> 2-byte big-endian units.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>4</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>l</font></tt> 4-byte big-endian units.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>8</font></tt> or <tt><font size=+1>v</font></tt> 8-byte big-endian units. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The styles are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>o</font></tt> Octal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>x</font></tt> Hexadecimal.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>d</font></tt> Decimal. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + Other options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−c</font></tt> Format as <tt><font size=+1>1x</font></tt> but print ASCII representations or C escape sequences + where possible.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−a</font></tt><i>style</i> Print file addresses in the given style (and size 4).<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−u</font></tt> (Unbuffered) Flush the output buffer after each 16-byte sequence.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> Reverse (swab) the order of bytes in each group of 4 before + printing.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−r</font></tt> Print repeating groups of identical 16-byte sequences as the + first group followed by an asterisk.<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/xd.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/db.html"><i>db</i>(1)</a><br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The various output formats don’t line up properly in the output + of <i>xd</i>.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> diff --git a/man/man1/yacc.html b/man/man1/yacc.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a485ce6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/man1/yacc.html @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +<head> +<title>yacc(1) - Plan 9 from User Space</title> +<meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv=Content-Type> +</head> +<body bgcolor=#ffffff> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=10><td> +<tr><td width=20><td> +<tr><td width=20><td><b>YACC(1)</b><td align=right><b>YACC(1)</b> +<tr><td width=20><td colspan=2> + <br> +<p><font size=+1><b>NAME </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + yacc – yet another compiler-compiler<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SYNOPSIS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>yacc</font></tt> [ <i>option ...</i> ] <i>grammar<br> + </i> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>DESCRIPTION </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <i>Yacc</i> converts a context-free grammar and translation code into + a set of tables for an LR(1) parser and translator. The grammar + may be ambiguous; specified precedence rules are used to break + ambiguities. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The output file, <tt><font size=+1>y.tab.c</font></tt>, must be compiled by the C compiler to + produce a program <tt><font size=+1>yyparse</font></tt>. This program must be loaded with a + lexical analyzer function, <tt><font size=+1>yylex(void)</font></tt> (often generated by <a href="../man1/lex.html"><i>lex</i>(1)</a>), + with a <tt><font size=+1>main(int argc, char *argv[])</font></tt> program, and with an error + handling routine, + <tt><font size=+1>yyerror(char*)</font></tt>. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The options are<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−o</font></tt> <i>output</i> Direct output to the specified file instead of <tt><font size=+1>y.tab.c</font></tt>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−D</font></tt><i>n</i> Create file <tt><font size=+1>y.debug</font></tt>, containing diagnostic messages. To incorporate + them in the parser, compile it with preprocessor symbol <tt><font size=+1>yydebug</font></tt> + defined. The amount of diagnostic output from the parser is regulated + by value <i>n</i>. The value 0 reports errors; 1 reports reductions; + higher values (up to 4) include + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + more information about state transitions.<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>−v</font></tt> Create file <tt><font size=+1>y.output</font></tt>, containing a description of the parsing + tables and of conflicts arising from ambiguities in the grammar.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−d</font></tt> Create file <tt><font size=+1>y.tab.h</font></tt>, containing <tt><font size=+1>#define</font></tt> statements that associate + <i>yacc</i>-assigned ‘token codes’ with user-declared ‘token names’. + Include it in source files other than <tt><font size=+1>y.tab.c</font></tt> to give access to + the token codes.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−s</font></tt> <i>stem</i> Change the prefix <tt><font size=+1>y</font></tt> of the file names <tt><font size=+1>y.tab.c</font></tt>, <tt><font size=+1>y.tab.h</font></tt>, + <tt><font size=+1>y.debug</font></tt>, and <tt><font size=+1>y.output</font></tt> to <i>stem</i>.<br> + <tt><font size=+1>−S</font></tt> Write a parser that uses Stdio instead of the <tt><font size=+1>print</font></tt> routines + in libc. + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=5><td></table> + + The specification of <i>yacc</i> itself is essentially the same as the + UNIX version described in the references mentioned below. Besides + the <tt><font size=+1>−D</font></tt> option, the main relevant differences are:<br> + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The interface to the C environment is by default through <tt><font size=+1><libc.h></font></tt> + rather than <tt><font size=+1><stdio.h></font></tt>; the <tt><font size=+1>−S</font></tt> option reverses this.<br> + The parser accepts UTF input text (see <a href="../man7/utf.html"><i>utf</i>(7)</a>), which has a couple + of effects. First, the return value of <tt><font size=+1>yylex()</font></tt> no longer fits + in a <tt><font size=+1>short</font></tt>; second, the starting value for non-terminals is now + 0xE000 rather than 257.<br> + The generated parser can be recursive: actions can call <i>yyparse</i>, + for example to implement a sort of <tt><font size=+1>#include</font></tt> statement in an interpreter.<br> + Finally, some undocumented inner workings of the parser have been + changed, which may affect programs that know too much about its + structure.<br> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>FILES </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>y.output<br> + y.tab.c<br> + y.tab.h<br> + y.debug<br> + y.tmp.*</font></tt> temporary file<br> + <tt><font size=+1>y.acts.*</font></tt> temporary file<br> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/yaccpar<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + parser prototype<br> + + </table> + + </table> + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/lib/yaccpars<br> + </font></tt> + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + + <table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + parser prototype using stdio<br> + + </table> + + </table> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SOURCE </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <tt><font size=+1>/usr/local/plan9/src/cmd/yacc.c<br> + </font></tt> +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>SEE ALSO </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + <a href="../man1/lex.html"><i>lex</i>(1)</a><br> + S. C. Johnson and R. Sethi, “Yacc: A parser generator”, <i>Unix Research + System Programmer’s Manual,</i> Tenth Edition, Volume 2<br> + B. W. Kernighan and Rob Pike, <i>The UNIX Programming Environment,</i> + Prentice Hall, 1984<br> + +</table> +<p><font size=+1><b>BUGS </b></font><br> + +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0><tr height=2><td><tr><td width=20><td> + + The parser may not have full information when it writes to <tt><font size=+1>y.debug</font></tt> + so that the names of the tokens returned by <tt><font size=+1>yylex</font></tt> may be missing.<br> + +</table> + +<td width=20> +<tr height=20><td> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +<table border=0 cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 width=100%> +<tr height=15><td width=10><td><td width=10> +<tr><td><td> +<center> +<a href="../../"><img src="../../dist/spaceglenda100.png" alt="Space Glenda" border=1></a> +</center> +</table> +<!-- TRAILER --> +</body></html> |